On the Resurrection of Christ

The whole work on one page. Select a passage number to open that passage with its notes, Scripture references, and citation.

Show

Chapter 1

1.599PG 46:599–600

Εἴ τις πατριαρχῶν εὐλογία θείῳ Πνεύματι τὸ βέβαιον ἔχουσα, εἴ τι τῆς πνευματικῆς νομοθεσίας ἀγαθὸν δι' ἐπαγγελίας τοῖς κατορθοῦσιν ἐλπίζεται, εἴ τις διὰ τῶν ἱστορικῶν αἰνιγμάτων τῆς ἀληθείας προδιατύπωσις εἶναι πιστεύεται, εἴ τις προφητική φωνὴ τὰ ὑπὲρ φύσιν εὐαγγελίζεται, πάντα ἐκεῖνα τῆς παρούσης χάριτός εἰσι. Καὶ ὥσπερ κατὰ τὸ

Ei tis patriarchōn eulogia theiǭ Pneumati to bebaion echousa, ei ti tēs pneumatikēs nomothesias agathon di' epangelias tois katorthousin elpizetai, ei tis dia tōn historikōn ainigmatōn tēs alētheias prodiatypōsis einai pisteuetai, ei tis prophētikē phōnē ta hyper physin euangelizetai, panta ekeina tēs parousēs charitos eisi. Kai hōsper kata to

If there is any blessing of the patriarchs that holds its certainty from the divine Spirit, if any good of the spiritual lawgiving is hoped for by promise by those who do right, if any foreshadowing of the truth is believed to be given through the enigmas of the histories, if any prophetic voice announces the good news of things beyond nature, all those belong to the present grace. And just as, in the

1.601PG 46:601–602

προκείμενον τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς ἡμῶν θέαμα, ἓν φῶς περιαστράπτει τὸ τὰς ὄψεις ἐκ μυρίων λαμπάδων ἐρανιζόμενον· οὕτω πᾶσα ἡ τοῦ Χριστοῦ εὐλογία, πυρσοῦ δίκην καθ' ἑαυτὴν λάμπουσα, τοῦτο ἡμῖν τὸ μέγα φῶς ἀπεργάζεται, τὸ ἐκ πολλῶν τε καὶ ποικίλων τῆς Γραφῆς ἀκτίνων συγκεραννύμενον. Ἔξεστι γὰρ λαβεῖν ἀφ' ἑκάστου τῶν θεοπνεύστων ἀποδειγμάτων τὸ τῆς παρούσης ἱερομηνίας κατάλληλον. Ζητεῖς τὴν τοῦ Ἀβραὰμ εὐλογίαν; Ἔχεις τὸ ζητούμενον, εἰς τὰ παρόντα βλέπων. Ὁρᾶς τὰ ἄστρα τοῦ οὐρανοῦ, ταῦτα λέγω τὰ ἄστρα, τὰ ἐκ τοῦ Πατρὸς ἡμῶν ἀρτίως ἀνατείλαντα, καὶ οὐρανὸν ἀθρόως τὴν Ἐκκλησίαν ποιήσαντα, ὧν ἡ τῆς ψυχῆς ἀστράπτουσα χάρις, ταῖς τῶν πυρσῶν ἀκτῖσι διασημαίνεται; καὶ ταῦτά τις εἰπὼν ὄντως τοῦ ᾿Ἀβραὰμ εἶναι τέκνα ἐξ ἐπαγγελίας αὐτῷ γεγενημένα, τὰ τοῖς ἄστροις τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ὁμοιούμενα, τῆς ἀληθείας οὐχ ἁμαρτήσεται. θαυμάζεις τὸν ὑψηλὸν Μωϋσέα, τὸν πᾶσαν τὴν τοῦ Θεοῦ κτίσιν διαλαβόντα τῇ δυνάμει τῆς γνώσεως; Ἰδού σοι τῆς πρώτης κοσμογενείας τὸ εὐλογημένον Σάββατον. Γνώρισον δι' ἐκείνου τοῦ Σαββάτου τοῦτο τὸ Σάββατον, τὴν τῆς καταπαύσεως ἡμέραν, ἣν εὐλόγησεν ὁ Θεὸς ὑπὲρ τὰς ἄλλας ἡμέρας. Ἐν ταύτῃ γὰρ κατέπαυσεν ἀληθῶς ἀπὸ πάντων τῶν ἔργων αὐτοῦ ὁ Μονογενής Θεὸς, διὰ τῆς κατὰ τὸν θάνατον οἰκονομίας τῇ σαρκὶ σαββατίσας· καὶ εἰς ὃ ἦν πάλιν ἐπανελθὼν, διὰ τῆς ἀναστάσεως ἅπαν τὸ κείμενον ἑαυτῷ συνανέστησε, ζωὴ, καὶ ἀνάστασις, καὶ ἀνατολὴ, καὶ ἡμέρα τοῖς ἐν σκότει καὶ σκιᾷ θανάτου καθημένοις γενόμενος. Πλήρης τοι ἡ ἱστορία τῆς συγγενοῦς εὐλογίας ὁ πατὴρ τοῦ Ἰσαὰκ ἐκείνου τοῦ ἀγαπητοῦ μὴ φειδόμενος, καὶ ὁ μονογενὴς προσφορὰ καὶ θυσία γενόμενος, καὶ ἀμνὸς ἀντὶ τούτου σφαγιαζόμενος. Ἔξεστι γὰρ ἰδεῖν ἐν τῇ ἱστορίᾳ πᾶν τὸ τῆς εὐσεβείας μυστήριον. Ὁ ἀμνὸς τοῦ ξύλου ἐξήρτηται, ἐκ τῶν κεράτων κατεχόμενος ὁ δὲ μονογενής βαστάζει ἐφ᾽ ἑαυτοῦ τὰ τῆς ὁλοκαρπώσεως ξύλα. Ὁρᾶς, ὁ πάντα φέρων τῷ ῥήματι τῆς δυνάμεως, ὁ αὐτὸς καὶ τὸ φορτίον φέρει τῶν ἡμετέρων ξύλων, καὶ ὑπὸ τοῦ ξύλου ἀναλαμβάνεται, βαστάζων ὡς Θεὸς, καὶ ἀμνὸς βασταζόμενος· οὕτω τοῦ ἁγίου Πνεύματος τὸ μέγα μυστήριον τυπικῶς ἀμφοτέροις ἐπιμερίσαντος, τῷ τε ἡγαπημένῳ Υἱῷ, καὶ τῷ συμπαραδειχθέντι προβάτῳ ὥστε δειχθῆναι ἐν μὲν τῷ προβάτῳ τὸ τοῦ θανάτου μυστήριον, ἐν δὲ τῷ μονογενεῖ τὴν ζωὴν, τὴν μὴ διακοπτομένην τῷ θανάτῳ. Εἰ δὲ βούλει καὶ αὐτὸν τὸν Μωϋσέα λαβεῖν, τῇ τῶν χειρῶν ἐκτάσει τὸν σταυρὸν διαγράφοντα, καὶ ὡς τῷ σχήματι τούτῳ τὸν Ἀμαλὴχ καταστρεφόμενον, ἔξεστί σοι βλέπειν ἐν τῇ ἀληθείᾳ τὸν τύπον, καὶ τῷ σταυρῷ τὸν Ἀμαλὴχ ὑποπίπτοντα. Ἔχεις καὶ τὸν Ἡσαΐαν, οὐ μικρά σοι πρὸς τὴν παροῦσαν συνεισφέροντα χάριν. Παρ᾿ αὐτοῦ γὰρ προεδιδάχθης τὴν ἀνύμφευτον μητέρα, τὴν ἀπάτορα σάρκα, τὴν ἀνώδυνον ὠδῖνα, τὸν ἀμόλυντον τόκον· οὕτως εἰπόντος τοῦ Προφήτου· Ἰδοὺ ἡ παρθένος ἐν γαστρὶ λήψεται, καὶ τέξεται υἱόν· καὶ καλέσουσι τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ

prokeimenon tois ophthalmois hēmōn theama, hen phōs periastraptei to tas opseis ek myriōn lampadōn eranizomenon; houtō pasa hē tou Christou eulogia, pyrsou dikēn kath' heautēn lampousa, touto hēmin to mega phōs apergazetai, to ek pollōn te kai poikilōn tēs Graphēs aktinōn synkerannymenon. Exesti gar labein aph' hekastou tōn theopneustōn apodeigmatōn to tēs parousēs hieromēnias katallēlon. Zēteis tēn tou Abraam eulogian? Echeis to zētoumenon, eis ta paronta blepōn. Horas ta astra tou ouranou, tauta legō ta astra, ta ek tou Patros hēmōn artiōs anateilanta, kai ouranon athroōs tēn Ekklēsian poiēsanta, hōn hē tēs psychēs astraptousa charis, tais tōn pyrsōn aktisi diasēmainetai? kai tauta tis eipōn ontōs tou ᾿Abraam einai tekna ex epangelias autǭ gegenēmena, ta tois astrois tou ouranou homoioumena, tēs alētheias ouch hamartēsetai. thaumazeis ton hypsēlon Mōÿsea, ton pasan tēn tou Theou ktisin dialabonta tę̄ dynamei tēs gnōseōs? Idou soi tēs prōtēs kosmogeneias to eulogēmenon Sabbaton. Gnōrison di' ekeinou tou Sabbatou touto to Sabbaton, tēn tēs katapauseōs hēmeran, hēn eulogēsen ho Theos hyper tas allas hēmeras. En tautę̄ gar katepausen alēthōs apo pantōn tōn ergōn autou ho Monogenēs Theos, dia tēs kata ton thanaton oikonomias tę̄ sarki sabbatisas; kai eis ho ēn palin epanelthōn, dia tēs anastaseōs hapan to keimenon heautǭ synanestēse, zōē, kai anastasis, kai anatolē, kai hēmera tois en skotei kai skią thanatou kathēmenois genomenos. Plērēs toi hē historia tēs syngenous eulogias ho patēr tou Isaak ekeinou tou agapētou mē pheidomenos, kai ho monogenēs prosphora kai thysia genomenos, kai amnos anti toutou sphagiazomenos. Exesti gar idein en tę̄ historią pan to tēs eusebeias mystērion. Ho amnos tou xylou exērtētai, ek tōn keratōn katechomenos ho de monogenēs bastazei eph᾽ heautou ta tēs holokarpōseōs xyla. Horas, ho panta pherōn tǭ rhēmati tēs dynameōs, ho autos kai to phortion pherei tōn hēmeterōn xylōn, kai hypo tou xylou analambanetai, bastazōn hōs Theos, kai amnos bastazomenos; houtō tou hagiou Pneumatos to mega mystērion typikōs amphoterois epimerisantos, tǭ te hēgapēmenǭ Huiǭ, kai tǭ symparadeichthenti probatǭ hōste deichthēnai en men tǭ probatǭ to tou thanatou mystērion, en de tǭ monogenei tēn zōēn, tēn mē diakoptomenēn tǭ thanatǭ. Ei de boulei kai auton ton Mōÿsea labein, tę̄ tōn cheirōn ektasei ton stauron diagraphonta, kai hōs tǭ schēmati toutǭ ton Amalēch katastrephomenon, exesti soi blepein en tę̄ alētheią ton typon, kai tǭ staurǭ ton Amalēch hypopiptonta. Echeis kai ton Hēsaïan, ou mikra soi pros tēn parousan syneispheronta charin. Par᾿ autou gar proedidachthēs tēn anympheuton mētera, tēn apatora sarka, tēn anōdynon ōdina, ton amolynton tokon; houtōs eipontos tou Prophētou; Idou hē parthenos en gastri lēpsetai, kai texetai huion; kai kalesousi to onoma autou

spectacle set before our eyes, a single light flashes around, gathering its brightness from countless lamps, so every blessing of Christ, shining by itself like a torch, produces for us this great light, which is blended from the many and varied rays of Scripture. For one may take from each of the inspired proofs what fits the present holy feast. Do you seek the blessing of Abraham? You have what you seek, if you look at what is before you. Do you see the stars of heaven? I mean these stars, which have just now risen from our father and have all at once made the church a heaven, whose soul's flashing grace is signified by the rays of the torches. Anyone who says that these are truly children of Abraham, born to him by promise, likened to the stars of heaven, will not miss the truth. Do you admire the lofty Moses, who took in the whole creation of God by the power of his knowledge? See, here is the blessed Sabbath of the first making of the world. Recognize through that Sabbath this Sabbath, the day of rest, which God blessed above the other days. For on this day the only-begotten God truly rested from all his works, keeping Sabbath in the flesh through the dispensation of death; and returning again to what he was, through the resurrection he raised up with himself all that lay fallen, having become life, and resurrection, and dawn, and day to those who sit in darkness and the shadow of death. The history, too, is full of the kindred blessing: the father not sparing that beloved Isaac, the only son becoming an offering and a sacrifice, and a lamb slaughtered in his place. For in the history one may see the whole mystery of godliness. The lamb hangs from the tree, held by its horns, while the only son carries on himself the wood for the whole burnt offering. You see: he who bears all things by the word of his power, the same also bears the load of our wood, and is taken up by the wood, bearing as God and borne as a lamb. So the Holy Spirit divided the great mystery figuratively between both, the beloved son and the sheep shown alongside him, so that in the sheep the mystery of death might be shown, and in the only son the life that is not cut off by death. And if you wish to take Moses himself, tracing the cross by stretching out his hands and by this figure overthrowing Amalek, you may see the type in the truth, and Amalek falling beneath the cross. You have Isaiah too, who contributes not a little to the present grace. For from him you were taught beforehand of the unwedded mother, the fatherless flesh, the painless travail, the undefiled birth, since the prophet spoke thus: “Behold, the virgin shall conceive in the womb and bear a son, and they shall call his name

1.603PG 46:603–604

Ἐμμανουὴλ, ὅ ἐστι Μεθ' ἡμῶν ὁ Θεός. Ὅτι δὲ ἀπόνως γέγονεν ἡ ὠδὶς, πρῶτον μέν σε τὸ εἰκὸς διδαξάτω. Ἐπειδὴ γὰρ πᾶσα ἡδονὴ συνημμένον ἔχει τὸν πόνον, ἀνάγκη πᾶσα ἐπὶ τῶν συνημμένως θεωρουμένων, τοῦ ἑνὸς μὴ ὄντος, μηδὲ τὸ ἕτερον εἶναι. Ὅπου τοίνυν ἡδονὴ τοῦ τόκου οὐ καθηγήσατο, οὐδὲ ὁ πόνος ἐπηκολούθησεν. Ἔπειτα δὲ καὶ ἡ τοῦ Προφήτου λέξις βεβαιοῖ τὸν λόγον, ἔχουσα οὕτω Πρὶν εἰσελθεῖν τὸν πόνον τῶν ὠδίνων αὐτῆς, ἐξέφυγε, καὶ ἔτεκεν ἄρσεν. Ἢ, ὥς φησιν ἕτερος τῶν ἑρμηνέων, Πρὶν ὠδινήσει, ἔτεκεν. Ἐκ ταύτης, φησὶ, τῆς παρθένου μητρὸς Παιδίον ἐγεννήθη ἡμῖν, καὶ υἱὸς ἐδόθη ἡμῖν· οὗ ἡ ἀρχὴ ἐγενήθη ἐπὶ τοῦ ὤμου αὐτοῦ, μεγάλης βουλῆς ᾿Αγγελος, καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς. Τοῦτο τὸ παιδίον, οὗτος ὁ υἱὸς, Ως πρόβατον ἐπὶ σφαγὴν ἤχθη, καὶ ὡς ἀμνὸς ἐναντίον τοῦ κείροντος αὐτὸν ἄφωνος· μᾶλλον δὲ, ὡς φησιν Ἱερεμίας, Τοῦτό ἐστι τὸ ἀρνίον τὸ ἄκακον, τὸ ἀγόμενον τοῦ θύεσθαι. Οὗτος ὁ ἄρτος, ᾧ τὸ ξύλον ἐμβάλλουσιν οἱ καὶ τοῦ ἄρτου καὶ τοῦ ξύλου πολέμιοι. Μᾶλλον δὲ τὸ πάντων γνωριμώτερόν τε καὶ φανερώτερον ἐκ τοῦ Προφήτου λάβωμεν, δι' οὗ προγράφεται σαφῶς τὸ μυστήριον, τὸν Ἰωνᾶν λέγω, τὸν ἀπαθῶς κατὰ τοῦ κήτους καταδυόμενον, καὶ δίχα πάθους ἐκ τοῦ κήτους ἀναδυόμενον, τὸν καὶ τρισὶν ἡμέραις καὶ τοσαύταις νυξὶν ἐν τοῖς κητῴοις σπλάγχνοις τὴν ἐν ᾅδου διατριβὴν τοῦ Κυρίου προδιαγράψαντος. Ταῦτα καὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα δεῖ σε παρ' ἑκάστης Γραφῆς ἀναζητεῖν καὶ ἐκλέγεσθαι. Πάντα γὰρ ἐκεῖνα, διὰ τῶν παρόντων ὁρᾷς· καὶ ἐν τῇ παρούσῃ φαιδρότητι, "Ὅλος ὁ νόμος κρέμαται καὶ οἱ προφῆται, καθώς φησί που τὸ Εὐαγγέλιον· καὶ πᾶς θεόπνευστος λόγος καὶ νόμος ἐν ταύτῃ ἀνακεφαλαιοῦται τῇ χάριτι, κατὰ τὴν τοῦ Παύλου φωνήν. Τοῦτο γὰρ ἐστὶ, καὶ τῶν σκυθρωπῶν τὸ πέρας, καὶ τῶν ἀγαθῶν ἡ ἀρχή. Οἷόν τι λέγω· Ἐβασίλευσεν ὁ θάνατος ἀπὸ ᾿Αδὰμ, τῆς φθοροποιοῦ δυνάμεως λαβὼν τὴν ἀρχὴν, ἀλλὰ καὶ μέχρι Μωϋσέως αὐτοῦ τὸ πονηρὸν κράτος διέμεινεν, οὐδὲν τοῦ νόμου τὴν κακὴν τοῦ θανάτου δυναστείαν ἀμβλύναντος. Ἦλθεν ἡ τῆς ζωῆς βασιλεία, καὶ κατελύθη τοῦ θανάτου τὸ κράτος. Καὶ γέγονεν ἄλλη γέννησις, βίος ἕτερος, ἄλλο ζωῆς εἶδος, αὐτῆς τῆς φύσεως ἡμῶν μεταστοιχείωσις. Τούτου ἡ γέννησις Οὐκ ἐξ αἱμάτων, οὐδὲ ἐκ θελήματος ἀνδρὸς, οὐδὲ ἐκ θελήματος σαρκὸς, ἀλλ' ἐκ Θεοῦ γενομένη. Πῶς τοῦτο; Σαφῶς σοι παραστήσω διὰ τοῦ λόγου τὴν χάριν. Οὗτος ὁ τόκος διὰ πίστεως κυοφορεῖται διὰ τῆς τοῦ βαπτίσματος ἀναγεννήσεως εἰς φῶς ἄγεται· τροφὸς τούτου ἡ Ἐκκλησία γίνεται· μαζὸς, τὰ διδάγματα· τροφὴ, ὁ ἄνωθεν ἄρτος· ἡλικίας τελείωσις, ἡ ὑψηλὴ πολιτεία· γάμος, ἡ τῆς σοφίας συμβίωσις· τέκνα, αἱ ἐλπίδες· οἶκοι, ἡ βασιλεία· κλῆρος καὶ πλοῦτος, ἡ ἐν τῷ παραδείσῳ τρυφή· τέλος δὲ, ἀντὶ θανάτου, ἡ ἀΐδιος ζωὴ, ἐν τῇ ὑποκειμένῃ τοῖς ἁγίοις μακαριότητι. Ταύτην ὁρᾷ καὶ ὁ μέγας Ζαχαρίας τὴν ἀρχὴν πρὸς τὸ ἀγαθὸν ἀλλοιώσεως, καὶ ἀμφιβάλλει περὶ τῆς τοῦ ὀνόματος κλήσεως, τί χρὴ κυρίως προσειπεῖν τὴν

Emmanouēl, ho esti Meth' hēmōn ho Theos. Hoti de aponōs gegonen hē ōdis, prōton men se to eikos didaxatō. Epeidē gar pasa hēdonē synēmmenon echei ton ponon, anankē pasa epi tōn synēmmenōs theōroumenōn, tou henos mē ontos, mēde to heteron einai. Hopou toinyn hēdonē tou tokou ou kathēgēsato, oude ho ponos epēkolouthēsen. Epeita de kai hē tou Prophētou lexis bebaioi ton logon, echousa houtō Prin eiselthein ton ponon tōn ōdinōn autēs, exephyge, kai eteken arsen. Ē, hōs phēsin heteros tōn hermēneōn, Prin ōdinēsei, eteken. Ek tautēs, phēsi, tēs parthenou mētros Paidion egennēthē hēmin, kai huios edothē hēmin; hou hē archē egenēthē epi tou ōmou autou, megalēs boulēs ᾿Angelos, kai ta hexēs. Touto to paidion, houtos ho huios, Ōs probaton epi sphagēn ēchthē, kai hōs amnos enantion tou keirontos auton aphōnos; mallon de, hōs phēsin Hieremias, Touto esti to arnion to akakon, to agomenon tou thyesthai. Houtos ho artos, hǭ to xylon emballousin hoi kai tou artou kai tou xylou polemioi. Mallon de to pantōn gnōrimōteron te kai phanerōteron ek tou Prophētou labōmen, di' hou prographetai saphōs to mystērion, ton Iōnan legō, ton apathōs kata tou kētous katadyomenon, kai dicha pathous ek tou kētous anadyomenon, ton kai trisin hēmerais kai tosautais nyxin en tois kētǭois splanchnois tēn en hądou diatribēn tou Kyriou prodiagrapsantos. Tauta kai ta toiauta dei se par' hekastēs Graphēs anazētein kai eklegesthai. Panta gar ekeina, dia tōn parontōn horąs; kai en tę̄ parousę̄ phaidrotēti, "Holos ho nomos krematai kai hoi prophētai, kathōs phēsi pou to Euangelion; kai pas theopneustos logos kai nomos en tautę̄ anakephalaioutai tę̄ chariti, kata tēn tou Paulou phōnēn. Touto gar esti, kai tōn skythrōpōn to peras, kai tōn agathōn hē archē. Hoion ti legō; Ebasileusen ho thanatos apo ᾿Adam, tēs phthoropoiou dynameōs labōn tēn archēn, alla kai mechri Mōÿseōs autou to ponēron kratos diemeinen, ouden tou nomou tēn kakēn tou thanatou dynasteian amblynantos. Ēlthen hē tēs zōēs basileia, kai katelythē tou thanatou to kratos. Kai gegonen allē gennēsis, bios heteros, allo zōēs eidos, autēs tēs physeōs hēmōn metastoicheiōsis. Toutou hē gennēsis Ouk ex haimatōn, oude ek thelēmatos andros, oude ek thelēmatos sarkos, all' ek Theou genomenē. Pōs touto? Saphōs soi parastēsō dia tou logou tēn charin. Houtos ho tokos dia pisteōs kyophoreitai dia tēs tou baptismatos anagennēseōs eis phōs agetai; trophos toutou hē Ekklēsia ginetai; mazos, ta didagmata; trophē, ho anōthen artos; hēlikias teleiōsis, hē hypsēlē politeia; gamos, hē tēs sophias symbiōsis; tekna, hai elpides; oikoi, hē basileia; klēros kai ploutos, hē en tǭ paradeisǭ tryphē; telos de, anti thanatou, hē aïdios zōē, en tę̄ hypokeimenę̄ tois hagiois makariotēti. Tautēn horą kai ho megas Zacharias tēn archēn pros to agathon alloiōseōs, kai amphiballei peri tēs tou onomatos klēseōs, ti chrē kyriōs proseipein tēn

Emmanuel,” which means, God with us. That the travail was without pain, let reason teach you first. Since every pleasure has pain joined to it, it is entirely necessary, with things that are seen joined together, that if the one is not, neither is the other. Where, then, pleasure did not go before the birth, neither did pain follow. Then the prophet's wording also confirms the argument, for it reads: “Before the pain of her travail came, she escaped and bore a male.” Or, as another of the translators puts it: “Before she was in labor, she gave birth.” From this virgin mother, he says, “a child was born to us, and a son was given to us, whose rule was upon his shoulder, Angel of great counsel,” and so on. This child, this son, “was led as a sheep to the slaughter, and as a lamb dumb before its shearer”; or rather, as Jeremiah says, this is the innocent lamb that is led to be sacrificed. This is the bread into which the enemies of both the bread and the wood put the wood. But let us rather take from the prophet what is best known and plainest of all, the one through whom the mystery is clearly written beforehand: I mean Jonah, who went down into the sea monster without suffering, and came up out of the monster without suffering, and who, by three days and as many nights in the monster's belly, prefigured the Lord's stay in Hades. These things and the like you must seek out and gather from each Scripture. For you see all of those through what is present; and on the present bright feast “the whole law hangs, and the prophets,” as the Gospel says somewhere; and every inspired word and law is summed up in this grace, according to Paul's saying. For this is both the end of sorrows and the beginning of good things. I mean something like this: “Death reigned from Adam,” taking the beginning of its destroying power, and its evil dominion lasted even until Moses, for the law did nothing to blunt death's wicked tyranny. The kingdom of life came, and the dominion of death was destroyed. And there has come another birth, another life, another manner of living, a change in the very elements of our nature. The birth of this one is “not of blood, nor of the will of a man, nor of the will of the flesh, but of God.” How so? I will set the grace plainly before you in words. This offspring is conceived through faith; it is brought to the light through the rebirth of baptism; its nurse is the church; its breast, the teachings; its food, the bread from above; its full growth, the lofty way of life; its marriage, living together with wisdom; its children, its hopes; its house, the kingdom; its inheritance and wealth, the delight of paradise; and its end, instead of death, eternal life in the blessedness laid up for the saints. The great Zechariah too sees this beginning of the change toward the good, and is at a loss about what name to give it, what one should properly call the

1.605PG 46:605–606

ἐνεστῶσαν χάριν. Τὰ γὰρ ἄλλα τὰ περὶ τὸ πάθος θαύματα διεξελθών, καὶ τοῦτό φησι περὶ τοῦ καιροῦ τούτου, ὅτι Οὐχ ἡμέρα, καὶ οὐχὶ νύξ. Δι' ὧν ἐνδείκνυται, ὅτι ἡμέρα μὲν κληθῆναι οὐ δύναται, ἡλίου μὴ ὄντος, νὺξ δὲ οὐκ ἔστι τῷ μηδὲ σκότος εἶναι. Τὸ γὰρ σκότος ἐκάλεσεν ὁ Θεὸς νύκτα, καθώς φησι Μωϋσῆς. Ἐπεὶ οὖν κατὰ μὲν τὸν χρόνον, νὺξ, κατὰ δὲ τὸ φῶς, ἡμέρα τούτου ἕνεκέν φησιν ὁ Προφήτης· Καὶ Οὐχ ἡμέρα, καὶ οὐχὶ νύξ. Εἰ οὖν μήτε νὺξ, κατὰ τὸν Προφήτου λόγον, ὁ καιρὸς οὗτός ἐστιν, ἄλλο τι παρὰ ταῦτα πάντως ἡ παροῦσα χάρις ἐστὶ καὶ ὀνομάζεται. Βούλεσθε εἴπω ὁ ἐντεθύμημαι; Αὕτη ἐστὶν ἡμέρα ἣν ἐποίησεν ὁ Κύριος ἄλλη παρὰ τὰς ἐν ἀρχῇ ἐστιν αὕτη. Ἐν ταύτῃ γὰρ ποιεῖ ὁ Θεὸς τῇ ἡμέρᾳ οὐρανὸν καινὸν, καὶ γῆν καινὴν, καθώς φησιν ὁ Προφήτης. Ποῖον οὐρανόν; τὸ στερέωμα τῆς εἰς Χριστὸν πίστεως ποίαν γῆν; τὴν ἀγαθὴν καρδίαν φημὶ, καθὼς εἶπεν ὁ Κύριος, τὴν γῆν τὴν πίνουσαν τὸν ἐπ᾿ αὐτῇ ἐρχόμενον ὑετὸν, καὶ τὸν πολύχουν στάχυν ἀδρύνουσαν. Ἐν ταύτῃ τῇ κτίσει, ἥλιος μέν ἐστιν ὁ καθαρὸς βίος ἄστρα δὲ, αἱ ἀρεταί· ἀὴρ δὲ, ἡ διαφανής πολιτεία· θάλασσα δὲ, τὸ βάθος ἐστὶ τοῦ πλούτου τῆς σοφίας τε καὶ γνώσεως• πόαι καὶ βλαστήματα, ἡ ἀγαθὴ διδασκαλία καὶ τὰ θεῖα δόγματα, ἅπερ ὁ λαὸς τῆς νομῆς, τουτέστιν ἡ ποίμνη τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐπινέμεται δένδρα δὲ ποιοῦντα καρπὸν, ἡ τῶν ἐντολῶν ἐργασία. Ἐν ταύτῃ κτίζεται ὁ ἀληθινὸς ἄνθρωπος, ὁ κατ' εἰκόνα γενόμενος Θεοῦ καὶ ὁμοίωσιν. ᾿Αρά σοι οὐ κόσμος γίνεται ἡ ἀρχὴ αὕτη, Ἡ ἡμέρα, ἣν ἐποίησεν ὁ Κύριος; Περὶ ἧς φησιν ὁ προφήτης Ζαχαρίας, ὅτι οὔτε ἡμέρα κατὰ τὰς ἄλλας ἡμέρας, οὔτε νὺξ κατὰ τὰς ἄλλας νύκτας. Καὶ οὔπω τὸ ἐξαίρετον τῆς παρούσης χάριτος ὁ λόγος ἐκήρυξεν. Αὕτη ἔλυσε τὴν τοῦ θανάτου ὠδῖνα. Αὕτη τὸν τῶν νεκρῶν πρωτότοκον ἐμαιεύσατο. Ἐν ταύτῃ συνετρίβησαν αἱ σιδηραῖ τοῦ θανάτου πύλαι. Ἐν ταύτῃ οἱ χαλκοῖ τοῦ ᾅδου μοχλοὶ συνεθλάσθησαν. Νῦν ἀνοίγεται τοῦ θανάτου τὸ δεσμωτήριον. Νῦν κηρύσσεται τοῖς αἰχμαλώτοις ἡ ἄφεσις. Νῦν γίνεται τοῖς τυφλοῖς ἡ ἀνάβλεψις. Νῦν τοῖς ἐν σκότει καὶ σκιᾷ θανάτου καθημένοις, ἡ ἐξ ὕψους ἀνατολὴ ἐπισκέπτεται. Βούλεσθέ τι καὶ περὶ τῆς τριημέρου προθεσμίας μαθεῖν; ᾿Αρκεῖ τοσοῦτον μαθεῖν, ὅτι ἐν οὕτω ᾿ὀλίγῳ τῷ χρονικῷ διαστήματι, ἤρκεσεν ἡ παντοδύναμος σοφία ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ τῆς γῆς γενομένη ὁ Κύριος, τὸν μέγαν ἐκεῖνον νοῦν τὸν ἐν αὐτῇ διαιτώμενον καταμωρᾶναι. Οὕτω γὰρ ὁ Προφήτης αὐτὸν κατονομάζει, μέγαν νοῦν αὐτὸν ἀποκαλῶν καὶ ᾿Ασσύριον Ἐπεὶ οὖν ἐστία τίς ἐστι τοῦ νοῦ ἡ καρδία (ἐν ταύτῃ γὰρ τὸ ἡγεμονικὸν εἶναι πιστεύεται), διὰ τοῦτο γίνεται ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ τῆς γῆς ὁ Κύριος, ἥτις ἐστὶ τοῦ νοῦ ἐκείνου οὐράνιον ἐνδιαίτημα· ὥστε τὴν βουλὴν αὐτοῦ μωρᾶναι, καθὼς ὁ Προφήτης φησὶ, καὶ δράξασθαι τὸν σοφὸν ἐν τῇ πανουργίᾳ αὐτοῦ καὶ περιτρέψαι αὐτῷ πρὸς τὸ ἐναντίον τὰ σοφὰ ἐγχειρήματα. Ἐπειδὴ γὰρ ἀμήχανον ἦν τὸν ἄρχοντα τοῦ σκότους

enestōsan charin. Ta gar alla ta peri to pathos thaumata diexelthōn, kai touto phēsi peri tou kairou toutou, hoti Ouch hēmera, kai ouchi nyx. Di' hōn endeiknytai, hoti hēmera men klēthēnai ou dynatai, hēliou mē ontos, nyx de ouk esti tǭ mēde skotos einai. To gar skotos ekalesen ho Theos nykta, kathōs phēsi Mōÿsēs. Epei oun kata men ton chronon, nyx, kata de to phōs, hēmera toutou heneken phēsin ho Prophētēs; Kai Ouch hēmera, kai ouchi nyx. Ei oun mēte nyx, kata ton Prophētou logon, ho kairos houtos estin, allo ti para tauta pantōs hē parousa charis esti kai onomazetai. Boulesthe eipō ho entethymēmai? Hautē estin hēmera hēn epoiēsen ho Kyrios allē para tas en archę̄ estin hautē. En tautę̄ gar poiei ho Theos tę̄ hēmerą ouranon kainon, kai gēn kainēn, kathōs phēsin ho Prophētēs. Poion ouranon? to stereōma tēs eis Christon pisteōs poian gēn? tēn agathēn kardian phēmi, kathōs eipen ho Kyrios, tēn gēn tēn pinousan ton ep᾿ autę̄ erchomenon hyeton, kai ton polychoun stachyn adrynousan. En tautę̄ tę̄ ktisei, hēlios men estin ho katharos bios astra de, hai aretai; aēr de, hē diaphanēs politeia; thalassa de, to bathos esti tou ploutou tēs sophias te kai gnōseōs• poai kai blastēmata, hē agathē didaskalia kai ta theia dogmata, haper ho laos tēs nomēs, toutestin hē poimnē tou Theou epinemetai dendra de poiounta karpon, hē tōn entolōn ergasia. En tautę̄ ktizetai ho alēthinos anthrōpos, ho kat' eikona genomenos Theou kai homoiōsin. ᾿Ara soi ou kosmos ginetai hē archē hautē, Hē hēmera, hēn epoiēsen ho Kyrios? Peri hēs phēsin ho prophētēs Zacharias, hoti oute hēmera kata tas allas hēmeras, oute nyx kata tas allas nyktas. Kai oupō to exaireton tēs parousēs charitos ho logos ekēryxen. Hautē elyse tēn tou thanatou ōdina. Hautē ton tōn nekrōn prōtotokon emaieusato. En tautę̄ synetribēsan hai sidērai tou thanatou pylai. En tautę̄ hoi chalkoi tou hądou mochloi synethlasthēsan. Nyn anoigetai tou thanatou to desmōtērion. Nyn kēryssetai tois aichmalōtois hē aphesis. Nyn ginetai tois typhlois hē anablepsis. Nyn tois en skotei kai skią thanatou kathēmenois, hē ex hypsous anatolē episkeptetai. Boulesthe ti kai peri tēs triēmerou prothesmias mathein? ᾿Arkei tosouton mathein, hoti en houtō ᾿oligǭ tǭ chronikǭ diastēmati, ērkesen hē pantodynamos sophia en tę̄ kardią tēs gēs genomenē ho Kyrios, ton megan ekeinon noun ton en autę̄ diaitōmenon katamōranai. Houtō gar ho Prophētēs auton katonomazei, megan noun auton apokalōn kai ᾿Assyrion Epei oun estia tis esti tou nou hē kardia (en tautę̄ gar to hēgemonikon einai pisteuetai), dia touto ginetai en tę̄ kardią tēs gēs ho Kyrios, hētis esti tou nou ekeinou ouranion endiaitēma; hōste tēn boulēn autou mōranai, kathōs ho Prophētēs phēsi, kai draxasthai ton sophon en tę̄ panourgią autou kai peritrepsai autǭ pros to enantion ta sopha encheirēmata. Epeidē gar amēchanon ēn ton archonta tou skotous

present grace. For after going through the other wonders at the passion, he says this too about this season: “Not day, and not night.” By this he shows that it cannot be called day, since there is no sun, and it is not night, since there is no darkness either. For “God called the darkness night,” as Moses says. Since, then, by the time it is night, but by the light it is day, for this reason the prophet says: “And not day, and not night.” If, then, according to the prophet's word, this season is neither night nor day, the present grace is surely something other than these, and is so named. Do you want me to tell you what I have pondered? “This is the day that the Lord has made,” a day other than those at the beginning. For on this day God makes a new heaven and a new earth, as the prophet says. What heaven? The firmament of faith in Christ. What earth? I mean the good heart, as the Lord said, the earth that drinks the rain that comes upon it and ripens the plentiful ear. In this creation the sun is the pure life; the stars, the virtues; the air, the transparent way of life; the sea, the depth of the riches of wisdom and knowledge; grass and green shoots, good teaching and the divine doctrines, on which the people of his pasture, that is, the flock of God, feeds; and trees that bear fruit, the doing of the commandments. On this day the true man is created, the one made after the image and likeness of God. Is not this beginning a world for you, “the day that the Lord has made”? Of it the prophet Zechariah says that it is neither a day like the other days nor a night like the other nights. And the sermon has not yet proclaimed what is exceptional in the present grace. This day loosed the pangs of death. This day brought to birth the firstborn of the dead. On this day the iron gates of death were shattered. On this day the bronze bars of Hades were broken. Now the prison of death is opened. Now release is proclaimed to the captives. Now recovery of sight is given to the blind. Now the dawn from on high visits those who sit in darkness and the shadow of death. Do you want to learn something about the three-day interval as well? It is enough to learn this much: that in so short a span of time the all-powerful Wisdom, the Lord, having come to be in the heart of the earth, was enough to make a fool of that great mind which lived in it. For so the prophet names him, calling him the great mind and the Assyrian. Since, then, the heart is a kind of hearth of the mind (for the governing faculty is believed to be in it), for this reason the Lord comes to be in the heart of the earth, which is the dwelling of that mind, so as to make his counsel foolish, as the prophet says, and to catch the wise in his craftiness and turn his clever undertakings against him. For since it was impossible for the ruler of darkness

1.607PG 46:607–608

ἀκράτῳ προσμίξαι τῇ τοῦ φωτὸς παρουσία, μὴ σαρκός τινα μοῖραν θεωρήσαντα ἐν ἑαυτῷ διὰ τοῦτο ὡς εἶδε τὴν θεοφόρον σάρκα, εἶδε δὲ καὶ τὰ παρ᾿ αὐτῆς ἐνεργούμενα τῆς θεότητος θαύματα, ἤλπισεν, εἰ τῆς σαρκὸς διὰ τοῦ θανάτου κρατήσειε, καὶ πάσης τῆς ἐν αὐτῇ κρατήσειν δυνάμεως. Καὶ τούτου χάριν τὸ τῆς σαρκὸς δέλεαρ περιχανὼν, τῷ τῆς θεότητος ἀγκίστρῳ περιεπάρη, καὶ οὕτως ἤχθη ὁ δράκων διὰ τοῦ ἀγκίστρου, καθώς φησιν ὁ Ἰὼβ, ὁ προαναφωνήσας δι᾿ αὐτοῦ τὸ ἐσόμενον, λέγων, ὅτι ῎Αξεις τὸν δράκοντα ἐν ἀγκίστρῳ. ᾿Ακούσωμεν δὲ παρὰ τῆς τοῦ Προφήτου φωνῆς, τίνα ἦν, ἃ ἡ καρδία τῆς γῆς αὕτη κατὰ τοῦ παντὸς ἐβουλεύσατο, ὅτε κατὰ τῆς σαρκὸς τοῦ Κυρίου τὸ στόμα ἤνοιξε. Τί λέγει πρὸς αὐτὸν Ἡσαΐας ἐλέγχων αὐτόν; Σὺ εἶπας ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ σου· Εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν ἀναβήσομαι, ἐπάνω τῶν νεφελῶν θήσω τὸν θρόνον μου, καὶ ἔσομαι ὅμοιος τῷ Ὑψίστῳ. Ταῦτα ἡ πονηρὰ καρδία καθ᾿ ἑαυτῆς ἐβουλεύσατο. Καὶ ἔτι πρὸ τούτων, ὁ μέγας ἐν κακίᾳ νοῦς, ὁ πονηρὸς Ασσύριος, οἷα πρὸς αὐτὸν διεξῄει, ἀκούσωμεν πάλιν ἐκ τῆς Ἡσαΐου φωνῆς· "Α εἶπε· Τῇ ἰσχύϊ τῆς χειρός μου ποιήσω, καὶ τῇ σοφίᾳ τῆς συνέσεως ἀφελῶ ὅρια ἐθνῶν, καὶ τὴν ἰσχὺν αὐτῶν προνομεύσω, καὶ σείσω πόλεις κατοικουμένας, καὶ τὴν οἰκουμένην ὅλην καταλήψομαι ὡς νοσσίαν, καὶ ὡς καταλελειμμένα ὡὰ ἀρῶ, καὶ οὐκ ἔστιν ὃς διαφεύξεταί με, ἢ ἀντείπῃ μοι. Μετὰ ταύτης τῆς ἐλπίδος δέχεται ἐν ἑαυτῷ τὸν διὰ φιλανθρωπίαν τοῖς κάτω ἐπιδημήσαντα. Τί δὲ αὐτῷ ἀντὶ τῶν ἐλπισθέντων γίνεται, διηγεῖται σαφῶς ἡ προφητεία τὸ κατ' ἐκείνου πάθος λέγουσα· Πῶς ἐξέπεσεν ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ὁ ἑωσφόρος; Πῶς συνετρίβη ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν, ᾧ ὑπεστρώθη ἡ σῆψις, ᾧ ἔνδυμα γίνεται ἡ περιβολὴ τῶν σκωλήκων; καὶ ὅσα ἄλλα περὶ τοῦ ἀφανισμοῦ αὐτοῦ διεξέρχεται, ἅπερ ἔξεστι τῷ βουλομένῳ ἐξ αὐτῶν τῶν γεγραμμένων δι' ἀκριβείας μαθεῖν. Ἐμοὶ δὲ πρὸς τὸν σκοπὸν ἐπανακτέον τὸν λόγον. Διὰ τοῦτο γίνεται ἡ ἀληθινὴ σοφία, ἐν τῇ μεγαλοῤῥήμονι ταύτῃ καρδίᾳ τῆς γῆς, ἵνα ἐξαφανίσῃ ἐξ αὐτῆς τὸν μέγαν ἐν κακίᾳ νοῦν, καὶ φωτισθῇ τὸ σκότος, καὶ καταποθῇ τὸ θνητὸν ὑπὸ τῆς ζωῆς, καὶ τὸ κακὸν εἰς ἀνυπαρξίαν μεταχωρήσῃ, τοῦ ἐσχάτου ἐχθροῦ καταργηθέντος, ὅς ἐστιν ὁ θάνατος. Ταῦτα σοι ἡ τριήμερος προθεσμία κατείργασται. Μὴ βραδεῖα ἡ χάρις; μὴ δι' ἄκρας περιόδου τοσοῦτον ἀγαθὸν κατώρθωται Βούλει γνῶναι τὸ ὑπερβάλλον τῆς δυνάμεως, τῶν ἐν οὕτω βραχεῖ χρόνῳ κατορθωθέντων; Αρίθμησόν μοι πάσας τὰς μεταξὺ γενεὰς τῶν ἀνθρώπων, ἀπὸ τῆς πρώτης τῶν κακῶν εἰσόδου καὶ μέχρι τῆς ἀναλύσεως, πόσοι καθ᾽ ἑκάστην γενεὰν ἄνθρωποι ἐν πόσαις ἀριθμούμενοι μυριάσιν. ᾿Αδύνατόν ἐστιν ἀριθμῷ διαλειφθῆναι τὸ πλῆθος, ὧν ἐν ταῖς διαδοχαῖς ἡ κακία συνεπλατύνετο, καὶ ὁ κακὸς τῆς πονηρίας πλοῦτος εἰς τοὺς καθ᾿ ἕκαστον μεριζόμενος, δι᾽ ἑκάστου μείζων ἐγίνετο, καὶ οὕτω πολυγονοῦσα

akratǭ prosmixai tę̄ tou phōtos parousia, mē sarkos tina moiran theōrēsanta en heautǭ dia touto hōs eide tēn theophoron sarka, eide de kai ta par᾿ autēs energoumena tēs theotētos thaumata, ēlpisen, ei tēs sarkos dia tou thanatou kratēseie, kai pasēs tēs en autę̄ kratēsein dynameōs. Kai toutou charin to tēs sarkos delear perichanōn, tǭ tēs theotētos ankistrǭ perieparē, kai houtōs ēchthē ho drakōn dia tou ankistrou, kathōs phēsin ho Iōb, ho proanaphōnēsas di᾿ autou to esomenon, legōn, hoti ᾿Axeis ton drakonta en ankistrǭ. ᾿Akousōmen de para tēs tou Prophētou phōnēs, tina ēn, ha hē kardia tēs gēs hautē kata tou pantos ebouleusato, hote kata tēs sarkos tou Kyriou to stoma ēnoixe. Ti legei pros auton Hēsaïas elenchōn auton? Sy eipas en tę̄ kardią sou; Eis ton ouranon anabēsomai, epanō tōn nephelōn thēsō ton thronon mou, kai esomai homoios tǭ Hypsistǭ. Tauta hē ponēra kardia kath᾿ heautēs ebouleusato. Kai eti pro toutōn, ho megas en kakią nous, ho ponēros Assyrios, hoia pros auton diexę̄ei, akousōmen palin ek tēs Hēsaïou phōnēs; "A eipe; Tę̄ ischyï tēs cheiros mou poiēsō, kai tę̄ sophią tēs syneseōs aphelō horia ethnōn, kai tēn ischyn autōn pronomeusō, kai seisō poleis katoikoumenas, kai tēn oikoumenēn holēn katalēpsomai hōs nossian, kai hōs kataleleimmena hōa arō, kai ouk estin hos diapheuxetai me, ē anteipę̄ moi. Meta tautēs tēs elpidos dechetai en heautǭ ton dia philanthrōpian tois katō epidēmēsanta. Ti de autǭ anti tōn elpisthentōn ginetai, diēgeitai saphōs hē prophēteia to kat' ekeinou pathos legousa; Pōs exepesen ek tou ouranou ho heōsphoros? Pōs synetribē epi tēn gēn, hǭ hypestrōthē hē sēpsis, hǭ endyma ginetai hē peribolē tōn skōlēkōn? kai hosa alla peri tou aphanismou autou diexerchetai, haper exesti tǭ boulomenǭ ex autōn tōn gegrammenōn di' akribeias mathein. Emoi de pros ton skopon epanakteon ton logon. Dia touto ginetai hē alēthinē sophia, en tę̄ megalorrhēmoni tautę̄ kardią tēs gēs, hina exaphanisę̄ ex autēs ton megan en kakią noun, kai phōtisthę̄ to skotos, kai katapothę̄ to thnēton hypo tēs zōēs, kai to kakon eis anyparxian metachōrēsę̄, tou eschatou echthrou katargēthentos, hos estin ho thanatos. Tauta soi hē triēmeros prothesmia kateirgastai. Mē bradeia hē charis? mē di' akras periodou tosouton agathon katōrthōtai Boulei gnōnai to hyperballon tēs dynameōs, tōn en houtō brachei chronǭ katorthōthentōn? Arithmēson moi pasas tas metaxy geneas tōn anthrōpōn, apo tēs prōtēs tōn kakōn eisodou kai mechri tēs analyseōs, posoi kath᾽ hekastēn genean anthrōpoi en posais arithmoumenoi myriasin. ᾿Adynaton estin arithmǭ dialeiphthēnai to plēthos, hōn en tais diadochais hē kakia syneplatyneto, kai ho kakos tēs ponērias ploutos eis tous kath᾿ hekaston merizomenos, di᾽ hekastou meizōn egineto, kai houtō polygonousa

to approach the unmixed presence of the light unless he saw some portion of flesh in him, for this reason, when he saw the God-bearing flesh, and saw also the wonders of the Godhead worked through it, he hoped that if he mastered the flesh through death, he would master all the power in it as well. And so, gaping at the bait of the flesh, he was pierced by the hook of the Godhead, and so the dragon was drawn by the hook, as Job says, who foretold through him what was to come, saying: “You will draw the dragon with a hook.” Let us hear from the prophet's voice what this heart of the earth plotted against the universe when it opened its mouth against the flesh of the Lord. What does Isaiah say to him in reproof? “You said in your heart: I will go up into heaven, I will set my throne above the clouds, and I will be like the Most High.” This is what the wicked heart plotted against itself. And still before this, let us hear again from Isaiah's voice what the mind great in evil, the wicked Assyrian, recounted to himself, what he said: “By the strength of my hand I will do it, and by the wisdom of my understanding I will remove the boundaries of nations and plunder their strength, and I will shake inhabited cities, and I will seize the whole world like a nest, and take it up like abandoned eggs, and there is no one who will escape me or speak against me.” With this hope he receives into himself the one who, out of love for humankind, came to live among those below. And what happens to him instead of what he hoped for, the prophecy tells clearly, speaking of what befell him: “How has the morning star fallen from heaven? How has he been crushed upon the earth, he under whom rottenness is spread, whose garment is a covering of worms?” and all else it recounts about his destruction, which anyone who wishes may learn accurately from the writings themselves. But I must bring the sermon back to its aim. For this reason the true Wisdom comes to be in this boastful heart of the earth: to wipe out from it the mind great in evil, that the darkness may be lit, and what is mortal be swallowed up by life, and evil pass away into nonexistence, when the last enemy, which is death, has been destroyed. This is what the three-day interval has accomplished for you. Is the grace slow? Has so great a good been achieved only over a long span? Do you want to know the surpassing power of what was achieved in so short a time? Count for me all the generations of humankind in between, from the first entry of evils until the dissolution: how many people in each generation, numbered in how many tens of thousands. It is impossible to go through by number the multitude in whose successions evil spread wider and wider, and the evil wealth of wickedness, divided among each one, grew greater through each; and so, multiplying

1.609PG 46:609–610

συνδιεξῄει ταῖς ἀεὶ ἐπιγενομέναις γενεαῖς ἡ κακία χεομένη τῷ πλήθει πρὸς ἄπειρον, ἕως εἰς τὸ ἀκρότατον τοῦ κακοῦ προελθοῦσα, πάσης κατεκράτησε τῆς ἀνθρωπίνης φύσεως οὕτω τοῦ Προφήτου καθολικῶς ἀποφηναμένου, ὅτι Πάντες ἐξέκλιναν, ἅμα ἠχρειώθησαν, καὶ οὐκ ἦν ἐν τοῖς οὖσιν οὐδὲν, ὁ μὴ κακίας ὄργανον ἦν. Τὴν οὖν τοσαύτην τοῦ κακοῦ σωρείαν τὴν ἀπὸ καταβολῆς κόσμου μέχρι τῆς κατὰ τὸ πάθος τοῦ Κυρίου οἰκονομίας συναθροισθεῖσαν, ὁ ἐν τρισὶ διαχέας ἡμέραις, μικράν σοι πεποίηται τῆς ὑπερβαλλούσης δυνάμεως τὴν ἐπίδειξιν; ἢ οὐχὶ πασῶν τῶν ἐν ταῖς ἱστορίαις θαυματοποιῶν ἰσχυροτέραν Ὥσπερ γὰρ πλεονάζει τοῦ Σαμψὼν τὸ θαῦμα, οὐ κατὰ τὸ κατισχύσαι μόνον τοῦ λέοντος, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸ ἀπόνως αὐτὸν διαχειρίσασθαι γυμναῖς καὶ ἀόπλοις χερσὶ τὸν θῆρα καταπαίζοντα διασπάσασθαι· οὕτω καὶ τοῦ δίχα πάσης ἐργωδίας τὸν Κύριον τὴν τοσαύτην ἀφανίσαι κακίαν, ἀπόδειξις μείζων ἐστὶ τοῦ τῆς δυνάμεως ὑπερβάλλοντος. Οὐχ ὑδάτων ἀπείρων ἐπιῤῥοαὶ ἐκ τῶν ἄνωθεν καταρακτῶν τῷ ὑποκειμένῳ ἐγκαταπίπτουσαι, οὐδὲ ἄβυσσοι τῶν ἰδίων ὅρων ὑπεροιδαίνουσαι, καὶ τοῖς πελάγεσι τὴν γῆν ἐπικλύζουσαι, οὐδὲ πᾶσα ἡ οἰκουμένη νηὸς δίκην αὗτανδρος τῷ βυθῷ καλυπτομένη, οὐδὲ ὄρη γινόμενα βύθια, καὶ κορυφαὶ τῶν ὀρῶν ὑποβρύχιοι· οὐδὲ καθ' ὀμοιότητα Σοδόμων αἱ τῆς φλογὸς ἐπομβρίαι τῷ πυρὶ τὸ διεφθορὸς ἐκκαθαίρουσαι· οὐδὲ ἄλλο τι τοιοῦτον οὐδέν ἀλλὰ ἁπλῆ τις καὶ ἀκατάληπτος ἐπιδημία μόνη ζωῆς, καὶ φωτὸς παρουσία, τοῖς ἐν σκότει καὶ σκιᾷ θανάτου καθημένοις, ἔκλειψιν παντελῆ καὶ ἀφανισμὸν τοῦ τε σκότους καὶ τοῦ θανάτου πεποίηται. Εἴπω τι πρὸς τοῖς εἰρημένοις καὶ ἕτερον; Ἐφύη τὸ κακὸν ἐν τῷ ὄφει· ἡττήθη ἡ γυνὴ τῆς πείρας τοῦ δράκοντος ἡττήθη μετὰ ταῦτα τῆς γυναικὸς ὁ ἀνήρ. Διὰ τριῶν ἔσχε τὸ κακὸν τὴν γένεσιν. Πρὸς τί μοι βλέπει τούτων ἡ μνήμη; Ἔστι τινὰ τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ τάξιν διὰ τῆς ἐν τῷ κακῷ τάξεως κατανοῆσαι. Τρία βλέπω ταῦτα τοῦ κακοῦ δοχεῖα πρῶτον μὲν, ἐν ᾧ τὸ πρῶτον συνέστη· δεύτερον, εἰς ὃ μετεῤῥύη· τρίτον, ἐν ᾧ μετὰ ταῦτα ἐπεγένετο. Ἐπειδὴ τοίνυν ἐν τοῖς τρισὶ τούτοις ἡ κακία ἐπλήμμυρε, τῇ διαβολικῇ, λέγω, φύσει, καὶ τῷ τῶν γυναικῶν γένει, καὶ τῷ πληρώματι τῶν ἀνδρῶν· τούτου χάριν ἀκολούθως ἐν τρισὶν ἡμέραις ἡ νόσος ἐξαφανίζεται, ἑκάστῳ γένει τῶν ἐν κακίᾳ νενοσηκότων μιᾶς ἡμέρας ἀποκληρωθείσης πρὸς ἴασιν· ἐν μιᾷ ἡμέρᾳ οἱ ἄνδρες τῆς νόσου καθαίρονται· ἐν τῇ δευτέρᾳ, τὸ τῶν γυναικῶν θεραπεύεται γένος· ἐν τῇ τελευταίᾳ, ἔσχατος ἐχθρὸς καταργεῖται ὁ θάνατος, καὶ περὶ αὐτὸν ἀρχαί τε, καὶ ἐξουσίαι, καὶ δυνάμεις τῶν ἀντικειμένων δυνάμεων τῶν τε προκαθημένων συναφανίζονται. Μὴ θαυμάσῃς δὲ εἰ χρονικοῖς διαστήμασιν ἡ τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ κτίσις ἐπιμερίζεται. Καὶ γὰρ παρὰ τὴν πρώτην τοῦ κόσμου γένεσιν, οὐκ ἠτόνει ἡ θεία δύναμις ἅπαντα ἐν ἀκαρεῖ τελειῶσαι τὰ ὄντα, ἀλλ᾽ ὅμως συμπαραλαμβάνει τῇ δημιουργίᾳ τῶν ὄντων καὶ τὰ χρονικὰ διαστήματα· ὡς τόδε μέν τι κατὰ τὴν πρώτην ἡμέραν

syndiexę̄ei tais aei epigenomenais geneais hē kakia cheomenē tǭ plēthei pros apeiron, heōs eis to akrotaton tou kakou proelthousa, pasēs katekratēse tēs anthrōpinēs physeōs houtō tou Prophētou katholikōs apophēnamenou, hoti Pantes exeklinan, hama ēchreiōthēsan, kai ouk ēn en tois ousin ouden, ho mē kakias organon ēn. Tēn oun tosautēn tou kakou sōreian tēn apo katabolēs kosmou mechri tēs kata to pathos tou Kyriou oikonomias synathroistheisan, ho en trisi diacheas hēmerais, mikran soi pepoiētai tēs hyperballousēs dynameōs tēn epideixin? ē ouchi pasōn tōn en tais historiais thaumatopoiōn ischyroteran Hōsper gar pleonazei tou Sampsōn to thauma, ou kata to katischysai monon tou leontos, alla kai to aponōs auton diacheirisasthai gymnais kai aoplois chersi ton thēra katapaizonta diaspasasthai; houtō kai tou dicha pasēs ergōdias ton Kyrion tēn tosautēn aphanisai kakian, apodeixis meizōn esti tou tēs dynameōs hyperballontos. Ouch hydatōn apeirōn epirrhoai ek tōn anōthen kataraktōn tǭ hypokeimenǭ enkatapiptousai, oude abyssoi tōn idiōn horōn hyperoidainousai, kai tois pelagesi tēn gēn epiklyzousai, oude pasa hē oikoumenē nēos dikēn hautandros tǭ bythǭ kalyptomenē, oude orē ginomena bythia, kai koryphai tōn orōn hypobrychioi; oude kath' omoiotēta Sodomōn hai tēs phlogos epombriai tǭ pyri to diephthoros ekkathairousai; oude allo ti toiouton ouden alla haplē tis kai akatalēptos epidēmia monē zōēs, kai phōtos parousia, tois en skotei kai skią thanatou kathēmenois, ekleipsin pantelē kai aphanismon tou te skotous kai tou thanatou pepoiētai. Eipō ti pros tois eirēmenois kai heteron? Ephyē to kakon en tǭ ophei; hēttēthē hē gynē tēs peiras tou drakontos hēttēthē meta tauta tēs gynaikos ho anēr. Dia triōn esche to kakon tēn genesin. Pros ti moi blepei toutōn hē mnēmē? Esti tina tou agathou taxin dia tēs en tǭ kakǭ taxeōs katanoēsai. Tria blepō tauta tou kakou docheia prōton men, en hǭ to prōton synestē; deuteron, eis ho meterrhyē; triton, en hǭ meta tauta epegeneto. Epeidē toinyn en tois trisi toutois hē kakia eplēmmyre, tę̄ diabolikę̄, legō, physei, kai tǭ tōn gynaikōn genei, kai tǭ plērōmati tōn andrōn; toutou charin akolouthōs en trisin hēmerais hē nosos exaphanizetai, hekastǭ genei tōn en kakią nenosēkotōn mias hēmeras apoklērōtheisēs pros iasin; en mią hēmerą hoi andres tēs nosou kathairontai; en tę̄ deuterą, to tōn gynaikōn therapeuetai genos; en tę̄ teleutaią, eschatos echthros katargeitai ho thanatos, kai peri auton archai te, kai exousiai, kai dynameis tōn antikeimenōn dynameōn tōn te prokathēmenōn synaphanizontai. Mē thaumasę̄s de ei chronikois diastēmasin hē tou agathou ktisis epimerizetai. Kai gar para tēn prōtēn tou kosmou genesin, ouk ētonei hē theia dynamis hapanta en akarei teleiōsai ta onta, all᾽ homōs symparalambanei tę̄ dēmiourgią tōn ontōn kai ta chronika diastēmata; hōs tode men ti kata tēn prōtēn hēmeran

itself, evil went on together with the generations that kept succeeding, poured out by its multitude toward the infinite, until, having advanced to the very height of evil, it overpowered the whole of human nature; so the prophet declares universally: “All have turned aside, together they have become worthless”; and there was nothing among things that exist that was not an instrument of evil. So this great heap of evil, gathered from the foundation of the world until the dispensation of the Lord's passion: he who scattered it in three days, has he given you a small display of his surpassing power? Or is it not mightier than all the wonder-workings in the histories? For just as Samson's wonder is the greater, not only because he overpowered the lion, but also because he dispatched it without effort, tearing the beast apart with bare, unarmed hands as if in play, so too the Lord's wiping out so much evil without any toil is a greater proof of his surpassing power. It was not endless waters pouring from the cataracts above and falling on what lay beneath, nor deeps swelling beyond their own bounds and flooding the earth with seas, nor the whole world covered by the deep like a ship with all hands, nor mountains becoming sea floor and mountain peaks under water; nor, as with Sodom, rains of flame purging the corruption with fire; nor anything else of the kind. Rather, a simple and incomprehensible coming, of life alone, and the presence of light, to those who sit in darkness and the shadow of death, brought about the total eclipse and disappearance of both darkness and death. Shall I add something else to what has been said? Evil sprang up in the serpent; the woman was overcome by the dragon's temptation; after this the man was overcome by the woman. Evil had its origin through three. What does recalling these have to do with my point? It is possible to discern an order of the good through the order in evil. I see these three receptacles of evil: first, that in which it first arose; second, that into which it flowed over; third, that in which it arose after these. Since, then, evil flooded these three, I mean the diabolical nature, the race of women, and the whole body of men, it follows that the disease is wiped out in three days, one day being allotted for the healing of each kind of those sick with evil: on one day the men are cleansed of the disease; on the second the race of women is healed; on the last the last enemy, death, is destroyed, and with him the rulers and authorities and powers of the opposing forces that preside over them are wiped out together. Do not be surprised if the creation of the good is divided by intervals of time. For at the first making of the world, too, the divine power was not too weak to complete all things in an instant; yet it took up intervals of time together with the making of things, so that one part of creation

1.611PG 46:611–612

τελειωθῆναι τὸ μέρος τῆς κτίσεως, ἐν δὲ τῇ δευτέρᾳ τὸ ἕτερον· καὶ ἐφεξῆς ὁμοίως ἐπεραιώθη τὰ ὄντα, ῥηταῖς ἡμέραις τοῦ Θεοῦ τὴν κτίσιν ἅπασαν συναρμόσαντος. Οὕτω καὶ ἐνταῦθα κατὰ τὸν ἄῤῥητον αὐτοῦ τῆς σοφίας λόγον, ἐν τρισὶν ἡμέραις τῶν ὄντων τὸ κακὸν ἐξοικίζεται, ἐξ ἀνδρῶν, ἐκ γυναικῶν, καὶ τοῦ γένους τῶν ὄφεων, ἐν οἷς πρώτοις ἡ τῆς κακίας φύσις ἔσχε τὴν γένεσιν. Ἀλλὰ περὶ μὲν τῆς τοῦ ἀριθμοῦ τῶν ἡμερῶν αἰτίας, ταῦτα ὑπενοήσαμεν· εἴτε δὲ ὀρθῶς, εἴτε καὶ μὴ, ἐν τῇ κρίσει τῶν ἀκροατῶν καταλείψομεν. Οὐ γὰρ ἀπόφασις ὁ λόγος ἐστὶν, ἀλλὰ γυμνασία καὶ ζητησις. Εἰ δὲ ζητεῖς δι' ἀκριβείας ἰδεῖν ἐν τῷ πάθει τῶν ἡμερῶν τούτων τὴν προθεσμίαν (λείπει γὰρ τῷ ἀριθμῷ οὐκ ὀλίγον, εἰ μετὰ τὴν ἐννάτην τῆς παρασκευῆς ὥραν ἀριθμοίης τὸν χρόνον, ἀφ᾿ ἧς ταῖς πατρικαῖς χερσὶ τὸ πνεῦμα παρέθετο), μικρὸν ἐπίσχες, καὶ παρέξει σοι τυχὸν ὁ λόγος τὴν περὶ τούτου σαφήνειαν. Τίς οὖν ὁ λόγος; ᾿Ανάβλεψον εἰς τὸ μεγαλεῖον τῆς θείας δυνάμεως, καὶ οὐκ ἀγνοήσεις τὸ ἐν τόπῳ ζητούμενον. Μνήσθητι τῆς Δεσποτικῆς ἀποφάσεως, τί περὶ αὐτοῦ ἀποφαίνεται ὁ τοῦ παντὸς ἐξημμένος τὸ κράτος πῶς αὐτοκρατορικῇ ἐξουσίᾳ, καὶ οὐ φύσεως ἀνάγκῃ διαζεύγνυσι τὴν ψυχὴν ἐκ τοῦ σώματος, ἐν οἷς φησιν, ὅτι Οὐδεὶς αἴρει τὴν ψυχήν μου, ἀλλ' ἐγὼ τίθημι αὐτὴν ἀφ' ἑαυτοῦ. Ἐξουσίαν ἔχω θεῖναι αὐτὴν, καὶ ἐξουσίαν ἔχω πάλιν λαβεῖν αὐτήν. Τοῦτὸ μοι στήτω, καὶ τὸ ζητούμενον σεσαφήνισται. Ὁ γὰρ πάντα κατὰ τὴν δεσποτικὴν αὐθεντίαν οἰκονομῶν, οὐκ ἀναμένει τὴν ἐκ τῆς προδοσίας ἀνάγκην, καὶ τὴν λῃστρικὴν ἔφοδον τῶν Ἰουδαίων, καὶ τὴν τοῦ Πιλάτου παράνομον κρίσιν, ὥστε τὴν ἐκείνων κακίαν ἀρχηγὸν καὶ αἰτίαν τῆς κοινῆς τῶν ἀνθρώπων σωτηρίας γενέσθαι· ἀλλὰ προλαμβάνει τῇ οἰκονομίᾳ τὴν ἔφοδον, κατὰ τὸν ἄῤῥητον τῆς ἱερουργίας τρόπον, καὶ τοῖς ἀνθρώποις ἀόρατον, καὶ ἑαυτὸν προσήνεγκε προσφορὰν καὶ θυσίαν ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν, ὁ ἱερεὺς ἅμα, καὶ ὁ ἀμνὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ, ὁ αἴρων τὴν ἁμαρτίαν τοῦ κόσμου. Πότε τοῦτο Ὅτε βρωτὸν ἑαυτοῦ τὸ σῶμα εἰς βρῶσιν σαφῶς ἐνδείκνυται τῷ ἤδη γεγενῆσθαι ἐντελῆ τοῦ ἀμνοῦ τὴν θυσίαν. Οὐ γὰρ ἂν ἦν τὸ σῶμα τοῦ ἱερείου πρὸς ἐδωδὴν ἐπιτήδειον, εἴπερ ἔμψυχον ἦν. Οὐκοῦν ὅτε παρέσχε τοῖς μαθηταῖς ἐμφαγεῖν τοῦ σώματος, καὶ τοῦ αἵματος ἐμπιεῖν, ἤδη κατὰ τὸ θελητὸν τῇ ἐξουσίᾳ τοῦ τὸ μυστήριον οἰκονομοῦντος ἀῤῥήτως τε καὶ ἀοράτως τὸ σῶμα ἐτέθυτο. Καὶ ἡ ψυχὴ ἐν ἐκείνοις ἦν, ἐν οἷς αὐτὴν ἡ ἐξουσία τοῦ οἰκονομοῦντος ἐναπέθετο μετὰ τῆς ἐγκεκραμένης αὐτῇ θείας δυνάμεως, τὸν ἐν καρδίᾳ ἐκεῖνον χῶρον περιπολοῦσα. Οὐκοῦν ἀφ᾽ οὗ προσήχθη τῷ Θεῷ ἡ θυσία παρὰ τοῦ μεγάλου Ἀρχιερέως, τοῦ τὸν ἑαυτοῦ ἀμνὸν ὑπὲρ τῆς κοινῆς ἁμαρτίας ἀῤῥήτως τε καὶ ἀοράτως ἱερουργήσαντος, ἀπὸ τότε τις ἀριθμῶν τὸν χρόνον τῆς ἀληθείας οὐχ ἁμαρτήσεται. Ἑσπέρα μὲν γὰρ ἦν ὅτε ἐβρώθη τὸ ἱερὸν ἐκεῖνο καὶ ἅγιον σῶμα. Νὺξ δὲ τὴν ἑσπέραν ἐκείνην ἡ πρὸ τῆς παρασκευῆς διεδέξατο. Εἶτα ἡ τῆς παρασκευῆς ἡμέρα, τῇ ἐπεισάκτῳ

teleiōthēnai to meros tēs ktiseōs, en de tę̄ deuterą to heteron; kai ephexēs homoiōs eperaiōthē ta onta, rhētais hēmerais tou Theou tēn ktisin hapasan synarmosantos. Houtō kai entautha kata ton arrhēton autou tēs sophias logon, en trisin hēmerais tōn ontōn to kakon exoikizetai, ex andrōn, ek gynaikōn, kai tou genous tōn opheōn, en hois prōtois hē tēs kakias physis esche tēn genesin. Alla peri men tēs tou arithmou tōn hēmerōn aitias, tauta hypenoēsamen; eite de orthōs, eite kai mē, en tę̄ krisei tōn akroatōn kataleipsomen. Ou gar apophasis ho logos estin, alla gymnasia kai zētēsis. Ei de zēteis di' akribeias idein en tǭ pathei tōn hēmerōn toutōn tēn prothesmian (leipei gar tǭ arithmǭ ouk oligon, ei meta tēn ennatēn tēs paraskeuēs hōran arithmoiēs ton chronon, aph᾿ hēs tais patrikais chersi to pneuma paretheto), mikron episches, kai parexei soi tychon ho logos tēn peri toutou saphēneian. Tis oun ho logos? ᾿Anablepson eis to megaleion tēs theias dynameōs, kai ouk agnoēseis to en topǭ zētoumenon. Mnēsthēti tēs Despotikēs apophaseōs, ti peri autou apophainetai ho tou pantos exēmmenos to kratos pōs autokratorikę̄ exousią, kai ou physeōs anankę̄ diazeugnysi tēn psychēn ek tou sōmatos, en hois phēsin, hoti Oudeis airei tēn psychēn mou, all' egō tithēmi autēn aph' heautou. Exousian echō theinai autēn, kai exousian echō palin labein autēn. Touto moi stētō, kai to zētoumenon sesaphēnistai. Ho gar panta kata tēn despotikēn authentian oikonomōn, ouk anamenei tēn ek tēs prodosias anankēn, kai tēn lę̄strikēn ephodon tōn Ioudaiōn, kai tēn tou Pilatou paranomon krisin, hōste tēn ekeinōn kakian archēgon kai aitian tēs koinēs tōn anthrōpōn sōtērias genesthai; alla prolambanei tę̄ oikonomią tēn ephodon, kata ton arrhēton tēs hierourgias tropon, kai tois anthrōpois aoraton, kai heauton prosēnenke prosphoran kai thysian hyper hēmōn, ho hiereus hama, kai ho amnos tou Theou, ho airōn tēn hamartian tou kosmou. Pote touto Hote brōton heautou to sōma eis brōsin saphōs endeiknytai tǭ ēdē gegenēsthai entelē tou amnou tēn thysian. Ou gar an ēn to sōma tou hiereiou pros edōdēn epitēdeion, eiper empsychon ēn. Oukoun hote paresche tois mathētais emphagein tou sōmatos, kai tou haimatos empiein, ēdē kata to thelēton tę̄ exousią tou to mystērion oikonomountos arrhētōs te kai aoratōs to sōma etethyto. Kai hē psychē en ekeinois ēn, en hois autēn hē exousia tou oikonomountos enapetheto meta tēs enkekramenēs autę̄ theias dynameōs, ton en kardią ekeinon chōron peripolousa. Oukoun aph᾽ hou prosēchthē tǭ Theǭ hē thysia para tou megalou Archiereōs, tou ton heautou amnon hyper tēs koinēs hamartias arrhētōs te kai aoratōs hierourgēsantos, apo tote tis arithmōn ton chronon tēs alētheias ouch hamartēsetai. Hespera men gar ēn hote ebrōthē to hieron ekeino kai hagion sōma. Nyx de tēn hesperan ekeinēn hē pro tēs paraskeuēs diedexato. Eita hē tēs paraskeuēs hēmera, tę̄ epeisaktǭ

was completed on the first day, another on the second, and so in order things were brought to completion, God fitting together the whole creation in set days. So too here, according to the ineffable reasoning of his wisdom, evil is driven out of things in three days: from men, from women, and from the race of serpents, in which the nature of evil first had its origin. But concerning the reason for the number of the days, this is what we have conjectured; whether rightly or not, we leave to the judgment of the hearers. For the sermon is not a pronouncement but an exercise and an inquiry. But if you seek to see precisely the span of these days in the passion (for the count falls not a little short if you reckon the time from after the ninth hour of the day of Preparation, from which he committed his spirit into his Father's hands), wait a little, and perhaps the sermon will give you clarity on this. What, then, is the explanation? Look up to the greatness of the divine power, and you will not be ignorant of what is sought here. Remember the Lord's declaration, what he who holds the power over all declares about himself: how by sovereign authority, and not by necessity of nature, he separates the soul from the body, when he says: “No one takes my soul from me, but I lay it down of myself. I have authority to lay it down, and I have authority to take it again.” Let this stand, and what we seek has been made clear. For he who orders all things by his sovereign authority does not wait for the compulsion of the betrayal, and the robbers' assault of the Jews, and the lawless judgment of Pilate, as though their wickedness were to become the beginning and cause of the common salvation of humankind. Rather, he anticipates their assault by his own dispensation, in the ineffable manner of the sacred rite, invisible to men, and offered himself as an offering and sacrifice for us, at once the priest and “the Lamb of God, who takes away the sin of the world.” When was this? When he showed his own body to be eaten as food, he clearly showed that the sacrifice of the lamb had already been completed. For the body of the victim would not have been fit for eating if it had been alive. So when he gave his disciples his body to eat and his blood to drink, already, by the will and authority of him who ordered the mystery, the body had been sacrificed ineffably and invisibly. And the soul was in those places where the authority of him who ordered it had placed it, with the divine power mingled with it, going about that region in the heart of the earth. So from the time when the sacrifice was brought to God by the great High Priest, who ineffably and invisibly sacrificed his own lamb for the common sin, anyone who counts the time from then will not miss the truth. For it was evening when that sacred and holy body was eaten. Then the night before the Preparation followed that evening. Then the day of the Preparation, by the inserted

1.613PG 46:613–614

νυκτὶ διατμηθεῖσα, εἰς μίαν νύκτα καὶ εἰς ἡμέρας δύο καταψηφίζεται. Εἰ γὰρ τὸ σκότος ὁ Θεὸς ἐκάλεσε νύκτα, ἐν δὲ ταῖς τρισὶν ὥραις ἐγένετο σκότος ἐπὶ πᾶσαν τὴν οἰκουμένην αὕτη ἐστὶν ἡ κατὰ τὸ μέσον τῆς ἡμέρας καινοτομηθεῖσα νὺξ, τὰ δύο τμήματα τῶν ἡμερῶν δι' ἑαυτῆς περιγράφουσα, τὸ μὲν ἀπὸ τοῦ ὄρθρου ἐπὶ τὴν ἕκτην ὥραν, τὸ δὲ ἀπὸ τῆς ἐννάτης ἐπὶ τὴν ἑσπέραν. Ὥστε εἶναι μέχρι τούτου, δύο νύκτας καὶ ἡμέρας δύο. Εἶτα, πρὸ τοῦ Σαββάτου νὺξ, καὶ μετὰ ταύτην ἡ τοῦ Σαββάτου ἡμέρα, ἔχεις τὰς τρεῖς νύκτας. Ζήτησόν μοι λοιπὸν τὴν ἀναστάσιμον ὥραν, καὶ εὑρήσεις τὴν ἐν τοῖς εἰρημένοις ἀλήθειαν. Πότε οὖν τοῦτο; Οψὲ Σαββάτων, Ματθαῖος βοᾷ. Αὕτη τοι ἡ ὥρα τῆς Ἀναστάσεως κατὰ τὴν τοῦ ἀγγέλου φωνήν. Οὗτος ὅρος τῆς ἐν καρδίᾳ τῆς γῆς διαγωγῆς τοῦ Κυρίου. Ἑσπέρας γὰρ ἤδη βαθείας γεγενημένης (ἀρχὴ δὲ ἦν τῆς νυκτὸς ἐκείνης ἡ ἑσπέρα, ἣν διαδέχεται ἡ μία τῶν Σαββάτων ἡμέρα), τότε ὁ σεισμὸς γίνεται. Τότε ὁ καταστράπτων τοῖς ἐνδύμασιν ἄγγελος άποκυλίει τὸν λίθον τοῦ μνημείου. Αἱ δὲ γυναῖκες μικρὸν ἐπορθρίσασαι, ὑποφαινούσης ἤδη τῆς ἡμέρας τὸ φέγγος, ὡς καί τίνα ἡλιακὴν αὐγὴν τῆς ἀνατολῆς ὑπερφαίνεσθαι, τότε ἱστοροῦσι τὴν ἤδη γεγενημένην ἀνάστασιν· αἱ τὸ μὲν θαῦμα ἔγνωσαν, τὴν δὲ ὥραν οὐκ ἐδιδάχθησαν. Ὅτι μὲν γὰρ ἡγέρθη, εἶπε πρὸς αὐτὰς ὁ ἄγγελος τὸ δὲ πότε, τῷ ῥήματι οὐ προσέθηκεν. ᾿Αλλ' ὁ μέγας Ματθαῖος μόνος τῶν εὐαγγελιστῶν πάντων τὸν καιρὸν δι' ἀκριβείας ἐπεσημήνατο, εἰπὼν τὴν ἑσπέραν εἶναι τοῦ Σαββάτου, τὴν ὥραν τῆς Ἀναστάσεως. Εἰ δὲ ταῦτα τοῦτον ἔχει τὸν τρόπον, ἕστηκεν ἡμῖν ἡ προθεσμία, ἀπὸ τῆς μετὰ τὴν πέμπτην ἑσπέρας, εἰς τὴν τοῦ Σαββάτου ἑσπέραν διαμετρουμένου τοῦ χρόνου, τῆς ἐμβολίμου νυκτὸς, καθὼς εἴρηται, τὴν παρασκευὴν εἰς ἡμέρας δύο καὶ νύκτα μίαν κερματιζούσης. Ἔδει γὰρ ἐπὶ τοῦ δεσπόζοντος ἐν τῇ δυναστείᾳ αὐτοῦ τοῦ αἰῶνος, μὴ τοῖς συντεταγμένοις τοῦ χρόνου μέτροις τὰ ἔργα κατ᾿ ἀνάγκην συμπαρατείνεσθαι ἀλλὰ πρὸς τὴν τῶν ὄντων χρείαν καινοτομεῖσθαι τοῦ χρόνου τὰ μέτρα, καὶ συντομώτερον τὴν τῶν ἀγαθῶν ἐνέργειαν τῆς θείας δυνάμεως ἐπιτελούσης, κολοβώτερα τοῦ χρόνου σχεδιασθῆναι τὰ μέτρα ὡς μήτε ἐλάττονα τῶν τριῶν ἡμερῶν καὶ τῶν τοσούτων νυκτῶν ἀριθμηθῆναι τὸν χρόνον. Ἐπειδὴ τοῦτον τὸν ἀριθμὸν ὁ μυστικὸς καὶ ἀπόῤῥητος ἐπιζητεῖ λόγος, μήτε τὰ συνήθη τῶν ἡμερῶν τε καὶ νυκτῶν ἀναμένουσαν διαστήματα πρὸς τὸ τάχος τῆς ἐνεργείας τὴν θείαν ἐμποδίζεσθαι δύναμιν. Ὁ γὰρ ἐξουσίαν ἔχων καὶ θεῖναι ἀφ᾿ ἑαυτοῦ τὴν ψυχὴν καὶ ἀναλαβεῖν ὅτε ἐβούλετο, ἐξουσίαν εἶχεν ὡς ποιητὴς τῶν αἰώνων, οὐχὶ δουλεῦσαι διὰ τῶν ἔργων τῷ χρόνῳ, ἀλλὰ ποιῆσαι κατὰ τὰ ἔργα τὸν χρόνον. ᾿Αλλ' οὔπω τοῦ μεγίστου τῶν κεφαλαίων ὁ λόγος ἥψατο. Ζητεῖν γὰρ τοὺς φιλομαθεστέρους εἰκὸς, πῶς ἐν τῷ χρόνῳ τρισὶν ἑαυτὸν ὁ Κύριος δίδωσι, τῇ τε καρδίᾳ τῆς γῆς καὶ τῷ

nykti diatmētheisa, eis mian nykta kai eis hēmeras dyo katapsēphizetai. Ei gar to skotos ho Theos ekalese nykta, en de tais trisin hōrais egeneto skotos epi pasan tēn oikoumenēn hautē estin hē kata to meson tēs hēmeras kainotomētheisa nyx, ta dyo tmēmata tōn hēmerōn di' heautēs perigraphousa, to men apo tou orthrou epi tēn hektēn hōran, to de apo tēs ennatēs epi tēn hesperan. Hōste einai mechri toutou, dyo nyktas kai hēmeras dyo. Eita, pro tou Sabbatou nyx, kai meta tautēn hē tou Sabbatou hēmera, echeis tas treis nyktas. Zētēson moi loipon tēn anastasimon hōran, kai heurēseis tēn en tois eirēmenois alētheian. Pote oun touto? Opse Sabbatōn, Matthaios boą. Hautē toi hē hōra tēs Anastaseōs kata tēn tou angelou phōnēn. Houtos horos tēs en kardią tēs gēs diagōgēs tou Kyriou. Hesperas gar ēdē batheias gegenēmenēs (archē de ēn tēs nyktos ekeinēs hē hespera, hēn diadechetai hē mia tōn Sabbatōn hēmera), tote ho seismos ginetai. Tote ho katastraptōn tois endymasin angelos apokyliei ton lithon tou mnēmeiou. Hai de gynaikes mikron eporthrisasai, hypophainousēs ēdē tēs hēmeras to phengos, hōs kai tina hēliakēn augēn tēs anatolēs hyperphainesthai, tote historousi tēn ēdē gegenēmenēn anastasin; hai to men thauma egnōsan, tēn de hōran ouk edidachthēsan. Hoti men gar hēgerthē, eipe pros autas ho angelos to de pote, tǭ rhēmati ou prosethēken. ᾿All' ho megas Matthaios monos tōn euangelistōn pantōn ton kairon di' akribeias epesēmēnato, eipōn tēn hesperan einai tou Sabbatou, tēn hōran tēs Anastaseōs. Ei de tauta touton echei ton tropon, hestēken hēmin hē prothesmia, apo tēs meta tēn pemptēn hesperas, eis tēn tou Sabbatou hesperan diametroumenou tou chronou, tēs embolimou nyktos, kathōs eirētai, tēn paraskeuēn eis hēmeras dyo kai nykta mian kermatizousēs. Edei gar epi tou despozontos en tę̄ dynasteią autou tou aiōnos, mē tois syntetagmenois tou chronou metrois ta erga kat᾿ anankēn symparateinesthai alla pros tēn tōn ontōn chreian kainotomeisthai tou chronou ta metra, kai syntomōteron tēn tōn agathōn energeian tēs theias dynameōs epitelousēs, kolobōtera tou chronou schediasthēnai ta metra hōs mēte elattona tōn triōn hēmerōn kai tōn tosoutōn nyktōn arithmēthēnai ton chronon. Epeidē touton ton arithmon ho mystikos kai aporrhētos epizētei logos, mēte ta synēthē tōn hēmerōn te kai nyktōn anamenousan diastēmata pros to tachos tēs energeias tēn theian empodizesthai dynamin. Ho gar exousian echōn kai theinai aph᾿ heautou tēn psychēn kai analabein hote ebouleto, exousian eichen hōs poiētēs tōn aiōnōn, ouchi douleusai dia tōn ergōn tǭ chronǭ, alla poiēsai kata ta erga ton chronon. ᾿All' oupō tou megistou tōn kephalaiōn ho logos hēpsato. Zētein gar tous philomathesterous eikos, pōs en tǭ chronǭ trisin heauton ho Kyrios didōsi, tę̄ te kardią tēs gēs kai tǭ

night that cut it in two, is counted as one night and two days. For if God called the darkness night, and during the three hours there was darkness over the whole world, this is the night newly made in the middle of the day, marking off by itself two segments of the days, the one from dawn to the sixth hour, the other from the ninth hour to evening. So up to this point there are two nights and two days. Then comes the night before the Sabbath, and after it the day of the Sabbath: you have the three nights. Now seek for me the hour of the resurrection, and you will find the truth of what has been said. When was this, then? “Late on the Sabbath,” Matthew cries out. This, surely, is the hour of the resurrection according to the angel's word. This is the limit of the Lord's stay in the heart of the earth. For when it was already deep evening (and the evening was the beginning of that night which the first day of the week follows), then the earthquake takes place. Then the angel, flashing like lightning in his garments, rolls the stone away from the tomb. And the women, coming a little before dawn, when the light of day was already showing, so that some gleam of the sun was appearing from the east, then learn of the resurrection that had already taken place. They knew the wonder, but were not taught the hour. For the angel told them that he had been raised, but did not add when. But the great Matthew alone of all the evangelists marked the time precisely, saying that the hour of the resurrection was the evening of the Sabbath. If this is so, the interval stands firm for us: the time is measured from the evening after the fifth day to the evening of the Sabbath, with the inserted night, as has been said, cutting the Preparation into two days and one night. For it was fitting, in the case of him who rules the age by his own power, that his works should not be stretched out by necessity along with the fixed measures of time, but that the measures of time should be made new for the need of things; and since the divine power accomplished its working of good things more swiftly, the measures of time were made shorter on the spot, so that the time was counted neither as less than three days and as many nights (since the mystical and secret reasoning requires this number), nor was the divine power hindered in the swiftness of its working by waiting for the usual intervals of days and nights. For he who had authority both to lay down his soul of himself and to take it up again when he wished had authority, as maker of the ages, not to be a slave to time through his works, but to make time according to his works. But the sermon has not yet touched the greatest of its main points. For the more studious will likely ask how, during that time, the Lord gives himself to three places: to the heart of the earth, to

1.615PG 46:615–616

παραδείσῳ σὺν τῷ λῃστῇ καὶ ταῖς πατρώαις χερσί. Πρὸς τοὺς Φαρισαίους μὲν γάρ φησιν, ὅτι "Ωσπερ Ἰωνᾶς μὲν ἦν ἐν τῇ κοιλίᾳ τοῦ κήτους, οὕτως ἔσται καὶ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ τῆς γῆς, κατὰ τὸ τριήμερον τοῦ χρόνου διάστημα· πρὸς τὸν λῃστὴν, ὅτι Σήμερον μετ' ἐμοῦ ἔσῃ ἐν τῷ παραδείσῳ· πρὸς δὲ τὸν Πατέρα, ὅτι Εἰς χεῖράς σου παρατίθημι τὸ πνεῦμά μου. Οὔτε γὰρ ἐν ὑποχθονίοις τις ἂν τὸν παράδεισον, οὔτε ἐν παραδείσῳ τὰ ὑποχθόνια ὥστε κατὰ ταὐτὸν ἐν ἀμφοτέροις εἶναι, ἢ χεῖρα τοῦ Πατρὸς λέγεσθαι ταῦτα. Ἀλλὰ τοῦτο μὲν, ἐν τοῖς εὐσεβῶς λογιζομένοις τυχὸν οὐδὲ ζητήσεως ἄξιον. Ὁ γὰρ πανταχοῦ ὢν διὰ τῆς θείας δυνάμεως; καὶ παντὶ πάρεστι καὶ οὐδενὸς ἀπολείπεται. Ἐγὼ δὲ καὶ ἕτερον οἶδα λόγον περὶ τούτου μαθών, ὃν βουλομένοις ὑμῖν δι᾽ ὀλίγων ἐκθήσομαι. Ὅτε ἦλθεν ἐπὶ τὴν Παρθένον τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον, καὶ ἡ τοῦ Ὑψίστου δύναμις αὐτῇ ἐπεσκίασεν, ἐπὶ τῷ τὸν καινὸν ἄνθρωπον ἐν αὐτῇ συστῆναι (τὸν διὰ τοῦτο καινὸν ὠνομασμένον, ὅτι κατὰ Θεὸν ἐκτίσθη, οὐ κατὰ ἀνθρωπίνην συνήθειαν, ὥστε γενέσθαι Θεοῦ δοχεῖον ἀχειροποίητον οὐ γὰρ κατοικεῖ ἐν χειροποιήτοις, τοῖς ὑπὸ ἀνθρώπων, λέγω, κατεσκευασμένοις, ὁ Ὕψιστος)· τότε αὐτοῖς τὸν οἶκον τῆς Σοφίας οἰκοδομούσης, καὶ τῷ τῆς δυνάμεως ἀποσκιάσματι οἱονεὶ τύπῳ σφραγίδος ἔνδοθεν καταμορφωθέντος, τότε ἀμφοτέροις, δι' ὧν ἡ ἀνθρωπίνη φύσις συνέστηκε (ψυχῇ τε, λέγω, καὶ σώματι), ἡ θεία κατακιρνᾶται δύναμις, ἑκατέρῳ καταλλήλως ἑαυτὴν καταμίξασα. Ἔδει γὰρ (ἐπειδὴ δύο τούτων διὰ τῆς παρακοῆς νεκρωθέντων, ὧν νέκρωσις ἦν, τῆς μὲν ψυχῆς ἡ τῆς ὄντως ζωῆς ἀλλοτρίωσις· τοῦ σώματος δὲ ἡ φθορά τε καὶ διάλυσις), ἀμφοτέρων τούτων τῇ ἐπιμιξίᾳ τῆς ζωῆς ἐξοικισθῆναι τὸν θάνατον. Πρὸς ἑκάτερον τοίνυν τῶν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου τμημάτων καταλλήλως τῆς θεότητος ἐμμιχθείσης, δι' ἀμφοτέρων ἐπίδηλα τῆς ὑπερεχούσης φύσεως τὰ γνωρίσματα ἦν. Τὸ μὲν γὰρ σῶμα τὴν ἐν αὐτῷ θεότητα διὰ τῆς ἀφῆς τὰς ἰάσεις ἐνεργοῦν ἐπεσήμαινε· ἡ δὲ ψυχὴ τῷ δυνατῷ ἐκείνῳ θελήματι τὴν θείαν ἐνεδείκνυτο δύναμιν. Ωσπερ γὰρ ἡ κατὰ τὴν ἀφὴν αἴσθησις τοῦ σώματός ἐστιν ἰδία, οὕτω καὶ τῆς ψυχῆς ἡ κατὰ προαίρεσιν κίνησις. Προσέρχεται ὁ λεπρὸς διεῤῥυηκὼς ἤδη καὶ ἠχρειωμένος τῷ σώματι. Πῶς γίνεται ἐπὶ τούτου παρὰ τοῦ Κυρίου ἡ ἴασις; Ἡ ψυχὴ θέλει καὶ τὸ σῶμα ἡ λέπρα. Πάλιν τοὺς ἐν πολλαῖς χιλιάσι κατὰ τὴν ἔρημον αὐτῷ προσεδρεύσαντας, ἀπολῦσαι μὲν νήστεις οὐ θέλει· ταῖς χερσὶ δὲ διακλᾶται τοὺς ἄρτους. Ὁρᾶς πῶς δι' ἀμφοτέρων ἡ ἐν ἑκατέρῳ συμπαρομαρτοῦσα θεότης δημοσιεύεται, τῷ τε ἐνεργοῦντι σώματι, καὶ τῇ ὁρμῇ τοῦ ἐν τῇ ψυχῇ γινομένου θελήματος. Καὶ τί χρὴ πάντα διεξιέναι αὐτὰ θαύματα ὁμοιοτρόπως ἐπιτελούμενα, τοῖς προδήλοις ἐνασχολοῦντα τὸν λόγον; ᾿Αλλ' οὗ χάριν τῶν εἰρημένων ἐμνήσθην, πρὸς ἐκεῖνο καὶ μεταβήσομαι. Πῶς κατὰ ταὐτὸν καὶ ἐν τῷ ᾅδῃ καὶ ἐν τῷ παραδείσῳ ὁ Κύριος Οὗ ζητήματος λύσις ἐστὶ μία, τὸ μηδὲν ἄβατον εἶναι Θεῷ, ἐν ᾧ τὰ πάντα συνέστηκεν. Ἑτέρα δὲ

paradeisǭ syn tǭ lę̄stę̄ kai tais patrōais chersi. Pros tous Pharisaious men gar phēsin, hoti "Ōsper Iōnas men ēn en tę̄ koilią tou kētous, houtōs estai kai ho Huios tou anthrōpou en tę̄ kardią tēs gēs, kata to triēmeron tou chronou diastēma; pros ton lę̄stēn, hoti Sēmeron met' emou esę̄ en tǭ paradeisǭ; pros de ton Patera, hoti Eis cheiras sou paratithēmi to pneuma mou. Oute gar en hypochthoniois tis an ton paradeison, oute en paradeisǭ ta hypochthonia hōste kata tauton en amphoterois einai, ē cheira tou Patros legesthai tauta. Alla touto men, en tois eusebōs logizomenois tychon oude zētēseōs axion. Ho gar pantachou ōn dia tēs theias dynameōs? kai panti paresti kai oudenos apoleipetai. Egō de kai heteron oida logon peri toutou mathōn, hon boulomenois hymin di᾽ oligōn ekthēsomai. Hote ēlthen epi tēn Parthenon to Pneuma to hagion, kai hē tou Hypsistou dynamis autę̄ epeskiasen, epi tǭ ton kainon anthrōpon en autę̄ systēnai (ton dia touto kainon ōnomasmenon, hoti kata Theon ektisthē, ou kata anthrōpinēn synētheian, hōste genesthai Theou docheion acheiropoiēton ou gar katoikei en cheiropoiētois, tois hypo anthrōpōn, legō, kateskeuasmenois, ho Hypsistos); tote autois ton oikon tēs Sophias oikodomousēs, kai tǭ tēs dynameōs aposkiasmati hoionei typǭ sphragidos endothen katamorphōthentos, tote amphoterois, di' hōn hē anthrōpinē physis synestēke (psychę̄ te, legō, kai sōmati), hē theia katakirnatai dynamis, hekaterǭ katallēlōs heautēn katamixasa. Edei gar (epeidē dyo toutōn dia tēs parakoēs nekrōthentōn, hōn nekrōsis ēn, tēs men psychēs hē tēs ontōs zōēs allotriōsis; tou sōmatos de hē phthora te kai dialysis), amphoterōn toutōn tę̄ epimixią tēs zōēs exoikisthēnai ton thanaton. Pros hekateron toinyn tōn tou anthrōpou tmēmatōn katallēlōs tēs theotētos emmichtheisēs, di' amphoterōn epidēla tēs hyperechousēs physeōs ta gnōrismata ēn. To men gar sōma tēn en autǭ theotēta dia tēs aphēs tas iaseis energoun epesēmaine; hē de psychē tǭ dynatǭ ekeinǭ thelēmati tēn theian enedeiknyto dynamin. Ōsper gar hē kata tēn aphēn aisthēsis tou sōmatos estin idia, houtō kai tēs psychēs hē kata proairesin kinēsis. Proserchetai ho lepros dierrhyēkōs ēdē kai ēchreiōmenos tǭ sōmati. Pōs ginetai epi toutou para tou Kyriou hē iasis? Hē psychē thelei kai to sōma hē lepra. Palin tous en pollais chiliasi kata tēn erēmon autǭ prosedreusantas, apolysai men nēsteis ou thelei; tais chersi de diaklatai tous artous. Horas pōs di' amphoterōn hē en hekaterǭ symparomartousa theotēs dēmosieuetai, tǭ te energounti sōmati, kai tę̄ hormę̄ tou en tę̄ psychę̄ ginomenou thelēmatos. Kai ti chrē panta diexienai auta thaumata homoiotropōs epiteloumena, tois prodēlois enascholounta ton logon? ᾿All' hou charin tōn eirēmenōn emnēsthēn, pros ekeino kai metabēsomai. Pōs kata tauton kai en tǭ hądę̄ kai en tǭ paradeisǭ ho Kyrios Hou zētēmatos lysis esti mia, to mēden abaton einai Theǭ, en hǭ ta panta synestēken. Hetera de

paradise with the robber, and to the Father's hands. For to the Pharisees he says: “As Jonah was in the belly of the sea monster, so will the Son of Man be in the heart of the earth,” for the three-day span of time; to the robber: “Today you will be with me in paradise”; and to the Father: “Into your hands I commit my spirit.” For no one would place paradise in the regions under the earth, nor the regions under the earth in paradise, so as to be in both at the same time, or call these the hand of the Father. But for those who reason with piety this is perhaps not even worth inquiring into. For he who is everywhere by his divine power is present to all and absent from none. But I also know another explanation of this, which I learned and will set out briefly for you, if you wish. When the Holy Spirit came upon the Virgin, and the power of the Most High overshadowed her, so that the new man was formed in her (called new for this reason, that he was created according to God, not according to human custom, so as to become a receptacle of God not made with hands; for the Most High does not dwell in things made with hands, I mean those built by human beings), then, as Wisdom built her house, and it was shaped from within by the overshadowing of the power as by the impress of a seal, then the divine power is mixed with both of the parts of which human nature consists, I mean soul and body, mingling itself with each in the way that fits it. For since these two had been made dead through disobedience (and the deadness of the soul was its estrangement from true life, that of the body its corruption and dissolution), death had to be driven out of both of them by the admixture of life. So, since the Godhead was mingled with each of the parts of the man in the way that fitted it, the marks of the higher nature were evident through both. The body indicated the Godhead within it by working cures through touch, while the soul displayed the divine power by that mighty will. For as the sense of touch belongs to the body, so movement by choice belongs to the soul. The leper comes, already wasting away and ruined in body. How does the cure come to him from the Lord? The soul wills, and the body touches, and the leprosy departs. Again, those who waited on him in the wilderness in many thousands he does not wish to send away fasting, and he breaks the loaves with his hands. You see how the Godhead that accompanied each is made known through both, through the body that acts and through the impulse of the will that arises in the soul. And why go through all the wonders that were done in the same way, occupying the sermon with what is plain? But I will pass on to that for whose sake I recalled these things. How is the Lord at the same time both in Hades and in paradise? One solution to this question is that nothing is inaccessible to God, in whom all things hold together. Another

1.617PG 46:617–618

πρὸς ἣν νῦν ὁ λόγος βλέπει ὅτι ὅλον τὸν ἄνθρωπον τοῦ Θεοῦ διὰ τῆς πρὸς ἑαυτὸν ἀνακράσεως εἰς τὴν θείαν φύσιν μετασκευάσαντος, ἐν τῷ καιρῷ τῆς κατὰ τὸ πάθος οἰκονομίας οὐ θατέρου μέρους τὸ ἅπαξ ἐγκραθὲν ἀνεχώρησεν (ἀμεταμέλητα γὰρ τοῦ Θεοῦ τὰ χαρίσματα)· ἀλλὰ τὴν μὲν ψυχὴν τοῦ σώματος, ἡ θεότης ἑκουσίως διέζευξεν, ἑαυτὴν δὲ ἐν ἀμφοτέροις μένουσαν ἔδειξεν. Διὰ μὲν γὰρ τοῦ σώματος, ἐν ᾧ τὴν ἐκ τοῦ θανάτου καταφθορὰν οὐκ ἐδέξατο, κατήργησε τὸν ἔχοντα τοῦ θανάτου τὸ κράτος, διὰ δὲ τῆς ψυχῆς ὡδοποίησε τῷ λῃστῇ τὴν ἐπὶ τὸν παράδεισον εἴσοδον καὶ τὰ δύο κατ᾿ αὐτὸν ἐνεργεῖται, δι' ἀμφοτέρων τῆς θεότητος τὸ ἀγαθὸν κατορθούσης· διὰ μὲν τῆς τοῦ σώματος ἀφθαρσίας, τὴν τοῦ θανάτου κατάλυσιν διὰ δὲ τῆς ψυχῆς πρὸς τὴν ἰδίαν ἐστίαν ἐπειγομένης, τὴν ἐπὶ τὸν παράδεισον τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἐπάνοδον. Ἐπεὶ οὖν διπλοῦν μὲν τὸ ἀνθρώπινον σύγκραμα, ἁπλῆ δὲ καὶ μονοειδὴς ἡ τῆς θεότητος φύσις, ἐν τῷ καιρῷ τῆς τοῦ σώματος ἀπὸ τῆς ψυχῆς διαζεύξεως, οὐ συνδιασχίζεται τῷ συνθέτῳ τὸ ἀδιαίρετον, ἀλλὰ τὸ ἔμπαλιν γίνεται. Τῇ γὰρ ἑνότητι τῆς θείας φύσεως τῆς κατὰ τὸ ἴσον ἐν ἀμφοτέροις οὔσης, πάλιν πρὸς ἄλληλα τὰ διεστῶτα συμφύεται. Καὶ οὕτω γίνεται, ὁ θάνατος μὲν, ἐκ τῆς τῶν συμπεφυκότων διαιρέσεως· ἡ ἀνάστασις δὲ, ἐκ τῆς τῶν διαιρεθέντων ἑνώσεως. Εἰ δὲ ζητεῖς πῶς ἐν τῷ παραδείσῳ ὢν, ἐν ταῖς χερσὶ τοῦ Πατρὸς ἑαυτὸν παρατίθεται, ἑρμηνεύσει σοι ὁ ὑψηλὸς Ἡσαΐας τὸ περὶ τούτων ζητούμενον. Εἶπε γὰρ ἐκεῖνος ἐκ προσώπου τοῦ Θεοῦ περὶ τῆς ἄνω Ἱερουσαλήμ, ἣν οὐκ ἄλλην παρὰ τὸν παράδεισον εἶναι πιστεύομεν, ὅτι Ἐπὶ τῶν χειρῶν μου ἐζωγράφησά σου τὰ τείχη. Εἰ οὖν ἐν ταῖς χερσὶ τοῦ Πατρὸς περιγέγραπται ἡ Ἱερουσαλήμ, ἥτις ἐστὶν ὁ παράδεισος, δηλονότι ὁ ἐν παραδείσῳ γενόμενος ταῖς πατρώαις πάντως ἐνδιαιτᾶται παλάμαις, ἐν αἷς ἡ θεία πόλις τὴν περιγραφὴν ἔχει. Καὶ ταῦτα μὲν εἰς τοσοῦτον. Ὅσα δὲ τῶν Ἰουδαίων ἀκούομεν κατατρεχόντων ἐν σφοδρᾷ κατηγορίᾳ τοῦ δόγματος, ἄξιον ἂν εἴη προσθεῖναι διὰ βραχέων τῷ λόγῳ. Λέγουσι γὰρ ἐν τῷ περὶ τοῦ Πάσχα λόγῳ τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις νενομοθετῆσθαι παρὰ τοῦ Μωϋσέως τὴν τεσσαρεσκαιδεκάτην τοῦ σεληναίου δρόμου περίοδον, καὶ τῶν ἑπτὰ ἡμερῶν τὴν ἀζυμοφαγίαν, καὶ ὄψον ἐπὶ τοῖς ἀζύμοις ποιεῖσθαι τῶν πικρίδων τὴν πόαν. Εἰ οὖν ἐπιμελὴς ὑμῖν ἡ τῆς τεσσαρεσκαιδεκάτης ἐστὶ παρατήρησις, συμπαραφυλαττέσθω, φησὶν ὁ Ἰουδαῖος, καὶ ἡ πικρὶς καὶ τὸ ἄζυμον. Εἰ δὲ ταῦτα τοῦ παρορᾶσθαι ἄξια, τίς ἡ περὶ ἐκείνης σπουδή; Οὐ γὰρ δὴ τοῦ αὐτοῦ νομοθέτου, τὸ μέν τι δίκαιον καὶ ψυχωφελές, τὸ δὲ ἄχρηστον κρίνεται καὶ ἀπόβλητον· ὡς ἐπάναγκες εἶναι, ἢ πάντα κατορθοῦσθαι παρ᾿ ἡμῶν, ὅσα περὶ τοῦ Πάσχα διηγόρευται, ἢ μηδενὸς ἡμᾶς περιέχεσθαι. Τί οὖν ἡμεῖς; Μνησθῶμεν τοῦ παραγγείλαντος, μὴ φοβεῖσθαι τὸν ὀνειδισμὸν τῶν ἀνθρώπων, καὶ τῷ φαυλισμῷ αὐτῶν μὴ ἡττᾶσθαι. Οἴδαμεν γὰρ τῶν ἀζύμων τὴν ψυχωφελή παρατήρησιν, καὶ τῶν πικρίδων τὸ κέρδος,

pros hēn nyn ho logos blepei hoti holon ton anthrōpon tou Theou dia tēs pros heauton anakraseōs eis tēn theian physin metaskeuasantos, en tǭ kairǭ tēs kata to pathos oikonomias ou thaterou merous to hapax enkrathen anechōrēsen (ametamelēta gar tou Theou ta charismata); alla tēn men psychēn tou sōmatos, hē theotēs hekousiōs diezeuxen, heautēn de en amphoterois menousan edeixen. Dia men gar tou sōmatos, en hǭ tēn ek tou thanatou kataphthoran ouk edexato, katērgēse ton echonta tou thanatou to kratos, dia de tēs psychēs hōdopoiēse tǭ lę̄stę̄ tēn epi ton paradeison eisodon kai ta dyo kat᾿ auton energeitai, di' amphoterōn tēs theotētos to agathon katorthousēs; dia men tēs tou sōmatos aphtharsias, tēn tou thanatou katalysin dia de tēs psychēs pros tēn idian estian epeigomenēs, tēn epi ton paradeison tōn anthrōpōn epanodon. Epei oun diploun men to anthrōpinon synkrama, haplē de kai monoeidēs hē tēs theotētos physis, en tǭ kairǭ tēs tou sōmatos apo tēs psychēs diazeuxeōs, ou syndiaschizetai tǭ synthetǭ to adiaireton, alla to empalin ginetai. Tę̄ gar henotēti tēs theias physeōs tēs kata to ison en amphoterois ousēs, palin pros allēla ta diestōta symphyetai. Kai houtō ginetai, ho thanatos men, ek tēs tōn sympephykotōn diaireseōs; hē anastasis de, ek tēs tōn diairethentōn henōseōs. Ei de zēteis pōs en tǭ paradeisǭ ōn, en tais chersi tou Patros heauton paratithetai, hermēneusei soi ho hypsēlos Hēsaïas to peri toutōn zētoumenon. Eipe gar ekeinos ek prosōpou tou Theou peri tēs anō Hierousalēm, hēn ouk allēn para ton paradeison einai pisteuomen, hoti Epi tōn cheirōn mou ezōgraphēsa sou ta teichē. Ei oun en tais chersi tou Patros perigegraptai hē Hierousalēm, hētis estin ho paradeisos, dēlonoti ho en paradeisǭ genomenos tais patrōais pantōs endiaitatai palamais, en hais hē theia polis tēn perigraphēn echei. Kai tauta men eis tosouton. Hosa de tōn Ioudaiōn akouomen katatrechontōn en sphodrą katēgorią tou dogmatos, axion an eiē prostheinai dia bracheōn tǭ logǭ. Legousi gar en tǭ peri tou Pascha logǭ tois Ioudaiois nenomothetēsthai para tou Mōÿseōs tēn tessareskaidekatēn tou selēnaiou dromou periodon, kai tōn hepta hēmerōn tēn azymophagian, kai opson epi tois azymois poieisthai tōn pikridōn tēn poan. Ei oun epimelēs hymin hē tēs tessareskaidekatēs esti paratērēsis, symparaphylattesthō, phēsin ho Ioudaios, kai hē pikris kai to azymon. Ei de tauta tou parorasthai axia, tis hē peri ekeinēs spoudē? Ou gar dē tou autou nomothetou, to men ti dikaion kai psychōpheles, to de achrēston krinetai kai apoblēton; hōs epanankes einai, ē panta katorthousthai par᾿ hēmōn, hosa peri tou Pascha diēgoreutai, ē mēdenos hēmas periechesthai. Ti oun hēmeis? Mnēsthōmen tou parangeilantos, mē phobeisthai ton oneidismon tōn anthrōpōn, kai tǭ phaulismǭ autōn mē hēttasthai. Oidamen gar tōn azymōn tēn psychōphelē paratērēsin, kai tōn pikridōn to kerdos,

is the one the sermon now looks to: that since God had transformed the whole man into the divine nature by mingling him with himself, at the time of the dispensation of the passion what had once been mingled did not withdraw from either part (“for the gifts of God are irrevocable”); rather, the Godhead of its own will separated the soul from the body, but showed that it itself remained in both. Through the body, in which it did not admit the decay that comes from death, it destroyed him who had the power of death; and through the soul it opened the way for the robber's entry into paradise. Both are accomplished at the same time, the Godhead achieving good through both: through the incorruption of the body, the destruction of death; through the soul, hastening to its own hearth, the return of humankind to paradise. Since, then, the human compound is twofold, but the nature of the Godhead is simple and of one form, at the time of the separation of the body from the soul the indivisible is not split along with the composite; rather, the opposite happens. For by the unity of the divine nature, which is equally in both, the separated parts grow together again. And so death comes from the division of what had grown together, and resurrection from the union of what had been divided. And if you ask how, while in paradise, he commits himself into the hands of the Father, the lofty Isaiah will explain to you what is sought here. For he said, speaking in the person of God about the Jerusalem above, which we believe to be none other than paradise: “I have painted your walls on my hands.” If, then, Jerusalem, which is paradise, is drawn on the hands of the Father, clearly he who has come to be in paradise surely dwells in the Father's palms, on which the divine city has its outline. So much for this. But it would be worth adding briefly to the sermon what we hear the Jews say when they attack our teaching with vehement accusation. They say that in the law about the Passover Moses enacted for the Jews the fourteenth day of the moon's course, and the eating of unleavened bread for seven days, and the use of bitter herbs as a relish with the unleavened bread. “If, then,” says the Jew, “you are careful to keep the fourteenth day, let the bitter herb and the unleavened bread be kept with it. But if these deserve to be disregarded, why the zeal about that?” For of one and the same lawgiver one command is not judged just and profitable for the soul and another useless and to be thrown away; so that it is necessary either that we carry out all that has been enacted about the Passover, or that we keep none of it. What, then, do we say? Let us remember him who commanded us not to fear the reproach of men and not to be overcome by their contempt. For we know the profit to the soul in the observance of unleavened bread, and the gain

1.619PG 46:619–620

καὶ τῆς τεσσαρεσκαιδεκάτης τὸ χρήσιμον. Ὁ δὲ λόγος οὗτός ἐστιν, ὃν δι᾽ ὀλίγων ἐπισκεψόμεθα· Ὁ τὴν σκιὰν τῶν μελλόντων ἀγαθῶν ἔχων νόμος, πρὸς ἕνα κατὰ τὸ προηγούμενον βλέπει σκοπὸν, ὅπως ἂν διὰ τῶν ποικίλων παραγγελμάτων καθαρθείη τῆς ἐμμιχθείσης κακίας ὁ ἄνθρωπος. Τοῦτο ἐν τῇ περιτομῇ. τοῦτο ἐν τῷ Σαββάτῳ, τοῦτο ἐν τῇ τῶν ἐδωδίμων παρατηρήσει, τοῦτο ἐν τῇ ποικίλῃ ζωοθυσίᾳ, τοῦτο ἐν τοῖς καθ᾿ ἕκαστον παρατηρήμασι κατορθοῦται τοῦ νόμου. Καὶ μακρὸν ἂν εἴη τὰ περὶ ἑκάστου ἡμῖν αἰνιγματωδῶς εἰς τὸ τοῦ βίου καθάρσιον παρὰ τοῦ νόμου δηλούμενα δι᾽ ἀκριβείας ἐκτίθεσθαι. Ωσπερ τοίνυν διὰ τῆς περιτομῆς τῆς πνευματικῶς ἐπιτελουμένης ἡ φύσις τὸ ἐμπαθὲς ἀποτίθεται, περιαιρουμένη τὸν σαρκώδη βίον· διὰ δὲ τοῦ Σαββατισμοῦ, τὴν ἐν τῷ κακῷ ἀπραξίαν διδάσκεται· ἡ δὲ ζωοθυσία κατασφάζει τὰ πάθη, καὶ ἡ νενομισμένη περὶ τὰ βρώματα τῶν ἀκαθάρτων διάκρισις συμβουλεύει σοι τοῦ ρυποῦντός τε καὶ ἀκαθάρτου βίου τὴν ἀλλοτρίωσιν· οὕτω καὶ ἡ ἑορτή σοι αὕτη τὴν ἑορτὴν ἐκείνην ἐνδείκνυται, πρὸς ἣν ἡ ψυχὴ διὰ τῶν ἀζύμων παρασκευάζεται, ἐν ἑπτὰ ἡμέραις τῆς τοῦ ζυμωτοῦ βρώσεως καθαρεύουσα, ὧν τὸ αἴνιγμα τοιοῦτόν ἐστιν· Ὁ τῶν ἑπτὰ ἡμερῶν ἀριθμὸς τὸν παροδικόν σοι τοῦτον χρόνον ἐκδείκνυται, τὸν δι᾽ ἑβδομάδων ἀνακυκλούμενον. Ἐν ᾧ χρὴ δι᾽ ἐπιμελείας εἰς τὴν ἐνεστῶσαν ἡμέραν μηδὲν τῆς χθιζῆς κακίας λείψανον διασώζεσθαι, ὡς ἂν μὴ τινα στύψιν καὶ ὀξίδα τῷ σημερινῷ φυράματι ἡ τῆς ἐώλου κακίας ποιήσειεν. Ὁ ἥλιος μὴ ἐπιδυέτω ἐπὶ τῷ παροργισμῷ ὑμῶν, φησὶν ὁ ᾿Απόστολος, ὁ μὴ ἐν ζύμη παλαιᾷ, μηδὲ ἐν ζύμῃ κακίας καὶ πονηρίας, ἀλλ᾽ ἐν ἀζύμοις εἰλικρινείας καὶ ἀληθείας ἑορτάζειν ἐγκελευόμενος. Ὁ δὲ περὶ τοῦ ἑνὸς τῆς κακίας εἴδους ἔγνωμεν, ἀναλόγως τοῦτο περὶ τῶν λοιπῶν τῆς κακίας εἰδῶν διδασκόμεθα· ἡ δὲ πικρὶς ἐκβάλλει τὸ καταβεβλακευμένον ἐν τῷ βίῳ καὶ ἔκλυτον· ἀντεισάγει δὲ τὸν ἐγκρατῆ καὶ κατεσκληκότα, καὶ τῇ αἰσθήσει δύσληπτον βίον. Ἐπειδὴ πᾶσα παιδεία οὐ δοκεῖ πρὸς τὸ παρὸν χαρᾶς εἶναι, ἀλλὰ λύπης. Ὁ τοίνυν διὰ πάσης τῆς τοῦ βίου τούτου ἑβδομάδος ἀνεπίμικτον παλαιᾶς κακίας καὶ ἄζυμον τὴν ἀεὶ ἐνεστῶσαν κατορθῶν ἡμέραν, ὄψον τῆς ζωῆς ποιούμενος τὴν ἐγκράτειαν, οὗτος ἑαυτὸν πάσης σκοτεινῆς ἐπιμιξίας χωρίζει. Τοῦτο γὰρ ἡ τεσσαρεσκαιδεκάτη τοῦ σεληναίου δρόμου ἐνδείκνυται. Ἐπειδὴ γὰρ ἐννέα εἰσὶν αἱ πᾶσαι τοῦ σεληναίου δρόμου, καὶ εἴκοσι καὶ ἡμίσεια, ἐν αἷς ἐκ νεομηνίας ἡ σελήνη δι' αὐξήσεως τελειωθεῖσα τῷ κύκλῳ, πάλιν διὰ μειώσεως εἰς τὴν παντελῆ τοῦ φωτὸς ἔκλειψιν ἐπανέρχεται, δηλονότι τὸ ἥμισυ τοῦ μνημονευθέντος ἀριθμοῦ τεσσαρεσκαιδεκάτη ἐστὶ, καὶ μικρὸν ἔτι πρός. Οὐκοῦν, ὅταν ἐν τούτῳ τύχῃ οὖσα ἡ σελήνη τῷ σχήματι, ἐπειδὴ συμπροϊοῦσα κατὰ τὸν ἴδιον δρόμον τῷ νυκτερινῷ διαστήματι, προστίθησι τὸ λεῖπον τῷ κύκλῳ, ὥστε πληρωθεῖσαν φωτὸς ταῖς αὐγαῖς τῆς ἡμέρας τὰς παρ' ἑαυτῆς λαμπηδόνας συμπαρακαταμίξαι, ὡς μήτε κατὰ τὴν ἑσπέραν,

kai tēs tessareskaidekatēs to chrēsimon. Ho de logos houtos estin, hon di᾽ oligōn episkepsometha; Ho tēn skian tōn mellontōn agathōn echōn nomos, pros hena kata to proēgoumenon blepei skopon, hopōs an dia tōn poikilōn parangelmatōn kathartheiē tēs emmichtheisēs kakias ho anthrōpos. Touto en tę̄ peritomę̄. touto en tǭ Sabbatǭ, touto en tę̄ tōn edōdimōn paratērēsei, touto en tę̄ poikilę̄ zōothysią, touto en tois kath᾿ hekaston paratērēmasi katorthoutai tou nomou. Kai makron an eiē ta peri hekastou hēmin ainigmatōdōs eis to tou biou katharsion para tou nomou dēloumena di᾽ akribeias ektithesthai. Ōsper toinyn dia tēs peritomēs tēs pneumatikōs epiteloumenēs hē physis to empathes apotithetai, periairoumenē ton sarkōdē bion; dia de tou Sabbatismou, tēn en tǭ kakǭ apraxian didasketai; hē de zōothysia katasphazei ta pathē, kai hē nenomismenē peri ta brōmata tōn akathartōn diakrisis symbouleuei soi tou rypountos te kai akathartou biou tēn allotriōsin; houtō kai hē heortē soi hautē tēn heortēn ekeinēn endeiknytai, pros hēn hē psychē dia tōn azymōn paraskeuazetai, en hepta hēmerais tēs tou zymōtou brōseōs kathareuousa, hōn to ainigma toiouton estin; Ho tōn hepta hēmerōn arithmos ton parodikon soi touton chronon ekdeiknytai, ton di᾽ hebdomadōn anakykloumenon. En hǭ chrē di᾽ epimeleias eis tēn enestōsan hēmeran mēden tēs chthizēs kakias leipsanon diasōzesthai, hōs an mē tina stypsin kai oxida tǭ sēmerinǭ phyramati hē tēs eōlou kakias poiēseien. Ho hēlios mē epidyetō epi tǭ parorgismǭ hymōn, phēsin ho ᾿Apostolos, ho mē en zymē palaią, mēde en zymę̄ kakias kai ponērias, all᾽ en azymois eilikrineias kai alētheias heortazein enkeleuomenos. Ho de peri tou henos tēs kakias eidous egnōmen, analogōs touto peri tōn loipōn tēs kakias eidōn didaskometha; hē de pikris ekballei to katabeblakeumenon en tǭ biǭ kai eklyton; anteisagei de ton enkratē kai katesklēkota, kai tę̄ aisthēsei dyslēpton bion. Epeidē pasa paideia ou dokei pros to paron charas einai, alla lypēs. Ho toinyn dia pasēs tēs tou biou toutou hebdomados anepimikton palaias kakias kai azymon tēn aei enestōsan katorthōn hēmeran, opson tēs zōēs poioumenos tēn enkrateian, houtos heauton pasēs skoteinēs epimixias chōrizei. Touto gar hē tessareskaidekatē tou selēnaiou dromou endeiknytai. Epeidē gar ennea eisin hai pasai tou selēnaiou dromou, kai eikosi kai hēmiseia, en hais ek neomēnias hē selēnē di' auxēseōs teleiōtheisa tǭ kyklǭ, palin dia meiōseōs eis tēn pantelē tou phōtos ekleipsin epanerchetai, dēlonoti to hēmisy tou mnēmoneuthentos arithmou tessareskaidekatē esti, kai mikron eti pros. Oukoun, hotan en toutǭ tychę̄ ousa hē selēnē tǭ schēmati, epeidē symproïousa kata ton idion dromon tǭ nykterinǭ diastēmati, prostithēsi to leipon tǭ kyklǭ, hōste plērōtheisan phōtos tais augais tēs hēmeras tas par' heautēs lampēdonas symparakatamixai, hōs mēte kata tēn hesperan,

of the bitter herbs, and the usefulness of the fourteenth day. The reasoning is this, and we will examine it briefly. The law, which has the shadow of the good things to come, looks first of all to one aim: that through its various commands the human being may be cleansed of the evil mixed into him. This is achieved in circumcision, in the Sabbath, in the observance about foods, in the various sacrifices of animals, in each one of the observances of the law. It would take long to set out precisely what the law shows us in figures about each of them for the cleansing of life. Just as, then, through circumcision performed spiritually, nature puts off what is subject to passion, stripping away the fleshly life; and through Sabbath-keeping it is taught to be idle in evil; and the sacrifice of animals slaughters the passions; and the distinction of unclean foods laid down by law counsels you to estrange yourself from a filthy and unclean life; so too this feast shows you that other feast, for which the soul is prepared through unleavened bread, keeping itself pure for seven days from eating anything leavened. Their figure means this: the number of seven days shows you this passing time, which goes round in cycles of weeks. In it one must take care that no remnant of yesterday's evil be kept into the present day, so that stale evil may not give some sourness and acidity to today's dough. “Do not let the sun go down on your anger,” says the Apostle, who bids us keep the feast “not with old leaven, nor with the leaven of malice and wickedness, but with the unleavened bread of sincerity and truth.” What we have learned about one kind of evil, we are taught by analogy about the other kinds of evil. The bitter herb drives out what is slack and dissolute in life and brings in instead a life that is self-controlled, hardened, and harsh to the senses, since “all discipline seems for the present to be not a matter of joy but of grief.” So whoever, through the whole week of this life, keeps each present day unleavened and unmixed with old evil, making self-control the relish of his life, separates himself from every admixture of darkness. For this is what the fourteenth day of the moon's course indicates. Since the days of the moon's course are twenty-nine and a half in all, in which the moon, from the new moon, is completed into a full circle by waxing, and returns again by waning to the total eclipse of its light, half of that number is clearly fourteen and a little more. So when the moon happens to be in this shape, since, advancing on its own course along with the interval of the night, it adds what is lacking to its circle, so that, filled with light, it mingles its own brightness with the rays of the day, so that neither at evening

1.621PG 46:621–622

ραν, μήτε κατὰ τὸν ὄρθρον, σκότους τινὰ παρενθήκην διακόψαι τοῦ φωτὸς τὴν συνέχειαν, ἐν τῇ διαδοχῇ τῶν στοιχείων, ἀδιαιρέτου τῆς αὐγῆς μενούσης. Πρὶν γὰρ ἀκριβῶς τὴν ἡλιακὴν ἀκτῖνα καταδῦναι, ἀντιφαίνεται δι᾽ εὐθείας ἡ σελήνη τῷ ἡλίῳ κατὰ τὸ διάμετρον, καὶ τῷ ἰδίῳ φωτὶ καταλάμπει τὸ ὑποκείμενον. Καὶ πάλιν πρὶν πάντως τὸν κύκλον αὐτῆς ὑπελθεῖν τὸν ὁρίζοντα, τοῖς λειψάνοις τοῦ σεληναίου φωτὸς ἡ τῆς ἡμέρας αὐγὴ κατακιρνᾶται. Καὶ οὕτω τῆς πανσελήνου ἐκείνης ἡμέρας τὸ σκότος ἐξαφανίζεται, κατά τε τὸν ὄρθρον καὶ τὴν ἑσπέραν, τῇ τῶν φωστήρων διαδοχῇ λαμπρυνόμενον. Οπερ τοίνυν τῷ αἰσθητῷ φωτὶ κατὰ τὴν τεσσαρεσκαιδεκάτην συμβαίνει, τὸ διὰ πάσης νυκτός τε καὶ ἡμέρας ἀπαράδεκτον εἶναι τῆς ἐπιμιξίας τοῦ σκότους, τοῦτο βούλεται ὁ πνευματικὸς νόμος, σύμβολον γενέσθαι τοῖς πνευματικῶς ἑορτάζουσιν, ὥστε διὰ πάσης τῆς κατὰ τὴν ζωὴν ἑβδομάδος, ἓν Πάσχα φωτεινὸν καὶ ἀσκότιστον ὅλον τὸν χρόνον αὐτοῖς τῆς ζωῆς ἐργάζεσθαι. Αὕτη γὰρ τῶν περὶ τὸ Πάσχα παραγγελμάτων τοῖς Χριστιανοῖς ἡ κατάστασις. Διὰ τοῦτο πρὸς τὴν τεσσαρεσκαιδεκάτην βλέπομεν, διὰ τοῦ αἰσθητοῦ τούτου καὶ ὑλικοῦ φωτὸς, τοῦ ἀΰλου τε καὶ νοητοῦ τὴν φαντασίαν ἀναλαμβάνοντες, ὡς τὸ μὲν δοκεῖν σελήνην πλήθουσαν ἐπιζητεῖν, τὸ παρ᾿ ἑαυτῆς φέγγος διαρκές παρεχομένην ἡμῖν παννύχιον, τῇ δὲ ἀληθείᾳ, νόμον ἡμῖν εἶναι τὸ παρατήρημα τοῦ πάντα τὸν χρόνον, τὸν νυκτὶ καὶ ἡμέρᾳ διαμετρούμενον, λαμπρὸν ἡμῖν διαρκῶς εἶναι, καὶ τῶν ἔργων τῶν σκοτεινῶν ἀνεπίμικτον. Καὶ περὶ μὲν τούτων, τοσαῦτα. Ὅσα δὲ ὁ σταυρὸς ἐμπεριέχει νοήματα, δι' οὗ τελειοῦται τὸ περὶ τὸ πάθος μυστήριον, τίς ἂν ῥᾳδίως τῷ λόγῳ σαφηνίσειε Μὴ γὰρ οὐκ ἦσαν μυρίοι τρόποι πρὸς θάνατον φέροντες, δι' ὧν ἦν δυνατὸν πληρωθῆναι τὴν ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν τοῦ θανάτου οἰκονομίαν; ᾿Αλλ' ἐκ πάντων οὗτος ὡρίσθη παρ᾿ αὐτοῦ τοῦ ἑαυτῷ κατ' ἐξουσίαν τὸ πάθος ὁρίσαντος. Δεῖ γὰρ, φησὶ, τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου. Οὐκ εἶπε, Τὰ καὶ τὰ πείσεται ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου, ὡς ἄν τις ἁπλῶς εἶποι προαγορεύων τὸ λεγόμενον, ἀλλὰ τὸ ἀναγκαῖον κατά τινα λόγον ἀπόῤῥητον γενέσθαι ὀφείλον δογματίζει τῷ ῥήματι, ἐν τῷ εἰπεῖν, ὅτι Δεῖ τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου πολλὰ παθεῖν καὶ ἀποδοκιμασθῆναι, καὶ σταυρωθῆναι, καὶ τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ ἀναστῆναι. Κατανόησόν μοι γὰρ τοῦ Δεῖ τὴν διάνοιαν, δι' ἧς εὑρίσκεται τὸ μὴ δεῖν ἄλλως ἢ διὰ τοῦ σταυροῦ γενέσθαι πάντως τὸ πάθος τὸ δογματιζόμενον. Τίς οὖν ὁ περὶ τούτου λόγος; Μόνου τοῦ μεγάλου Παύλου ἐστὶ, τοῦ ἐκ τῶν ἀῤῥήτων ῥημάτων παιδευθέντος, ἃ ἐν τοῖς ἀδύτοις τοῦ παραδείσου μυηθεὶς ἡκροάσατο, καὶ τὸ περὶ τούτου μυστήριον διασαφῆσαι, καθὼς ἐν μέρει διὰ τῶν πρὸς Ἐφεσίους λόγων τὸ κρυπτὸν ὑπηνίξατο λέγων· ἵνα ἐξισχύσητε καταλαβέσθαι σὺν πᾶσι τοῖς ἁγίοις, τὶ τὸ πλάτος καὶ μῆκος, το βάθος καὶ ὕψος, γνῶναί τε τὴν ὑπερβάλλουσαν ἀγάπην τῆς γνώσεως τοῦ Χριστοῦ, ἵνα πληρωθῆτε εἰς πᾶν τὸ πλήρωμα τοῦ Θεοῦ. Οὐ γὰρ ἀργῶς ὁ θεῖος ἐκεῖνὸς ὀφθαλμὸς τοῦ ᾿Αποστόλου, τὸ

ran, mēte kata ton orthron, skotous tina parenthēkēn diakopsai tou phōtos tēn synecheian, en tę̄ diadochę̄ tōn stoicheiōn, adiairetou tēs augēs menousēs. Prin gar akribōs tēn hēliakēn aktina katadynai, antiphainetai di᾽ eutheias hē selēnē tǭ hēliǭ kata to diametron, kai tǭ idiǭ phōti katalampei to hypokeimenon. Kai palin prin pantōs ton kyklon autēs hypelthein ton horizonta, tois leipsanois tou selēnaiou phōtos hē tēs hēmeras augē katakirnatai. Kai houtō tēs panselēnou ekeinēs hēmeras to skotos exaphanizetai, kata te ton orthron kai tēn hesperan, tę̄ tōn phōstērōn diadochę̄ lamprynomenon. Oper toinyn tǭ aisthētǭ phōti kata tēn tessareskaidekatēn symbainei, to dia pasēs nyktos te kai hēmeras aparadekton einai tēs epimixias tou skotous, touto bouletai ho pneumatikos nomos, symbolon genesthai tois pneumatikōs heortazousin, hōste dia pasēs tēs kata tēn zōēn hebdomados, hen Pascha phōteinon kai askotiston holon ton chronon autois tēs zōēs ergazesthai. Hautē gar tōn peri to Pascha parangelmatōn tois Christianois hē katastasis. Dia touto pros tēn tessareskaidekatēn blepomen, dia tou aisthētou toutou kai hylikou phōtos, tou aÿlou te kai noētou tēn phantasian analambanontes, hōs to men dokein selēnēn plēthousan epizētein, to par᾿ heautēs phengos diarkes parechomenēn hēmin pannychion, tę̄ de alētheią, nomon hēmin einai to paratērēma tou panta ton chronon, ton nykti kai hēmerą diametroumenon, lampron hēmin diarkōs einai, kai tōn ergōn tōn skoteinōn anepimikton. Kai peri men toutōn, tosauta. Hosa de ho stauros emperiechei noēmata, di' hou teleioutai to peri to pathos mystērion, tis an rhądiōs tǭ logǭ saphēniseie Mē gar ouk ēsan myrioi tropoi pros thanaton pherontes, di' hōn ēn dynaton plērōthēnai tēn hyper hēmōn tou thanatou oikonomian? ᾿All' ek pantōn houtos hōristhē par᾿ autou tou heautǭ kat' exousian to pathos horisantos. Dei gar, phēsi, ton Huion tou anthrōpou. Ouk eipe, Ta kai ta peisetai ho Huios tou anthrōpou, hōs an tis haplōs eipoi proagoreuōn to legomenon, alla to anankaion kata tina logon aporrhēton genesthai opheilon dogmatizei tǭ rhēmati, en tǭ eipein, hoti Dei ton Huion tou anthrōpou polla pathein kai apodokimasthēnai, kai staurōthēnai, kai tę̄ tritę̄ hēmerą anastēnai. Katanoēson moi gar tou Dei tēn dianoian, di' hēs heurisketai to mē dein allōs ē dia tou staurou genesthai pantōs to pathos to dogmatizomenon. Tis oun ho peri toutou logos? Monou tou megalou Paulou esti, tou ek tōn arrhētōn rhēmatōn paideuthentos, ha en tois adytois tou paradeisou myētheis hēkroasato, kai to peri toutou mystērion diasaphēsai, kathōs en merei dia tōn pros Ephesious logōn to krypton hypēnixato legōn; hina exischysēte katalabesthai syn pasi tois hagiois, ti to platos kai mēkos, to bathos kai hypsos, gnōnai te tēn hyperballousan agapēn tēs gnōseōs tou Christou, hina plērōthēte eis pan to plērōma tou Theou. Ou gar argōs ho theios ekeinos ophthalmos tou ᾿Apostolou, to

nor at dawn does any intrusion of darkness break the continuity of the light in the succession of the heavenly bodies, the radiance remaining undivided. For before the sun's ray has quite set, the moon appears directly opposite the sun, diametrically, and lights up what lies below with its own light. And again, before its disk has gone entirely below the horizon, the light of day is mingled with what remains of the moonlight. And so on that day of the full moon the darkness is done away with both at dawn and at evening, being made bright by the succession of the luminaries. What happens to the visible light on the fourteenth day, then, that through the whole night and day it admits no mixture of darkness, the spiritual law wishes to become a symbol for those who keep the feast spiritually, so that through the whole week of life they may make the whole time of their life one Passover, full of light and without darkness. For this is the meaning of the commands about Passover for Christians. For this reason we look to the fourteenth day, taking up through this visible and material light the image of the immaterial and intelligible light, so that while we seem to look for the full moon, which gives its own light continuously all night long, in truth the observance is a law for us that all our time, measured by night and day, should be continually bright for us and unmixed with the works of darkness. So much on these matters. But as for all the thoughts that the cross contains, through which the mystery of the passion is completed, who could easily make them clear in words? Were there not countless ways leading to death, through which the dispensation of death for our sake could have been fulfilled? But out of them all this one was fixed by him who, by his own authority, fixed his passion for himself. For he says: “The Son of Man must.” He did not say, “The Son of Man will suffer this and that,” as one might say simply in foretelling what will happen; but by his word he lays down as doctrine what was bound to happen of necessity for some secret reason, when he says: “The Son of Man must suffer many things and be rejected and be crucified and on the third day rise.” Consider for me the sense of “must,” through which it is found that the passion so laid down had to take place in no other way than through the cross. What, then, is the reason for this? Only the great Paul, who was taught by the unspeakable words he heard when he was initiated in the inner sanctuary of paradise, could make clear the mystery about this, as he hinted at the hidden thing in part in his words to the Ephesians, saying: “that you may have strength to comprehend with all the saints what is the breadth and length, the depth and height, and to know the love of Christ that surpasses knowledge, that you may be filled to all the fullness of God.” For not idly did that divine eye of the Apostle

1.623PG 46:623–624

σχῆμα τοῦ σταυροῦ κατενόησεν· ἀλλ᾽ ἔδειξε καὶ διὰ τούτου σαφῶς, ὅτι πᾶς τῆς ἀγνοίας λεπίδας ἀποβαλὼν τῶν ὀμμάτων, πρὸς αὐτὴν ὁρᾷ καθαρῶς τὴν ἀλήθειαν. Οἶδε γὰρ ὅτι τὸ σχῆμα τοῦτο τέτταρσι προβολαῖς ἀπὸ τῆς ἐν τῷ μέσῳ συμβολῆς μεριζόμενον, τὴν διὰ πάντων ἥκουσαν τοῦ ἐν αὐτῷ φανέντος δύναμίν τε καὶ πρόνοιαν διασημαίνει, καὶ τούτου χάριν ἑκάστην προβολὴν ἰδιαζούσαις κατονομάζει φωναῖς· βάθος λέγων τὸ ἐκ τοῦ μέσου κάτω, καὶ ὕψος τὸ ὑπερκείμενον· πλάτος δὲ καὶ μῆκος, τὸ ἐκ πλαγίου παρατεινόμενον μετὰ τὴν συμβολὴν ἑκατέρωθεν ὡς τὸ μὲν ἔνθεν τοῦ μέσου, πλάτος, τὸ δὲ ἑτέρωθεν, μῆκος προσαγορεῦσαι· δι' ὧν τοῦτό μοι δοκεῖ σαφῶς διασημαίνειν τῷ λόγῳ, ὅτι οὐδὲν τῶν ὄντων ἐστὶν, ὁ μὴ τῇ θείᾳ διακρατεῖται φύσει, τὸ ὑπερουράνιον, τὸ ὑποχθόνιον, τὸ ἐπὶ τὰ πέρατα τῶν ὄντων πάντοθεν ἐκ πλαγίου παρατεινόμενον. Σημαίνει γὰρ διὰ μὲν τοῦ ὕψους, τὸ ὑπερκείμενον· διὰ δὲ τοῦ βάθους, τὸ ὑποχθόνιον· τῷ μήκει δὲ καὶ τῷ πλάτει, τὰ διὰ μέσου πέρατα, τὰ ὑπὸ τῆς πᾶν διακρατούσης δυνάμεως συνεχόμενα. Ἔστῳ δὲ διὰ τῶν ἐν τῇ σῇ ψυχῇ γινομένων ἐν τῇ περὶ Θεοῦ ἐννοίᾳ ἡ τῶν λεγομένων ἀπόδειξις. ᾿Ανάβλεψον γὰρ εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν, καὶ τὰ κάτω βάθη τῷ λογισμῷ κατανόησον, ἔκτεινον ἐπὶ τὰ πλάγια καὶ τὰ ἄκρα τῆς τοῦ παντὸς συστάσεως τὴν διάνοιαν, καὶ λόγισαι τίς ἐστιν ἡ ταῦτα συνέχουσα δύναμις, οἷόν τις σύνδεσμος τοῦ παντὸς γινομένη. Καὶ ὄψει ὡς αὐτομάτως ἐν τῇ διανοίᾳ ἡ περὶ τῆς θείας δυνάμεως ἔννοια τὸ σχῆμα τοῦ σταυροῦ ἐγχαράσσεται, ἐκ τῶν ὑψηλοτέρων ἐπὶ τὰ βάθη καθῆκον, καὶ ἐπὶ τὰ πέρατα τῶν ἄκρων ἐγκαρσίως παρατεινόμενον. Τοῦτο τὸ σχῆμα καὶ ὁ μέγας Δαβὶδ ἐν τῷ καθ' ἑαυτὸν ὕμνησε λόγῳ· Ποῦ πορευθῶ ἀπὸ τοῦ Πνεύματός σου, καὶ ἀπὸ τοῦ προσώπου σου ποῦ φύγω; Ἐὰν ἀναβῶ εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν (τοῦτο τὸ ὕψος). Ἐὰν καταβῶ εἰς τὸν ἄδην (τοῦτο τὸ βάθος). Ἐὰν ἀναλάβοιμι τὰς πτέρυγάς μου κατ' ὄρθρον, ὅ ἐστιν ἡ ἀνατολὴ τοῦ ἡλίου (τοῦτο τὸ πλάτος). Εἱ κατασκηνώσαιμι εἰς τὰ ἔσχατα τῆς θαλάσσης (οὕτω γὰρ τὰς δυσμὰς ὀνομάζει)· (τοῦτο τὸ μῆκος. Ὁρᾶς πῶς διαζωγραφεῖ τὸ τοῦ σταυροῦ σχῆμα διὰ τῶν λεγομένων; Σὺ εἶ, φησὶν, ὁ διὰ πάντων ἥκων, καὶ σύνδεσμος τῶν γινομένων, καὶ πάντα ἐν ἑαυτῷ διαλαμβάνων τὰ πέρατα. Ἄνω σὺ εἶ, κάτω σὺ πάρει, ἐν τῷ πέρατι τούτῳ ἡ χείρ σού ἐστιν, καὶ ἐν τῷ ἑτέρῳ ἡ δεξιά σου ὁδηγεῖ. Διὰ τοῦτο καὶ ὁ μέγας ᾿Απόστολος, ἔνθα πληρωθῇ τὰ πάντα τῆς πίστεως καὶ ἐπιγνώσεως, προσκυνεῖσθαι λέγει τὸν ὑπὲρ πᾶν ὄνομα ὄντα ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, ὑπό τε τῶν οὐρανίων καὶ τῶν ἐπιγείων καὶ τῶν καταχθονίων· πάλιν καὶ διὰ τούτων κατὰ τὸ σχῆμα τοῦ σταυροῦ μερίζει τοῦ σταυροῦ τὴν προσκύνησιν. Ἡ μὲν γὰρ ὑπερκόσμιος λῆξις ἐν τῷ ἄνω τοῦ σταυροῦ μέρει τῷ Δεσπότῃ πληροῖ τὴν προσκύνησιν· ἡ δὲ ἐγκόσμιος, ἐν τοῖς μέσοις· ἡ δὲ ὑποχθόνιος, τοῦ βάθους ἔχεται. Τοῦτο καὶ τὸ Ἰῶτά ἐστι κατὰ τὸν ἐμὸν λόγον, τὸ

schēma tou staurou katenoēsen; all᾽ edeixe kai dia toutou saphōs, hoti pas tēs agnoias lepidas apobalōn tōn ommatōn, pros autēn horą katharōs tēn alētheian. Oide gar hoti to schēma touto tettarsi probolais apo tēs en tǭ mesǭ symbolēs merizomenon, tēn dia pantōn hēkousan tou en autǭ phanentos dynamin te kai pronoian diasēmainei, kai toutou charin hekastēn probolēn idiazousais katonomazei phōnais; bathos legōn to ek tou mesou katō, kai hypsos to hyperkeimenon; platos de kai mēkos, to ek plagiou parateinomenon meta tēn symbolēn hekaterōthen hōs to men enthen tou mesou, platos, to de heterōthen, mēkos prosagoreusai; di' hōn touto moi dokei saphōs diasēmainein tǭ logǭ, hoti ouden tōn ontōn estin, ho mē tę̄ theią diakrateitai physei, to hyperouranion, to hypochthonion, to epi ta perata tōn ontōn pantothen ek plagiou parateinomenon. Sēmainei gar dia men tou hypsous, to hyperkeimenon; dia de tou bathous, to hypochthonion; tǭ mēkei de kai tǭ platei, ta dia mesou perata, ta hypo tēs pan diakratousēs dynameōs synechomena. Estǭ de dia tōn en tę̄ sę̄ psychę̄ ginomenōn en tę̄ peri Theou ennoią hē tōn legomenōn apodeixis. ᾿Anablepson gar eis ton ouranon, kai ta katō bathē tǭ logismǭ katanoēson, ekteinon epi ta plagia kai ta akra tēs tou pantos systaseōs tēn dianoian, kai logisai tis estin hē tauta synechousa dynamis, hoion tis syndesmos tou pantos ginomenē. Kai opsei hōs automatōs en tę̄ dianoią hē peri tēs theias dynameōs ennoia to schēma tou staurou encharassetai, ek tōn hypsēloterōn epi ta bathē kathēkon, kai epi ta perata tōn akrōn enkarsiōs parateinomenon. Touto to schēma kai ho megas Dabid en tǭ kath' heauton hymnēse logǭ; Pou poreuthō apo tou Pneumatos sou, kai apo tou prosōpou sou pou phygō? Ean anabō eis ton ouranon (touto to hypsos). Ean katabō eis ton adēn (touto to bathos). Ean analaboimi tas pterygas mou kat' orthron, ho estin hē anatolē tou hēliou (touto to platos). Hei kataskēnōsaimi eis ta eschata tēs thalassēs (houtō gar tas dysmas onomazei); (touto to mēkos. Horas pōs diazōgraphei to tou staurou schēma dia tōn legomenōn? Sy ei, phēsin, ho dia pantōn hēkōn, kai syndesmos tōn ginomenōn, kai panta en heautǭ dialambanōn ta perata. Anō sy ei, katō sy parei, en tǭ perati toutǭ hē cheir sou estin, kai en tǭ heterǭ hē dexia sou hodēgei. Dia touto kai ho megas ᾿Apostolos, entha plērōthę̄ ta panta tēs pisteōs kai epignōseōs, proskyneisthai legei ton hyper pan onoma onta en tǭ onomati Iēsou Christou, hypo te tōn ouraniōn kai tōn epigeiōn kai tōn katachthoniōn; palin kai dia toutōn kata to schēma tou staurou merizei tou staurou tēn proskynēsin. Hē men gar hyperkosmios lēxis en tǭ anō tou staurou merei tǭ Despotę̄ plēroi tēn proskynēsin; hē de enkosmios, en tois mesois; hē de hypochthonios, tou bathous echetai. Touto kai to Iōta esti kata ton emon logon, to

contemplate the shape of the cross; through this too he showed clearly that whoever has cast the scales of ignorance from his eyes sees the truth itself purely. For he knows that this shape, divided into four arms from the meeting point in the middle, signifies the power and providence, reaching through all things, of him who appeared on it; and for this reason he names each arm with its own word, calling “depth” what runs down from the middle, and “height” what lies above, and “breadth” and “length” what stretches out sideways on either side of the meeting point, so as to call the part on one side of the middle “breadth” and the part on the other “length.” By these words he seems to me to signify clearly that there is nothing among things that exist which is not held fast by the divine nature: what is above the heavens, what is under the earth, and what stretches out sideways on every side to the limits of things. For by the height he signifies what lies above; by the depth, what is under the earth; and by the length and breadth, the limits in between, which are held together by the power that holds all things fast. Let the proof of what is said come from what happens in your own soul when you think about God. Look up to heaven, consider in thought the depths below, stretch your mind to the sides and the extremities of the frame of the universe, and reckon what power it is that holds these together, being a kind of bond of the universe. And you will see how of itself the thought of the divine power stamps on the mind the shape of the cross, reaching from the heights down to the depths and stretching crosswise to the limits of the extremities. This shape the great David too sang in his own words: “Where shall I go from your Spirit, and where shall I flee from your face? If I go up into heaven” (this is the height); “if I go down into Hades” (this is the depth); “if I take up my wings at dawn,” that is, at the rising of the sun (this is the breadth); “if I should dwell in the uttermost parts of the sea” (for so he names the west) (this is the length). You see how he paints the shape of the cross in his words? “You are,” he says, “the one who reaches through all things, the bond of all that comes to be, holding all the limits within yourself. You are above, you are present below; your hand is at this limit, and at the other your right hand guides.” For this reason the great Apostle too, where all things of faith and knowledge are to be fulfilled, says that he who is above every name is worshiped in the name of Jesus Christ by those in heaven and on earth and under the earth; again, by these words too, he divides the worship of the cross according to the shape of the cross. For the order above the world offers worship to the Master in the upper part of the cross; the order within the world, in the middle parts; and the order under the earth keeps to the depth. This, in my view, is also the iota

1.625PG 46:625–626

μετὰ τῆς κεραίας θεωρούμενον, ὃ καὶ τῶν οὐρανῶν μονιμώτερον, καὶ τῆς γῆς σταθερώτερον, καὶ πάσης τῆς τῶν ὄντων συστάσεως διαρκέστερον. ῾Ο οὐρανὸς καὶ ἡ γῆ παρελεύσεται· καὶ, "Ολου τοῦ κόσμου παράγει τὸ σχῆμα· τὸ δὲ ἰῶτα ἐκ τοῦ νόμου, καὶ ἡ κεραία οὐ παραδέχεται. Ἡ ἐγκάθετος γραμμή, ἡ ἄνωθεν ἐπὶ τὸ βάθος καθήκουσα, ἰῶτα λέγεται ἡ δὲ ἐγκαρσίως ἀγομένη διὰ πλαγίου, κεραία ὀνομάζεται, καθὼς ἔστι καὶ παρὰ τῶν ναυτιλλομένων τοῦτο μαθεῖν. Τὸ γὰρ ξύλον τὸ διὰ πλαγίου τῷ ἱστῷ ἐπικείμενον, οὗ καὶ τὴν ὀθόνην ἐξαπλοῦσι, κεραίαν λέγουσιν, ἐκ τοῦ σχήματος ὀνομάζοντες. Διό μοι δοκεῖ πρὸς τοῦτο βλέπειν ἡ θεία τοῦ Εὐαγγελίου φωνή· ὅτι ἐκεῖνό ἐστιν ἐν ᾧ τὰ πάντα συνέστηκε, τὸ τῶν ἐν αὐτῷ περικρατουμένων ἀϊδιώτερον, ὃ τὴν ἑαυτοῦ δύναμιν τὴν συντηρητικὴν πάντων τῶν ὄντων, οἷον δι' αἰνίγματος καὶ ἐσόπτρου τινὸς τοῦ κατὰ τὸν σταυρὸν σχήματος ὑποδείκνυσι. Διὰ δὴ τοῦτό φησιν, ὅτι δεῖ τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου, οὐχ ἁπλῶς ἀποθανεῖν, ἀλλὰ σταυρωθῆναι, ἵνα γένηται τοῖς διορατικωτέροις θεολόγος ὁ σταυρὸς τὴν παντοδύναμον ἐξουσίαν τοῦ ἐπ᾿ αὐτῷ δειχθέντος, καὶ πάντα ἐν πᾶσιν ὄντος, ἀνακηρύσσων τῷ σχήματι. Μὴ παρασιωπήσωμεν, ἀδελφοὶ, μηδὲ τὸν εὐσχήμονα βουλευτὴν ἐκεῖνον, τὸν ἀπὸ ᾿Αριμαθίας Ἰωσὴφ, ὃς δῶρον τὸ ἄχραντον καὶ ἅγιον ἐκεῖνο σῶμα λαβὼν, καθαρὰν περιτίθησιν αὐτῷ σινδόνα, καὶ καθαρῷ μνημείῳ ἐναποτίθεται. Νόμος ἡμῖν ἔστω τὸ τοῦ εὐσχήμονος ἐκείνου βουλευτοῦ ἔργον τοῦ καὶ ἡμᾶς ὁμοίως βουλεύεσθαι, ὅταν λάβωμεν ἐκεῖνο τὸ δῶρον τοῦ σώματος, μὴ ἐῤῥυπωμένῃ τῇ τῆς συνειδήσεως σινδόνι λαμβάνειν, μηδὲ ὀδωδότι ἐξ ὀστέων νεκρῶν καὶ πάσης ἀκαθαρσίας τῷ μνήματι τῆς καρδίας ἐναποτίθεσθαι ἀλλὰ, καθώς φησιν ὁ ᾿Απόστολος, δοκιμάζειν ἕκαστον ἑαυτὸν, ἵνα μὴ κρίμα ἡ χάρις γένηται τῷ ἀναξίως δεχομένῳ τὴν χάριν. Ἀλλὰ γὰρ μεταξὺ λέγων αἰσθάνομαι τῇ φωτεινῇ στολῇ τοῦ ἀγγέλου καταστραπτόμενος, καί μου διασείει ὑφ᾽ ἡδονῆς τὴν καρδίαν ὁ γλυκὺς ἐκεῖνος σεισμὸς, ὁ τὸν βαρὺν λίθον τοῦ ἀνθρωπίνου μνήματος ἀποκυλίων, δι' οὗ ἀνοίγεται πᾶσιν ἡ θύρα τῆς ἀναστάσεως. Δράμωμεν καὶ ἡμεῖς ἐπὶ τὴν θέαν τοῦ παραδόξου θεάματος• διαγέγονε γὰρ ἤδη τὸ Σάββατον· μὴ κατόπιν τῶν γυναικῶν ἀπαντήσωμεν. Ἔσται καὶ ἐν ταῖς ἡμετέραις χερσὶ τὰ ἀρώματα, ἡ πίστις καὶ ἡ συνείδησις. Αὕτη γὰρ τοῦ Χριστοῦ ἐστιν ἡ εὐωδία. Μηκέτι μετὰ τῶν νεκρῶν τὸν ζῶντα ζητήσωμεν. Τὸν γὰρ οὕτως αὐτὸν ζητοῦντα, ἀπωθεῖται ὁ Κύριος, λέγων· Μή μου ἅπτου· ἀλλ᾽ ὅταν ἀναβῶ πρὸς τὸν Πατέρα, τότε σοι ἔξεστιν ἅπτεσθαι. Ακούσωμεν τί εὐαγγελίζεται καὶ ἡ γυνὴ ἡ προλαβοῦσα τὸν ἄνδρα διὰ τῆς πίστεως, καὶ καλῶς τοῦτο ποιήσασα, ἵνα διὰ τοῦ κατάρξασθαι πρὸς τὸ ἀγαθὸν περὶ τῆς τοῦ κακοῦ αἰτίας ἀπολογήσηται. Τί οὖν ἐστι τὸ τῆς γυναικὸς Εὐαγγέλιον; Οντως οὐκ ἐξ ἀνθρώπων, οὐδὲ δι᾽ ἀνθρώπων, ἀλλὰ διὰ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ. ῎Ἄκους γὰρ, φησὶν, ὁ ἐντέταλται ἡμῖν ὁ Κύριος πρὸς ὑμᾶς εἰπεῖν, ὑμᾶς οὓς καὶ ἀδελφοὺς αὐτοῦ κατονομάζει, ὅτι Πορεύομαι πρὸς τὸν

meta tēs keraias theōroumenon, ho kai tōn ouranōn monimōteron, kai tēs gēs statherōteron, kai pasēs tēs tōn ontōn systaseōs diarkesteron. ῾O ouranos kai hē gē pareleusetai; kai, "Olou tou kosmou paragei to schēma; to de iōta ek tou nomou, kai hē keraia ou paradechetai. Hē enkathetos grammē, hē anōthen epi to bathos kathēkousa, iōta legetai hē de enkarsiōs agomenē dia plagiou, keraia onomazetai, kathōs esti kai para tōn nautillomenōn touto mathein. To gar xylon to dia plagiou tǭ histǭ epikeimenon, hou kai tēn othonēn exaplousi, keraian legousin, ek tou schēmatos onomazontes. Dio moi dokei pros touto blepein hē theia tou Euangeliou phōnē; hoti ekeino estin en hǭ ta panta synestēke, to tōn en autǭ perikratoumenōn aïdiōteron, ho tēn heautou dynamin tēn syntērētikēn pantōn tōn ontōn, hoion di' ainigmatos kai esoptrou tinos tou kata ton stauron schēmatos hypodeiknysi. Dia dē touto phēsin, hoti dei ton Huion tou anthrōpou, ouch haplōs apothanein, alla staurōthēnai, hina genētai tois dioratikōterois theologos ho stauros tēn pantodynamon exousian tou ep᾿ autǭ deichthentos, kai panta en pasin ontos, anakēryssōn tǭ schēmati. Mē parasiōpēsōmen, adelphoi, mēde ton euschēmona bouleutēn ekeinon, ton apo ᾿Arimathias Iōsēph, hos dōron to achranton kai hagion ekeino sōma labōn, katharan peritithēsin autǭ sindona, kai katharǭ mnēmeiǭ enapotithetai. Nomos hēmin estō to tou euschēmonos ekeinou bouleutou ergon tou kai hēmas homoiōs bouleuesthai, hotan labōmen ekeino to dōron tou sōmatos, mē errhypōmenę̄ tę̄ tēs syneidēseōs sindoni lambanein, mēde odōdoti ex osteōn nekrōn kai pasēs akatharsias tǭ mnēmati tēs kardias enapotithesthai alla, kathōs phēsin ho ᾿Apostolos, dokimazein hekaston heauton, hina mē krima hē charis genētai tǭ anaxiōs dechomenǭ tēn charin. Alla gar metaxy legōn aisthanomai tę̄ phōteinę̄ stolę̄ tou angelou katastraptomenos, kai mou diaseiei hyph᾽ hēdonēs tēn kardian ho glykys ekeinos seismos, ho ton baryn lithon tou anthrōpinou mnēmatos apokyliōn, di' hou anoigetai pasin hē thyra tēs anastaseōs. Dramōmen kai hēmeis epi tēn thean tou paradoxou theamatos• diagegone gar ēdē to Sabbaton; mē katopin tōn gynaikōn apantēsōmen. Estai kai en tais hēmeterais chersi ta arōmata, hē pistis kai hē syneidēsis. Hautē gar tou Christou estin hē euōdia. Mēketi meta tōn nekrōn ton zōnta zētēsōmen. Ton gar houtōs auton zētounta, apōtheitai ho Kyrios, legōn; Mē mou haptou; all᾽ hotan anabō pros ton Patera, tote soi exestin haptesthai. Akousōmen ti euangelizetai kai hē gynē hē prolabousa ton andra dia tēs pisteōs, kai kalōs touto poiēsasa, hina dia tou katarxasthai pros to agathon peri tēs tou kakou aitias apologēsētai. Ti oun esti to tēs gynaikos Euangelion? Ontōs ouk ex anthrōpōn, oude di᾽ anthrōpōn, alla dia Iēsou Christou. ᾿Akous gar, phēsin, ho entetaltai hēmin ho Kyrios pros hymas eipein, hymas hous kai adelphous autou katonomazei, hoti Poreuomai pros ton

seen together with its stroke, which is more permanent than the heavens, firmer than the earth, and more lasting than the whole frame of things. “Heaven and earth will pass away,” and “the form of the whole world passes away”; but the iota and the stroke of the law do not admit of passing. The vertical line, reaching from above down to the depth, is called iota; the line drawn crosswise along the side is named the stroke (keraia), as one can learn even from sailors. For the beam that lies crosswise on the mast, from which they spread the sail, they call the keraia (yard), naming it from its shape. Therefore the divine voice of the Gospel seems to me to look to this: that this is that in which all things hold together, more everlasting than the things held fast in it, which shows its own power, the power that preserves all things, as through a riddle and a mirror, by the shape of the cross. For this reason he says that the Son of Man must not simply die, but be crucified, so that for those who see more keenly the cross might become a theologian, proclaiming by its shape the all-powerful authority of him who was displayed on it and who is all in all. Let us not pass over in silence, brothers, that noble councillor either, Joseph of Arimathea, who, receiving that undefiled and holy body as a gift, wraps it in a clean linen cloth and lays it in a clean tomb. Let the deed of that noble councillor be a law for us, that we too, when we receive that gift of the body, should likewise take counsel not to receive it in a soiled linen cloth of conscience, nor to lay it in a tomb of the heart that stinks of dead men's bones and all uncleanness, but, as the Apostle says, that each should examine himself, so that the grace may not become judgment for the one who receives the grace unworthily. But even as I speak I feel myself flashed upon by the shining robe of the angel, and that sweet earthquake shakes my heart with joy, the earthquake that rolls away the heavy stone of the human tomb, through which the door of the resurrection is opened to all. Let us too run to see the wondrous spectacle, for the Sabbath is already past; let us not arrive after the women. In our hands too there will be spices: faith and conscience. For this is the fragrance of Christ. Let us no longer seek the living among the dead. For the Lord pushes away one who seeks him in that way, saying: “Do not touch me; but when I go up to the Father, then you may touch me.” Let us hear what good news the woman too proclaims, who went ahead of the man through faith, and did well to do so, so that by taking the lead toward the good she might make amends for being the cause of evil. What, then, is the woman's gospel? Truly “not from men nor through men, but through Jesus Christ.” “Hear,” she says, “what the Lord has commanded us to tell you”—you, whom he also calls his brothers—“I am going to my

1.627PG 46:627–628

Πατέρα μου, καὶ Πατέρα ὑμῶν, καὶ Θεόν μου, καὶ Θεὸν ὑμῶν. Ὦ καλῶν τε καὶ ἀγαθῶν εὐαγγελίων Ὁ δι' ἡμᾶς γενόμενος καθ' ἡμᾶς, ἵνα διὰ τοῦ γενέσθαι ἡμῖν ὁμογενής, ἀδελφοὺς ἡμᾶς ἑαυτοῦ ποιήσῃ, προσάγει τὸν ἑαυτοῦ ἄνθρωπον τῷ ἀληθινῷ Πατρὶ, ἵνα δι᾽ αὐτοῦ ἅπαν τὸ ὁμογενὲς ἐφελκύσηται, ὡς μηκέτι ὄνειδος εἶναι τοῖς δουλεύσασι τοῖς μὴ φύσει οὖσι θεοῖς. Διὰ τὸ προσαχθῆναι πάλιν τῷ ζῶντι καὶ ἀληθινῷ Θεῷ, μηδ᾽ ἀποβλήτους καὶ ἀποκηρύκτους τῆς πατρώας κληρονομίας γενέσθαι, τοὺς τῷ Υἱῷ διὰ τῆς υἱοθεσίας ἀκολουθήσαντας ὁ ἐν πολλοῖς ἀδελφοῖς πρωτότοκον διὰ τῆς σαρκὸς ποιήσας ἑαυτὸν, πᾶσαν τὴν κτίσιν ἧς ἐκοινώνησε διὰ τῆς ἀνακραθείσης αὐτῷ σαρκὸς ἐπεσπάσατο. ᾿Αλλ' ἐπειδὴ ὁ πρὸ τοῦ Πάσχα σῖτος ὁ ἄζυμος, ὄψον τὴν πικρίδα ἔχει, ἴδωμεν τίνι ἠδύσματι ὁ μετὰ τὴν ἀνάστασιν ἄρτος ἡδύνεται. Ὁρᾷς τοῦ Πέτρου ἀλιεύοντος ἐν ταῖς χερσὶ τοῦ Κυρίου ἄρτον καὶ κηρίον μέλιτος; νόησον τί σοι ἡ πικρία τοῦ βίου κατασκευάζεται. Οὐκοῦν ἀναστάντες καὶ ἡμεῖς ἐκ τῆς τῶν λόγων ἁλείας, ἤδη τῷ ἄρτῳ προσδράμωμεν, ὃν καταγλυκαίνει τὸ κηρίον τῆς ἀγαθῆς ἐλπίδος, ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ τῷ Κυρίῳ ἡμῶν, ᾧ ἡ δόξα καὶ τὸ κράτος σὺν τῷ Πατρὶ καὶ τῷ ἁγίῳ Πνεύματι, νῦν καὶ ἀεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων. Αμήν.

Patera mou, kai Patera hymōn, kai Theon mou, kai Theon hymōn. Ō kalōn te kai agathōn euangeliōn Ho di' hēmas genomenos kath' hēmas, hina dia tou genesthai hēmin homogenēs, adelphous hēmas heautou poiēsę̄, prosagei ton heautou anthrōpon tǭ alēthinǭ Patri, hina di᾽ autou hapan to homogenes ephelkysētai, hōs mēketi oneidos einai tois douleusasi tois mē physei ousi theois. Dia to prosachthēnai palin tǭ zōnti kai alēthinǭ Theǭ, mēd᾽ apoblētous kai apokēryktous tēs patrōas klēronomias genesthai, tous tǭ Huiǭ dia tēs huiothesias akolouthēsantas ho en pollois adelphois prōtotokon dia tēs sarkos poiēsas heauton, pasan tēn ktisin hēs ekoinōnēse dia tēs anakratheisēs autǭ sarkos epespasato. ᾿All' epeidē ho pro tou Pascha sitos ho azymos, opson tēn pikrida echei, idōmen tini ēdysmati ho meta tēn anastasin artos hēdynetai. Horąs tou Petrou alieuontos en tais chersi tou Kyriou arton kai kērion melitos? noēson ti soi hē pikria tou biou kataskeuazetai. Oukoun anastantes kai hēmeis ek tēs tōn logōn haleias, ēdē tǭ artǭ prosdramōmen, hon kataglykainei to kērion tēs agathēs elpidos, en Christǭ Iēsou tǭ Kyriǭ hēmōn, hǭ hē doxa kai to kratos syn tǭ Patri kai tǭ hagiǭ Pneumati, nyn kai aei kai eis tous aiōnas tōn aiōnōn. Amēn.

Father and your Father, and to my God and your God.” What fine and good tidings! He who for our sake became like us, so that by becoming of one race with us he might make us his brothers, brings his own humanity to the true Father, so as to draw to himself through it all that is of one race with it, so that those who served gods that by nature are not gods might no longer be under reproach. Through being brought back to the living and true God, those who followed the Son through adoption are not to be cast out and disowned from the Father's inheritance. He who through the flesh made himself the firstborn among many brothers drew to himself the whole creation which he shared through the flesh mingled with him. But since the unleavened bread before the Passover has the bitter herb as its relish, let us see with what seasoning the bread after the resurrection is sweetened. Do you see, as Peter is fishing, bread and a honeycomb in the Lord's hands? Understand what the bitterness of life prepares for you. So let us too rise from the fishing of words and now run to the bread, which the honeycomb of good hope makes sweet, in Christ Jesus our Lord, to whom be glory and power with the Father and the Holy Spirit, now and always and to the ages of ages. Amen.

Chapter 2

2.627PG 46:627–628

Περὶ τῆς ἀναστάσεως τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, καὶ ὅτι κατὰ μηδὲν ἀλλήλοις ἐναντιωθέντες οἱ εὐαγγελισταί, διαφόρως τὰ συμβεβηκότα τῇ ἀναστάσει τοῦ Ἐμμανουὴλ ἱστόρησαν. Πάντες μὲν, ἀγαπητοὶ, ὡς εἰπεῖν, ἀποδέχονται τὴν ἐν τῇ Κυριακῇ νυκτὶ παρ᾿ ἡμῶν εἰσηγηθεῖσαν ἁρμοδίως τῶν ἱερῶν Εὐαγγελίων ἀνάγνωσιν, περὶ τῆς ἀναστάσεως τοῦ μεγάλου Θεοῦ καὶ Σωτῆρος ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ. Τινὲς μέντοι τὸ μὲν ὠφελεῖσθαι ὁμολογοῦσι πυκνότερον δὲ πως ἀκροᾶσθαι δοκοῦντες, ταράττεσθαί φασι, τῶν εὐαγγελιστῶν μὴ τὰ αὐτὰ λεγόντων περὶ τοῦ αὐτοῦ πράγματος, ἀλλ᾽ ἐναντία, καὶ τὸν ἀκροατὴν μᾶλλον πρὸς τὴν ἀπιστίαν ἐναγόντων. Τίνι γὰρ πιστευτέον Ματθαίῳ γράφοντι τὴν ἀνάστασιν ὀψὲ γεγενῆσθαι Σαββάτων, ἢ Ἰωάννῃ ταὐτὸ τοῦτο συμβεβηκέναι πρωΐ ἔτι σκοτίας οὔσης, ἱστορηκότι, ἢ Λουκᾷ καὶ Μάρκῳ· τῷ μὲν ὄρθρον βαθὺν, τῷ δὲ ἀνατολὴν ἡλίου τὸν αὐτὸν καιρὸν ὀνομάσαντι Πρὸς οὖν τὴν τοῦ ὑποκειμένου προβλήματος λύσιν, καὶ τῶν ἄλλων τῶν κατὰ τὴν ἐξέτασιν τῶν ῥητῶν ἀναφυομένων ζητήσεων, διεγερθῆναι δεῖ παρὰ τοῦ ἀναστάντος Θεοῦ, καίπερ ἀσθενεῖς ὄντας ἡμᾶς, καὶ τὴν ἑρμηνείαν παραστῆσαι σαφῆ. Καὶ γὰρ ὁ τὸ σπέρμα τῆς ἀναγνώσεως καταβαλόμενος, καὶ ταύτην πλατύνας ἐν ταῖς ἁπάντων ἀκοαῖς, δίκαιός ἐστι καὶ τῶν φύντων ἐντεῦθεν ἐρωτημάτων ἀποδοῦναι τὸν λόγον. Τοῦτο δὴ καὶ ποιῆσαι πειράσομαι, ἐξ αὐτῶν ὧν οἱ ἐπαπορήσαντες ἔφασαν τὴν λύσιν ἐπαγαγεῖν. Οὐδὲ γὰρ εἶπον οἱ τῶν Εὐαγγελίων ἱεροὶ συγγραφεῖς, ὀψὲ Σαββάτων, ἢ παρῳχηκότος τοῦ πλείονος τῆς νυκτὸς, ἢ ὄρθρου πάλιν, ἢ μετὰ τὴν τῆς ἡλιακῆς ἀκτῖνος βολὴν ἐγηγέρθαι τὸν Κύριον οὕτω γὰρ ἂν ἐναντίωσις ἦν, τὸ ἓν πρᾶγμα τῶν συγγεγραφότων οὐχ ἑνὶ μᾶλλον,

Peri tēs anastaseōs tou Kyriou hēmōn Iēsou Christou, kai hoti kata mēden allēlois enantiōthentes hoi euangelistai, diaphorōs ta symbebēkota tę̄ anastasei tou Emmanouēl historēsan. Pantes men, agapētoi, hōs eipein, apodechontai tēn en tę̄ Kyriakę̄ nykti par᾿ hēmōn eisēgētheisan harmodiōs tōn hierōn Euangeliōn anagnōsin, peri tēs anastaseōs tou megalou Theou kai Sōtēros hēmōn Iēsou Christou. Tines mentoi to men ōpheleisthai homologousi pyknoteron de pōs akroasthai dokountes, tarattesthai phasi, tōn euangelistōn mē ta auta legontōn peri tou autou pragmatos, all᾽ enantia, kai ton akroatēn mallon pros tēn apistian enagontōn. Tini gar pisteuteon Matthaiǭ graphonti tēn anastasin opse gegenēsthai Sabbatōn, ē Iōannę̄ tauto touto symbebēkenai prōï eti skotias ousēs, historēkoti, ē Louką kai Markǭ; tǭ men orthron bathyn, tǭ de anatolēn hēliou ton auton kairon onomasanti Pros oun tēn tou hypokeimenou problēmatos lysin, kai tōn allōn tōn kata tēn exetasin tōn rhētōn anaphyomenōn zētēseōn, diegerthēnai dei para tou anastantos Theou, kaiper astheneis ontas hēmas, kai tēn hermēneian parastēsai saphē. Kai gar ho to sperma tēs anagnōseōs katabalomenos, kai tautēn platynas en tais hapantōn akoais, dikaios esti kai tōn phyntōn enteuthen erōtēmatōn apodounai ton logon. Touto dē kai poiēsai peirasomai, ex autōn hōn hoi epaporēsantes ephasan tēn lysin epagagein. Oude gar eipon hoi tōn Euangeliōn hieroi syngrapheis, opse Sabbatōn, ē parǭchēkotos tou pleionos tēs nyktos, ē orthrou palin, ē meta tēn tēs hēliakēs aktinos bolēn egēgerthai ton Kyrion houtō gar an enantiōsis ēn, to hen pragma tōn syngegraphotōn ouch heni mallon,

On the resurrection of our Lord Jesus Christ, and that the evangelists, without contradicting one another in anything, recounted in different ways what happened at the resurrection of Emmanuel.

All, beloved, one may say, welcome the reading of the holy Gospels about the resurrection of our great God and Savior Jesus Christ, which we have fittingly brought in on the night of the Lord's day. Some, however, while they admit that they are helped, say that, since they seem to hear it rather often, they are troubled, because the evangelists do not say the same things about the same event, but contradictory things, and rather lead the hearer toward unbelief. For whom should one believe? Matthew, who writes that the resurrection took place “late on the Sabbath”; or John, who records that this same thing happened “early, while it was still dark”; or Luke and Mark, of whom the one called the same time “deep dawn” and the other “the rising of the sun”? For the solution of the problem before us, then, and of the other questions that spring up in examining the texts, we must be roused by the risen God, weak though we are, and set out a clear interpretation. For he who cast the seed of the reading and spread it abroad in everyone's ears is bound also to give an account of the questions that have grown from it. This I will try to do, bringing the solution from the very words of those who raised the difficulty. For the sacred writers of the Gospels did not say that the Lord was raised late on the Sabbath, or when most of the night had passed, or again at dawn, or after the sun's ray had shot forth; for then there would be a contradiction, if the writers had recorded that the one event took place not at one time

2.629PG 46:629–630

λον, ἀλλ᾽ ἐν διαφόροις ἱστορησάντων γεγενῆσθαι καιροῖς· ἀλλὰ τὰς γυναῖκας ἔγραψαν, ἄλλοτε ἄλλως ἐπιπαραγενέσθαι τῷ τάφῳ, καὶ οὐ κατὰ τὸν αὐτὸν καιρόν· πῶς γὰρ τὰς διαφόρως ἐλθούσας, πάσας δὲ ὁμοίως ἀκηκοέναι παρὰ τῶν ἀγγέλων περὶ τοῦ Σωτῆρος, ὅτι Ἠγέρθη, οὐκ ἔστιν ὧδε, μὴ προστεθέντος τοῦ πότε; ὡς κατ' ἐκείνην μὲν ὁμολογουμένως καὶ συμφώνως τὴν θείαν νύκτα τῆς ἀναστάσεως γενομένης· μηδενὸς δὲ τὴν ὥραν ἐπισημηναμένου, τὴν πᾶσιν ἄγνωστον, πλὴν τοῦ ἀναστάντος Θεοῦ, καὶ τοῦ Πατρὸς τοῦ μόνου γινώσκοντος οὕτω τὸν Υἱὸν, ὡς αὐτὸς ἔγνωσται τῷ Πατρὶ.... Καὶ τοῦ Πνεύματος τοῦ πάντα ἐρευνῶντος, καὶ τὰ βάθη τοῦ Θεοῦ. Ματθαῖος γὰρ ἔφη Μαρίαν τὴν Μαγδαληνὴν καὶ τὴν ἄλλην Μαρίαν ὀψὲ Σαββάτων ἐπὶ τὴν θέαν ἐληλυθέναι τοῦ τάφου· σεισμόν τε γεγενῆσθαι μέγαν· ἄγγελον δὲ καταβεβηκέναι ἐξ οὐρανοῦ, τὸ μὲν εἶδος ἀστραπῇ, χιόνι δὲ τὴν στολὴν παραπλήσιον· ἶνα τῷ μὲν φοβερῷ καταπλήξῃ τοὺς φύλακας (οἳ καὶ τὴν θέαν οὐκ ἐνεγκόντες, μικροῦ καὶ ἀπώλοντο καταστάντες τῷ δέει νεκροί), τῷ φαιδρῷ δὲ προσκαλέσηται τὰς γυναῖκας, καὶ θάρσος ἐμποιήσῃ ταῖς τὴν φύσιν εὐπτοήτοις καὶ δειλαῖς, καὶ τὴν ἀνάστασιν δι᾽ αὐτοῦ τοῦ σχήματος ἀναγγείλῃ περιχαρῶς. Ἐπεὶ καὶ τούτων χάριν ἀπέσταλτο. Τὸν γὰρ λίθον ἀποκυλίσας, εὖρεν ἐγηγερμένον τὸν Κύριον, κεκλεισμένον τὸν τάφον, καὶ ταῖς σφραγίσι κατησφαλισμένον, καὶ τῇ στρατιωτικῇ φρουρᾷ πεφυλαγμένον, ἀπολιπόντα θεοπρεπῶς, ὃν τρόπον καὶ τῶν θυρῶν κεκλεισμένων εἴσω τοῦ δωματίου γενόμενος τοῖς μαθηταῖς ἐπεφοίτησε. Διὸ καὶ ἔλεγεν· Οὐκ ἔστιν ὧδε, ἀλλ᾽ ἡγέρθη· μηνύων ὁ ἄγγελος τῆς οἰκείας ἀφίξεως προτεθαυματουργῆσθαι τὴν τοῦ Σωτῆρος ἀνάστασιν, ἣν ὡς Θεὸς ἰδίᾳ δυνάμει πληρώσας, τὴν οἰκονομίαν ἐνήργησεν, ἀγγελικῆς συμμαχίας οὐ δεηθείς. Εἰ γὰρ τοῦτο μὴ ἦν, εἶπεν ἂν, Ἰδοὺ ἐγείρεται, δηλῶν τὸ παραυτίκα γινόμενον· ἐπειδὴ δὲ προεγεγόνει τῷ παρεληλυθότι χρόνῳ χρησάμενος, ἔφησεν· Οὐκ ἔστιν ὧδε, ἀλλ᾽ ἡγέρθη. Κἀκεῖ δὲ ἐκ τούτου δείκνυται σαφῶς, ὡς οἱ ἀπόστολοι κηρύττοντες τὸ Εὐαγγέλιον, ἔλεγον τὸν Χριστὸν ἐγηγέρθαι ὑπὸ τοῦ Πατρὸς, διὰ τὸ τῶν ἀκουόντων ἀσθενὲς, εὐπαράδεκτον τὸν λόγον ταύτῃ κατασκευάζοντες. Ὁ δὲ ἄγγελος τὴν εὐαγγελιζομένην τὴν ἀνάστασιν ῥήξας φωνὴν, γυμνὴν ἐκφαίνων τὴν θεοπρεπεστάτην ἐξουσίαν τοῦ ἀναστάντος ἐβόα· Οὐκ ἔστιν ὧδε, ἀλλ᾽ ἡγέρθη. Καὶ τὸ ἐγηγέρθαι δὲ αὐτὸν ὑπὸ τοῦ Πατρὸς λέγεσθαι, τῶν μὲν ἀκουόντων, ὡς ἔφην, οἰκονομεῖ τὸ ἀσθενές· τὸν δὲ αὐτὸν ἔχει νοῦν, καὶ οὐχ ἕτερον. Ἐν τίνι γὰρ ὁ Πατὴρ ἐνεργεῖ; Ἐν τῇ οἰκείᾳ δυνάμει δηλονότι. Τίς δὲ ἐστιν ἡ δύναμις τοῦ Πατρός; Οὐδεὶς ἄλλος, ἢ ὁ Χριστός Χριστὸς γὰρ Θεοῦ δύναμις, καὶ Θεοῦ σοφία. Οὐκοῦν ἑαυτὸν ἀνέστησεν ὁ Σωτήρ, εἰ καὶ ὑπὸ τοῦ Πατρὸς ἐγηγέρθαι λέγεται. Τὸ δὲ ᾿Οψὲ Σαββάτων, οὐ τὴν ἑσπέραν τὴν κατὰ τὴν δύσιν τοῦ ἡλίου δηλοῖ· οὐδὲ γὰρ ἑνικῶς

lon, all᾽ en diaphorois historēsantōn gegenēsthai kairois; alla tas gynaikas egrapsan, allote allōs epiparagenesthai tǭ taphǭ, kai ou kata ton auton kairon; pōs gar tas diaphorōs elthousas, pasas de homoiōs akēkoenai para tōn angelōn peri tou Sōtēros, hoti Ēgerthē, ouk estin hōde, mē prostethentos tou pote? hōs kat' ekeinēn men homologoumenōs kai symphōnōs tēn theian nykta tēs anastaseōs genomenēs; mēdenos de tēn hōran episēmēnamenou, tēn pasin agnōston, plēn tou anastantos Theou, kai tou Patros tou monou ginōskontos houtō ton Huion, hōs autos egnōstai tǭ Patri.... Kai tou Pneumatos tou panta ereunōntos, kai ta bathē tou Theou. Matthaios gar ephē Marian tēn Magdalēnēn kai tēn allēn Marian opse Sabbatōn epi tēn thean elēlythenai tou taphou; seismon te gegenēsthai megan; angelon de katabebēkenai ex ouranou, to men eidos astrapę̄, chioni de tēn stolēn paraplēsion; ina tǭ men phoberǭ kataplēxę̄ tous phylakas (hoi kai tēn thean ouk enenkontes, mikrou kai apōlonto katastantes tǭ deei nekroi), tǭ phaidrǭ de proskalesētai tas gynaikas, kai tharsos empoiēsę̄ tais tēn physin euptoētois kai deilais, kai tēn anastasin di᾽ autou tou schēmatos anangeilę̄ pericharōs. Epei kai toutōn charin apestalto. Ton gar lithon apokylisas, euren egēgermenon ton Kyrion, kekleismenon ton taphon, kai tais sphragisi katēsphalismenon, kai tę̄ stratiōtikę̄ phrourą pephylagmenon, apoliponta theoprepōs, hon tropon kai tōn thyrōn kekleismenōn eisō tou dōmatiou genomenos tois mathētais epephoitēse. Dio kai elegen; Ouk estin hōde, all᾽ hēgerthē; mēnyōn ho angelos tēs oikeias aphixeōs protethaumatourgēsthai tēn tou Sōtēros anastasin, hēn hōs Theos idią dynamei plērōsas, tēn oikonomian enērgēsen, angelikēs symmachias ou deētheis. Ei gar touto mē ēn, eipen an, Idou egeiretai, dēlōn to parautika ginomenon; epeidē de proegegonei tǭ parelēlythoti chronǭ chrēsamenos, ephēsen; Ouk estin hōde, all᾽ hēgerthē. Kakei de ek toutou deiknytai saphōs, hōs hoi apostoloi kēryttontes to Euangelion, elegon ton Christon egēgerthai hypo tou Patros, dia to tōn akouontōn asthenes, euparadekton ton logon tautę̄ kataskeuazontes. Ho de angelos tēn euangelizomenēn tēn anastasin rhēxas phōnēn, gymnēn ekphainōn tēn theoprepestatēn exousian tou anastantos eboa; Ouk estin hōde, all᾽ hēgerthē. Kai to egēgerthai de auton hypo tou Patros legesthai, tōn men akouontōn, hōs ephēn, oikonomei to asthenes; ton de auton echei noun, kai ouch heteron. En tini gar ho Patēr energei? En tę̄ oikeią dynamei dēlonoti. Tis de estin hē dynamis tou Patros? Oudeis allos, ē ho Christos Christos gar Theou dynamis, kai Theou sophia. Oukoun heauton anestēsen ho Sōtēr, ei kai hypo tou Patros egēgerthai legetai. To de ᾿Opse Sabbatōn, ou tēn hesperan tēn kata tēn dysin tou hēliou dēloi; oude gar henikōs

but at different times. Rather, they wrote that the women came to the tomb at different times and in different ways, and not at the same time. For how could women who came at different times all alike have heard from the angels about the Savior, “He has been raised, he is not here,” without the “when” being added? All agree and are in harmony that the resurrection took place in that divine night; but no one marked the hour, which is unknown to all except the risen God, and the Father, who alone knows the Son as he himself is known by the Father, and the Spirit, who searches all things, even the depths of God. For Matthew said that Mary Magdalene and the other Mary came “late on the Sabbath” to see the tomb; that there was a great earthquake; and that an angel came down from heaven, his appearance like lightning and his robe like snow, so that by his fearfulness he might strike the guards with terror (they could not bear the sight and almost perished, becoming like dead men from fear), and by his brightness call the women and put courage into those who by nature are easily scared and timid, and announce the resurrection joyfully by his very appearance. For he had been sent for these purposes. For when he rolled away the stone, he found the Lord already raised, having left the tomb, in a manner worthy of God, closed, secured with seals, and guarded by the soldiers' watch, just as he also came into the room among the disciples when the doors were shut. That is why the angel said, “He is not here, but has been raised,” showing that the Savior's resurrection had been worked as a wonder before his own arrival; for the Savior, as God, accomplished it by his own power and carried out the dispensation without needing the help of angels. If this were not so, he would have said, “Behold, he is being raised,” indicating what was happening at that moment; but since it had happened before, he used the past tense and said, “He is not here, but has been raised.” From this it is also clearly shown that when the apostles, preaching the Gospel, said that Christ was raised by the Father, they did so because of the weakness of their hearers, making the message easier to accept in this way. But the angel, breaking into the voice that announced the resurrection, cried out, displaying unveiled the most divine authority of the one who rose: “He is not here, but has been raised.” And the saying that he was raised by the Father makes allowance, as I said, for the weakness of the hearers, but has the same meaning and not another. For in what does the Father work? Clearly in his own power. And who is the power of the Father? None other than Christ; for “Christ is the power of God and the wisdom of God.” So the Savior raised himself, even if he is said to have been raised by the Father. And “late on the Sabbath” does not indicate the evening at sunset; for he did not say in the singular

2.631PG 46:631–632

εἶπεν Ὀψὲ Σαββάτου, ἀλλὰ πληθυντικῶς, Ὀψὲ Σαββάτων. Σάββατα δὲ τὴν πᾶσαν ἑβδομάδα καλεῖν Ἑβραίοις ἔθος. Αὐτίκα γοῦν οἱ εὐαγγελισταὶ τῇ Μιᾷ τῶν Σαββάτων· φασὶ δὲ, Τῇ πρώτῃ ἡμέρᾳ τῆς ἑβδομάδος, εἰπεῖν. Οὕτω δὴ καὶ ἐν τῇ συνηθείᾳ κεχρήμεθα, δευτέραν Σαββάτων, καὶ τρίτην Σαββάτων προσαγορεύοντες τὴν δευτέραν καὶ τρίτην τῆς ἑβδομάδος ἡμέραν. Οὐκ εἶπεν οὖν, Ὀψὲ Σαββάτου, ἢ, Ἑσπέρας Σαββάτου, ἵνα τὴν ἑσπέραν τῆς ἡμέρας ἐκείνης δηλώσῃ· ἀλλ', Ὀψὲ Σαββάτων, ἵνα τὸ βράδιον καὶ πολὺ διεστηκὸς ἐμφήνῃ. Καὶ γάρ που καὶ οὕτως ἡμῖν σύνηθες λέγειν· Ὀψὲ τοῦ καιροῦ παραγέγονας, ὀψὲ τῆς ὥρας, ὀψὲ τῆς χρείας· οὐχὶ τὴν ἑσπέραν, καὶ τὸν μετὰ ἡλίου δυσμάς χρόνον δηλοῦσιν· ἀλλὰ τὸ βράδιον, καὶ κατόπιν τῆς χρείας, ἢ τοῦ καιροῦ γενέσθαι τὸν τρόπον τοῦτον μηνύουσι. Καὶ τὸ Ὁψὲ Σαββάτων, τὸ πόῤῥω καὶ βράδιον τῆς περαιωθείσης ἑβδομάδος δηλοῖ. Πληροῦται δὲ ἑβδομὰς ἑκάστη, ταῖς μετὰ τὸ Σάββατον ἡλίου δυσμαῖς. Αμέλει καὶ τὸ πολὺ διεστηκὸς τοῦ καιροῦ πρὸς τὸ τέλος τῆς πληρωθείσης ἑβδομάδος ὁ Ματθαῖος δηλῶν, καὶ ὥσπερ ἑρμηνεύων ἑαυτὸν, ἐπήγαγε, Τῇ ἐπιφωσκούσῃ εἰς μίαν Σαββάτων. Παρῳχήκει, φησὶν, ἡ νὺξ τοσοῦτον, ὡς εἶναι τὸν καιρὸν τῆς τῶν ἀλεκτρυόνων βοῆς, ἥτις τὸ φῶς τῆς μελλούσης ἡμέρας προανακρούεται. Ταὐτῇ τοι, καὶ τῷ καιρῷ τούτῳ, καὶ οὐ τῇ μετὰ τὸ Σάββατον ἑσπέρᾳ καταλύοντες τὰς νηστείας, τῆς εὐφροσύνης ἀρχόμεθα, τῆς κατὰ πάντων κρατησάσης συνηθείας συνηγορούσης τῷ πράγματι. Τοῦ καιροῦ τοίνυν ὄντος τούτου, ἡ Μαγδαληνή Μαρία καὶ ἡ ὁμώνυμος ἐπὶ τάφον ἦλθον, καὶ τὸν ἄγγελον τὸν ἐξ οὐρανοῦ καταβεβηκότα τὸν προειρημένον ἐθεάσαντο τρόπον, ἀποκυλίσαντα τὸν λίθον καὶ ἐπ᾿ αὐτὸν καθεζόμενον, ὑφ᾽ οὗ καὶ προκληθεῖσαι, τὸν τόπον εἶδον, ὅπου ἔκειτο ὁ Κύριος, καὶ προσταχθεῖσαι τοῖς μαθηταῖς δραμεῖν καὶ ἀπαγγείλαι, ἐξελθοῦσαι ταχὺ τοῦ μνήματος ἔδραμον καὶ δὴ τρεχούσαις προσαπαντήσας ὁ Ἰησοῦς προσεφώνησε Χαίρετε. Καὶ γὰρ ἔδει πρῶτον τὸ γυναικῶν γένος καὶ τὴν ἀνάστασιν εὐαγγελισθῆναι παρὰ τοῦ ἀγγέλου, καὶ τὸν Κύριον ἰδεῖν, καὶ πρώτην παρ᾿ αὐτοῦ φωνὴν ἀκοῦσαι, τὸ, Χαίρετε. Ἐπεὶ καὶ γυνὴ πρώτη τῆς ἀπάτης τοῦ ὄφεως ἤκουσε, καὶ εἶδε παρανόμως τὸν τοῦ ἀπηγορευμένου ξύλου καρπὸν, καὶ λύπῃ κατεδικάζετο· διὸ καὶ προσκυνεῖν ὁ Σωτὴρ καὶ κρατεῖν τοὺς πόδας συνεχώρει, ὡς πρώταις ἀποπεσούσαις καὶ ἀλλοτριωθείσαις αὐτοῦ, καὶ τοῖς μαθηταῖς τὴν χαρὰν διαγγέλλειν ἐκέλευσε, χαρᾶς ἄγγελον ἀνδράσι γυναῖκα γενέσθαι βουλόμενος, τῆς λύπης τῷ ᾿Ἀδὰμ γενομένην διάκονον, τὰ ἐναντία διὰ τῶν ἐναντίων ἰώμενος. Πορευομένων δὲ αὐτῶν, φησὶν, ἀπαγγεῖλαι τοῖς μαθηταῖς, ἰδού τινες τῆς κουστωδίας ἐλθόντες

eipen Opse Sabbatou, alla plēthyntikōs, Opse Sabbatōn. Sabbata de tēn pasan hebdomada kalein Hebraiois ethos. Autika goun hoi euangelistai tę̄ Mią tōn Sabbatōn; phasi de, Tę̄ prōtę̄ hēmerą tēs hebdomados, eipein. Houtō dē kai en tę̄ synētheią kechrēmetha, deuteran Sabbatōn, kai tritēn Sabbatōn prosagoreuontes tēn deuteran kai tritēn tēs hebdomados hēmeran. Ouk eipen oun, Opse Sabbatou, ē, Hesperas Sabbatou, hina tēn hesperan tēs hēmeras ekeinēs dēlōsę̄; all', Opse Sabbatōn, hina to bradion kai poly diestēkos emphēnę̄. Kai gar pou kai houtōs hēmin synēthes legein; Opse tou kairou paragegonas, opse tēs hōras, opse tēs chreias; ouchi tēn hesperan, kai ton meta hēliou dysmas chronon dēlousin; alla to bradion, kai katopin tēs chreias, ē tou kairou genesthai ton tropon touton mēnyousi. Kai to Hopse Sabbatōn, to porrhō kai bradion tēs peraiōtheisēs hebdomados dēloi. Plēroutai de hebdomas hekastē, tais meta to Sabbaton hēliou dysmais. Amelei kai to poly diestēkos tou kairou pros to telos tēs plērōtheisēs hebdomados ho Matthaios dēlōn, kai hōsper hermēneuōn heauton, epēgage, Tę̄ epiphōskousę̄ eis mian Sabbatōn. Parǭchēkei, phēsin, hē nyx tosouton, hōs einai ton kairon tēs tōn alektryonōn boēs, hētis to phōs tēs mellousēs hēmeras proanakrouetai. Tautę̄ toi, kai tǭ kairǭ toutǭ, kai ou tę̄ meta to Sabbaton hesperą katalyontes tas nēsteias, tēs euphrosynēs archometha, tēs kata pantōn kratēsasēs synētheias synēgorousēs tǭ pragmati. Tou kairou toinyn ontos toutou, hē Magdalēnē Maria kai hē homōnymos epi taphon ēlthon, kai ton angelon ton ex ouranou katabebēkota ton proeirēmenon etheasanto tropon, apokylisanta ton lithon kai ep᾿ auton kathezomenon, hyph᾽ hou kai proklētheisai, ton topon eidon, hopou ekeito ho Kyrios, kai prostachtheisai tois mathētais dramein kai apangeilai, exelthousai tachy tou mnēmatos edramon kai dē trechousais prosapantēsas ho Iēsous prosephōnēse Chairete. Kai gar edei prōton to gynaikōn genos kai tēn anastasin euangelisthēnai para tou angelou, kai ton Kyrion idein, kai prōtēn par᾿ autou phōnēn akousai, to, Chairete. Epei kai gynē prōtē tēs apatēs tou opheōs ēkouse, kai eide paranomōs ton tou apēgoreumenou xylou karpon, kai lypę̄ katedikazeto; dio kai proskynein ho Sōtēr kai kratein tous podas synechōrei, hōs prōtais apopesousais kai allotriōtheisais autou, kai tois mathētais tēn charan diangellein ekeleuse, charas angelon andrasi gynaika genesthai boulomenos, tēs lypēs tǭ ᾿Adam genomenēn diakonon, ta enantia dia tōn enantiōn iōmenos. Poreuomenōn de autōn, phēsin, apangeilai tois mathētais, idou tines tēs koustōdias elthontes

“late on the Sabbath” (sabbatou), but in the plural, “late on the Sabbaths” (sabbatōn). It is the Hebrews' custom to call the whole week “Sabbaths.” So the evangelists say “on the first of the Sabbaths,” meaning “on the first day of the week.” So too we use it in ordinary speech, calling the second and third days of the week “second of the Sabbaths” and “third of the Sabbaths.” He did not say, then, “late on the Sabbath” or “on the evening of the Sabbath,” to indicate the evening of that day, but “late on the Sabbaths,” to show the lateness and the long interval. For it is our custom to speak this way too: “You have come late for the occasion, late in the hour, late for the need”; these phrases do not mean the evening and the time after sunset, but indicate that something happened late, after the need or the occasion. And “late on the Sabbaths” indicates the distance and lateness of the week that has been completed. Each week is completed at the sunset after the Sabbath. Indeed Matthew, showing the long interval toward the end of the completed week, and as if interpreting himself, added: “as it was dawning toward the first of the Sabbaths.” The night, he means, had passed so far that it was the time of cockcrow, which heralds the light of the coming day. This is why we too break our fasts at this hour, and not on the evening after the Sabbath, and begin our rejoicing, the custom that prevails everywhere supporting the point. At this time, then, Mary Magdalene and the Mary of the same name came to the tomb, and saw the angel who had come down from heaven in the way described, who had rolled away the stone and was sitting on it; called forward by him, they saw the place where the Lord had lain; and, ordered to run and tell the disciples, they left the tomb quickly and ran. And as they were running Jesus met them and greeted them: “Rejoice.” For it was necessary that the race of women should be the first to have the resurrection announced to it by the angel, and to see the Lord, and to hear from him the first word, “Rejoice.” For a woman was the first to listen to the serpent's deceit, and to look lawlessly at the fruit of the forbidden tree, and she was condemned to grief. That is why the Savior allowed them to worship him and hold his feet, as those who had been the first to fall away and be estranged from him; and he ordered them to announce the joy to the disciples, wishing a woman to become a messenger of joy to men, as a woman had become the minister of grief to Adam, healing opposites by opposites. “As they were going,” he says, “to tell the disciples, behold, some of the guard came

2.633PG 46:633–634

εἰς τὴν πόλιν, ἀπήγγειλαν τοῖς ἀρχιερεῦσιν ἅπαντα τὰ γενόμενα. Καὶ συναχθέντες μετὰ τῶν πρεσβυτέρων, συμβούλιόν τε λαβόντες, ἀργύρια ἱκανὰ ἔδωκαν τοῖς στρατιώταις λέγοντες· Εἴπατε ὅτι οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ νυκτὸς ἐλθόντες ἔκλεψαν αὐτὸν ἡμῶν κοιμωμένων, καὶ ἐὰν ἀκουσθῇ τοῦτο ἐπὶ τοῦ ἡγεμόνος, ἡμεῖς πείσομεν αὐτὸν, καὶ ὑμᾶς ἀμερίμνους ποιήσομεν οἱ δὲ λαβόντες τὰ ἀργύρια, ἐποίησαν ὡς ἐδιδάχθησαν, καὶ διεφημίσθη ὁ λόγος οὗτος παρὰ Ἰουδαίοις μέχρι τῆς σήμερον. Ἡ μὲν οὖν ἄλλη Μαρία (ταύτην δὲ εἶναι τὴν Θεοτόκον πιστεύειν ἀκόλουθον, ὅτι μηδὲ ἀπελείφθη τοῦ πάθους, ἀλλ᾽ ἴστατο παρὰ τῷ σταυρῷ, ὡς Ἰωάννης ἱστόρησεν, ᾗ καὶ ἔπρεπε τὰ τῆς χαρᾶς εὐαγγελίσασθαι, ῥίζῃ τῆς χαρᾶς οὔσῃ, καὶ καλῶς ἀκουσάσῃ τὸ, Χαῖρε, κεχαριτωμένη, ὁ Κύριος μετὰ σοῦ), τὸ πρόσταγμα τοῦ Κυρίου πληροῦσα, τοῖς μαθηταῖς πάντως ἀπήγγειλεν. Οὐ γὰρ ἦν θέμις μὴ πληρωθῆναι τὸ οὕτω σοφῶς οἰκονομηθέν τε καὶ προσταχθὲν, εἰ καὶ ἡπίστησαν οἱ ἀκούσαντες. Ἐπεὶ καὶ ἔπεται τοῦτο πολλάκις τῇ τῶν ἀπαγγελλομένων θαυμάτων ὑπερβολῇ. Οὐ γὰρ ἂν ἀργοὶ διέμειναν, εἰ ἐπίστευσαν. Ἡ δὲ Μαγδαληνή συμπορευομένη τῇ Θεοτόκῳ, καὶ πρὸς τὴν ἀπαγγελίαν ὁμοίως ἐπειγομένη, πέπονθέ τι καὶ ἀνθρώπινον· καὶ ὥσπερ ὁ Πέτρος ὑπὸ Ἡρώδου συλληφθεὶς, καὶ διὰ τοῦ ἀγγέλου τῶν ἁλύσεων λυθεὶς αὐτομάτως, καὶ τῆς φυλακῆς ἔξω γενόμενος, καὶ ἐπιπολὺ βαδίσας, ὡς καὶ τὴν τῆς πόλεως πύλην διελθεῖν, ἀληθὲς οὐκ ᾤετο τὸ γινόμενον, ἀλλ᾽ ἐνόμιζεν ὅραμα βλέπειν οὕτω καὶ αὕτη τὴν ὑπερβολὴν τοῦ θαύματος οἷονεὶ ἄκαιρόν τινα λογισαμένη, καὶ ἅμα τῶν φυλάκων ἐπιφθασάντων καὶ ἀρξαμένων μετὰ τῶν ἀρχιερέων τὴν συκοφαντίαν ὑφαίνειν κατὰ τῆς ἀναστάσεως· αἰσθομένη πάντως τοιούτου τινὸς ἐπιψιθυριζομένου, τοὺς τῆς ἀμφιβολίας παρεδέξατο λογισμοὺς, καὶ τῆς ἀπαγγελίας ὀλιγωρήσας, καὶ τοῦ σωτηρίου προστάγματος, πρὸς τὸν τάφον ἐχώρει πρωί, σκοτίας ἔτι οὔσης, ὡς Ἰωάννης φησίν. Ωσπερ γὰρ συνεχώρησεν ὁ Κύριος τὸν Θωμᾶν ἐξ ἀπιστίας εἰπεῖν, Ἐὰν μὴ ἴδω ἐν ταῖς χερσὶν αὐτοῦ τὸν τύπον τῶν ἤλων, καὶ βάλω τὸν δάκτυλόν μου εἰς τὸν τύπον τῶν ἤλων, καὶ βάλω τὴν χεῖρά μου εἰς τὴν πλευρὰν αὐτοῦ, οὐ μὴ πιστεύσω· καὶ διὰ τῆς ἐκείνου πολυπράγμονος ἀπιστίας καὶ ἐπαφῆς, ἡμεῖς εἰς τὴν πίστιν ἐβεβαιώθημεν, ἐν ᾧ σώματι πέπονθεν, ἐν αὐτῷ καὶ ἐγηγέρθαι πιστεύσαντες τὸν Ἐμμανουὴλ, τοὺς τῆς δοκήσεως μύθους ἀποπεμψάμενοι· τὸν αὐτὸν τρόπον καὶ τὴν Μαγδαληνὴν Μαρίαν πρὸς ἀπιστίας ὑπονοστήσασαν, καὶ μεγαλευχερῶς τοῦτο παθοῦσαν (οὐκ ἄδηλον γὰρ τὸ τῆς γυναικείας εὐόλισθον φύσεως), συνεχώρει διὰ τῆς περιέργου ζητήσεως, πιστότερον ἐργάσασθαι τὸ θαῦμα τῆς ἀναστάσεως, πίστεως ὑπάρχον πέρα καὶ παντὸς λογισμοῦ. Καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα τῆς ἀμφιβόλου διανοίας ἐλθοῦσα, καὶ ἰδοῦσα μόνον τὸν λίθον ἀποκυλισθέντα

eis tēn polin, apēngeilan tois archiereusin hapanta ta genomena. Kai synachthentes meta tōn presbyterōn, symboulion te labontes, argyria hikana edōkan tois stratiōtais legontes; Eipate hoti hoi mathētai autou nyktos elthontes eklepsan auton hēmōn koimōmenōn, kai ean akousthę̄ touto epi tou hēgemonos, hēmeis peisomen auton, kai hymas amerimnous poiēsomen hoi de labontes ta argyria, epoiēsan hōs edidachthēsan, kai diephēmisthē ho logos houtos para Ioudaiois mechri tēs sēmeron. Hē men oun allē Maria (tautēn de einai tēn Theotokon pisteuein akolouthon, hoti mēde apeleiphthē tou pathous, all᾽ istato para tǭ staurǭ, hōs Iōannēs historēsen, hę̄ kai eprepe ta tēs charas euangelisasthai, rhizę̄ tēs charas ousę̄, kai kalōs akousasę̄ to, Chaire, kecharitōmenē, ho Kyrios meta sou), to prostagma tou Kyriou plērousa, tois mathētais pantōs apēngeilen. Ou gar ēn themis mē plērōthēnai to houtō sophōs oikonomēthen te kai prostachthen, ei kai hēpistēsan hoi akousantes. Epei kai epetai touto pollakis tę̄ tōn apangellomenōn thaumatōn hyperbolę̄. Ou gar an argoi diemeinan, ei episteusan. Hē de Magdalēnē symporeuomenē tę̄ Theotokǭ, kai pros tēn apangelian homoiōs epeigomenē, peponthe ti kai anthrōpinon; kai hōsper ho Petros hypo Hērōdou syllēphtheis, kai dia tou angelou tōn halyseōn lytheis automatōs, kai tēs phylakēs exō genomenos, kai epipoly badisas, hōs kai tēn tēs poleōs pylēn dielthein, alēthes ouk ǭeto to ginomenon, all᾽ enomizen horama blepein houtō kai hautē tēn hyperbolēn tou thaumatos hoionei akairon tina logisamenē, kai hama tōn phylakōn epiphthasantōn kai arxamenōn meta tōn archiereōn tēn sykophantian hyphainein kata tēs anastaseōs; aisthomenē pantōs toioutou tinos epipsithyrizomenou, tous tēs amphibolias paredexato logismous, kai tēs apangelias oligōrēsas, kai tou sōtēriou prostagmatos, pros ton taphon echōrei prōi, skotias eti ousēs, hōs Iōannēs phēsin. Ōsper gar synechōrēsen ho Kyrios ton Thōman ex apistias eipein, Ean mē idō en tais chersin autou ton typon tōn ēlōn, kai balō ton daktylon mou eis ton typon tōn ēlōn, kai balō tēn cheira mou eis tēn pleuran autou, ou mē pisteusō; kai dia tēs ekeinou polypragmonos apistias kai epaphēs, hēmeis eis tēn pistin ebebaiōthēmen, en hǭ sōmati peponthen, en autǭ kai egēgerthai pisteusantes ton Emmanouēl, tous tēs dokēseōs mythous apopempsamenoi; ton auton tropon kai tēn Magdalēnēn Marian pros apistias hyponostēsasan, kai megaleucherōs touto pathousan (ouk adēlon gar to tēs gynaikeias euolisthon physeōs), synechōrei dia tēs periergou zētēseōs, pistoteron ergasasthai to thauma tēs anastaseōs, pisteōs hyparchon pera kai pantos logismou. Kai meta tauta tēs amphibolou dianoias elthousa, kai idousa monon ton lithon apokylisthenta

into the city and told the chief priests all that had happened. And when they had assembled with the elders and taken counsel, they gave the soldiers a large sum of money, saying: Say that his disciples came by night and stole him while we were asleep; and if this comes to the governor's hearing, we will persuade him and keep you out of trouble. So they took the money and did as they were taught; and this story has been spread among the Jews to this day.” The other Mary, then (it follows that we should believe her to be the Theotokos, since she was not absent from the passion but stood by the cross, as John recorded; and it was fitting that she should announce the good news of joy, being the root of joy, and having rightly heard, “Rejoice, you who are favored, the Lord is with you”), fulfilled the Lord's command and certainly told the disciples. For it was not right that what had been so wisely arranged and commanded should not be fulfilled, even if those who heard did not believe; for this often follows when the wonders reported are extraordinary. For they would not have stayed idle if they had believed. But the Magdalene, going with the Theotokos and hastening likewise to report, suffered something human. Just as Peter, arrested by Herod and freed by the angel from chains that fell off of themselves, and having got outside the prison and walked a long way, so as even to pass through the city gate, did not think that what was happening was real, but supposed he was seeing a vision, so she too reckoned the very greatness of the wonder as something almost out of place; and at the same time, since the guards had arrived first and had begun with the chief priests to weave their slander against the resurrection, she surely perceived something of the kind being whispered, admitted thoughts of doubt, and, neglecting the report and the Savior's command, went to the tomb “early, while it was still dark,” as John says. For just as the Lord allowed Thomas to say out of unbelief, “Unless I see in his hands the print of the nails, and put my finger into the print of the nails, and put my hand into his side, I will not believe,” and through Thomas's inquisitive unbelief and his touching we were confirmed in faith, believing that Emmanuel was raised in the very body in which he suffered, and dismissing the fables of the Docetists, so too he allowed Mary Magdalene, who had slipped back into unbelief and suffered this very readily (for the instability of women's nature is not unknown), through her curious searching to make more credible the wonder of the resurrection, which is beyond faith and all reasoning. And after this, coming with a doubtful mind and seeing only the stone rolled away

2.635PG 46:635–636

τῆς θύρας τοῦ μνήματος, οὐ μὴν ἄγγελον ἐπ' αὐτῷ καθάπερ ἤδη καθήμενον, δέδωκε τῇ ἀπιστείᾳ τὸ κρατεῖν, φαντασίαν οἰηθεῖσα τὴν θέαν καὶ ἔκστασιν, καὶ οὐχ ὡς ἀληθῆ, ἀλλ᾿ ὡς ψευδῆ· καὶ δραμοῦσα πρὸς τὸν Πέτρον καὶ τὸν ἄλλον μαθητὴν, ὃν ἐφίλει Ἰησοῦς, ἐβόα λέγουσα· Ἦραν τὸν Κύριον ἐκ τοῦ μνημείου, καὶ οὐκ οἶδα ποῦ ἔθηκαν αὐτόν. Ὁρᾷς ὡς ἐκ τῶν λογοποιηθέντων νύκτωρ παρὰ Ἰουδαίοις μετὰ τὴν τῶν φυλάκων παραγγελίαν περιηχηθεῖσά τι τοιοῦτον, παρηνέχθη τὸν λογισμόν· καὶ ᾠήθη τοὺς ἐναντίους κλέψαι τὸ σῶμα τοῦ Ἰησοῦ, ἵνα τὴν κλοπὴν τοῖς ἀποστόλοις ἐπιφημίσωσι. Πλὴν ὁ Πέτρος καὶ Ἰωάννης ἑτοίμως διανέστησαν, καὶ ἐπὶ τὸν τάφον ἔδραμον. Οὐ γὰρ ἦν παράδοξον τὸ λεγόμενον, ἵν᾿ ὡς ἐπὶ τῆς ἀναστάσεως ἀπιστήσωσι· μᾶλλον δὲ καὶ πιστὸν καὶ οὐκ ἀπᾷδον τῆς Ἰουδαῖκῆς κακουργίας. ᾿Αφόβως δὲ τοῦτο ἐποίουν, καὶ ἡσυχίας ὑπαρχούσης καὶ ἔτι σκότους ὄντος, καὶ πρὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ τὸ θαῤῥεῖν λαβόντες. Ἀλλὰ ἐλθόντες εὗρον ἐναργῆ τὰ σημεῖα τῆς ἀναστάσεως. Ὁρῶσι γὰρ ἐν τῷ μνήματι τὰ ὀθόνια κείμενα· τοῦτο δὲ οὐκ ἄν ποτε ἐγένετο, κλαπέντος τοῦ σώματος. Πρῶτον μὲν γὰρ τοῖς κλέπταις φίλον τὸ λωποδυτεῖν· ἔπειτα δὲ, τὸ ταχέως ἐνεργεῖν ἄγαν τὴν κλοπὴν, ἵνα μὴ φωραθῶσι καὶ τὰ πάνδεινα πάθωσι. Περὶ δὲ τοῦ σώματος τοῦ Ἰησοῦ γέγραφεν ὁ Ἰωάννης ὧδέ πως· Ἔδησαν αὐτὸ ἐν ὀθονίοις μετὰ τῶν ἀρωμάτων, καθὼς ἔθος ἦν τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις ἐνταφιάζειν. Πῶς οὖν οὐκ ἐργῶδες τοῖς κλέπτουσι τὸ λύειν τοὺς δεσμοὺς, καὶ τὸ σῶμα τῶν ὀθονίων ἀπογυμνοῦν, προσκεκολλημένων καὶ δυσαποσπάστως ἐχόντων, καὶ πρὶν ἀπαμφιασθῆναι ῥηγνυμένων; Μίγματι γὰρ ἀλόης καὶ σμύρνης συνεπλέκησαν, ὅπερ ἐκόμισε Νικόδημος. Ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸ σουδάριον, ὃ ἦν ἐπὶ τῆς κεφαλῆς αὐτοῦ, οὐ μετὰ τῶν ὀθονίων κείμενον, ἀλλὰ χωρὶς ἐντετυλιγμένον εἰς ἕνα τόπον, οὐδένα θόρυβον ὡς ἐπὶ κλεπτῶν ἐδήλου λαβόντων τὸ σῶμα. Ποῦ γὰρ σχολὴν εἶχον οἱ κλέπται καὶ τοιαύτην ἄδειαν, ὡς καὶ τὸ τῆς κεφαλῆς κάλυμμα κατὰ τάξιν εἰλεῖν καὶ τιθέναι χωρίς; Ὥστε καὶ τοῦτο συνίστησι σαφῶς τῆς ἀναστάσεως τὴν ἀλήθειαν· ἅμα δὲ καὶ μυστήριον παρεδήλου θεοπρεπές, ὡς ἡ κεφαλὴ τῆς θεότητος τάξιν ἐπέχουσα (κατὰ τὸ, Ἡ κεφαλὴ τοῦ Χριστοῦ ὁ Θεὸς), καὶ οἱ περὶ αὐτῆς λόγοι μένουσι καὶ μετὰ τὴν ἐνανθρώπησιν οἱονεὶ ἐνειλημ[μ]ένοι καὶ ἀδιάλυτοι κἂν τὰ κάτω τὰ περὶ τὴν ἔνσαρκον οἰκονομίαν, καὶ τὴν ἐπὶ γῆς μετὰ ἀνθρώπων ἀναστροφὴν (ὧν τύπος ἦν τὰ ὀθόνια), κατὰ τὸ δυνατὸν ἡμῖν διαλέλυταί τε καὶ ἐψηλάφηται. Καὶ ταῦτα ἰδόντες οἱ περὶ τὸν Πέτρον ἐπίστευσαν, οὐχ ἁπλῶς μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ κρείττονι νῷ καὶ ἀποστολικῷ θεασάμενοι. Πλήρης γὰρ ἦν ὁ τάφος φωτὸς, ὥστε καὶ νυκτὸς οὔσης ἔτι, διπλῶς θεάσασθαι τὰ ἔνδον, καὶ αἰσθητῶς καὶ πνευματικῶς. Εἰ γὰρ φῶς δικαίοις, κατὰ τὸ γεγραμμένον, διὰ παντὸς, πολλῷ μᾶλλον

tēs thyras tou mnēmatos, ou mēn angelon ep' autǭ kathaper ēdē kathēmenon, dedōke tę̄ apisteią to kratein, phantasian oiētheisa tēn thean kai ekstasin, kai ouch hōs alēthē, all᾿ hōs pseudē; kai dramousa pros ton Petron kai ton allon mathētēn, hon ephilei Iēsous, eboa legousa; Ēran ton Kyrion ek tou mnēmeiou, kai ouk oida pou ethēkan auton. Horąs hōs ek tōn logopoiēthentōn nyktōr para Ioudaiois meta tēn tōn phylakōn parangelian periēchētheisa ti toiouton, parēnechthē ton logismon; kai ǭēthē tous enantious klepsai to sōma tou Iēsou, hina tēn klopēn tois apostolois epiphēmisōsi. Plēn ho Petros kai Iōannēs hetoimōs dianestēsan, kai epi ton taphon edramon. Ou gar ēn paradoxon to legomenon, hin᾿ hōs epi tēs anastaseōs apistēsōsi; mallon de kai piston kai ouk apądon tēs Ioudaikēs kakourgias. ᾿Aphobōs de touto epoioun, kai hēsychias hyparchousēs kai eti skotous ontos, kai pros tou Theou to tharrhein labontes. Alla elthontes heuron enargē ta sēmeia tēs anastaseōs. Horōsi gar en tǭ mnēmati ta othonia keimena; touto de ouk an pote egeneto, klapentos tou sōmatos. Prōton men gar tois kleptais philon to lōpodytein; epeita de, to tacheōs energein agan tēn klopēn, hina mē phōrathōsi kai ta pandeina pathōsi. Peri de tou sōmatos tou Iēsou gegraphen ho Iōannēs hōde pōs; Edēsan auto en othoniois meta tōn arōmatōn, kathōs ethos ēn tois Ioudaiois entaphiazein. Pōs oun ouk ergōdes tois kleptousi to lyein tous desmous, kai to sōma tōn othoniōn apogymnoun, proskekollēmenōn kai dysapospastōs echontōn, kai prin apamphiasthēnai rhēgnymenōn? Migmati gar aloēs kai smyrnēs syneplekēsan, hoper ekomise Nikodēmos. Alla kai to soudarion, ho ēn epi tēs kephalēs autou, ou meta tōn othoniōn keimenon, alla chōris entetyligmenon eis hena topon, oudena thorybon hōs epi kleptōn edēlou labontōn to sōma. Pou gar scholēn eichon hoi kleptai kai toiautēn adeian, hōs kai to tēs kephalēs kalymma kata taxin eilein kai tithenai chōris? Hōste kai touto synistēsi saphōs tēs anastaseōs tēn alētheian; hama de kai mystērion paredēlou theoprepes, hōs hē kephalē tēs theotētos taxin epechousa (kata to, Hē kephalē tou Christou ho Theos), kai hoi peri autēs logoi menousi kai meta tēn enanthrōpēsin hoionei eneilēm[m]enoi kai adialytoi kan ta katō ta peri tēn ensarkon oikonomian, kai tēn epi gēs meta anthrōpōn anastrophēn (hōn typos ēn ta othonia), kata to dynaton hēmin dialelytai te kai epsēlaphētai. Kai tauta idontes hoi peri ton Petron episteusan, ouch haplōs monon, alla kai kreittoni nǭ kai apostolikǭ theasamenoi. Plērēs gar ēn ho taphos phōtos, hōste kai nyktos ousēs eti, diplōs theasasthai ta endon, kai aisthētōs kai pneumatikōs. Ei gar phōs dikaiois, kata to gegrammenon, dia pantos, pollǭ mallon

from the door of the tomb, but no angel sitting on it as before, she let unbelief prevail, supposing the sight to have been a fantasy and a trance, not true but false. And running to Peter and to the other disciple, whom Jesus loved, she cried out, saying: “They have taken the Lord out of the tomb, and I do not know where they have laid him.” You see how, having heard something of the kind echoing around from what the Jews made up by night after the guards' report, she was carried away in her reasoning, and thought that the opponents had stolen Jesus' body so as to lay the theft at the apostles' door. But Peter and John readily got up and ran to the tomb. For what was said was not incredible, so that they should disbelieve it as they would the resurrection; rather it was credible and not out of keeping with the villainy of the Jews. They did this without fear, since it was quiet and still dark, and they took courage from God. But when they came they found clear signs of the resurrection. For they see the linen cloths lying in the tomb; and this would never have happened if the body had been stolen. For, first, thieves like to steal clothes; and then, to carry out the theft very quickly, so as not to be caught and suffer the worst. And about Jesus' body John wrote somewhat as follows: “They bound it in linen cloths with the spices, as is the custom of the Jews in burying.” How, then, would it not have been hard work for thieves to undo the bindings and strip the body of the linen cloths, which were stuck to it and hard to pull away, and would tear before they could be taken off? For they had been bound together with a mixture of aloes and myrrh, which Nicodemus brought. Moreover the napkin that had been on his head, lying not with the linen cloths but rolled up in a place by itself, showed no disturbance such as there would be if thieves had taken the body. For where would thieves have had the leisure and the freedom to roll up even the head covering in order and lay it apart? So this too clearly establishes the truth of the resurrection; and at the same time it hinted at a mystery worthy of God: that the head, holding the rank of the Godhead (according to the saying, “the head of Christ is God”), and the words about it remain even after the incarnation as if wrapped up and undissolved, even if the lower things, those of the dispensation in the flesh and of his life on earth among men (of which the linen cloths were a figure), have been unwrapped and handled as far as is possible for us. Seeing this, Peter and those with him believed, not simply, but beholding with a higher and apostolic mind. For the tomb was full of light, so that, although it was still night, they saw what was inside in two ways, both with the senses and spiritually. For if there is light for the righteous continually, as it is written, much more

2.637PG 46:637–638

τῷ τῶν δικαίων Θεῷ. Οὐκ ἐπίστευσαν δὲ, φησὶν, ἐπεὶ μηδέπω ᾔδεισαν τὴν Γραφὴν, ὅτι δεῖ αὐτὸν ἐκ νεκρῶν ἀναστῆναι. Καὶ μὴν ᾔδεισαν τοῦ Σωτῆρος αὐτοῖς πολλάκις προειρηκότος, ὡς ἀναστήσεται· ἀλλ᾽ οὐχ ὡς ἀπὸ τῆς Γραφῆς πεπεισμένοι καὶ τῶν ἐκεῖθεν φερομένων χρησμῶν οὓς μὴ ἐκβῆναι τῶν ἀδύνατων ἦν), ἀλλ᾽ ἔτι περὶ τὴν πίστιν ὀκλάζοντες. Παρίστησι δὲ τὸ γυμνὸν τὸν Ἰησοῦν ἀναστῆναι, τῶν ὀθονίων χωρὶς, τὸ μηδαμῶς αὐτὸν ἔτι κατὰ σάρκα γνωσθήσεσθαι τροφῆς ἢ ποτοῦ δεηθησόμενον, ἢ ἐνδυμάτων περιβολῆς. Εἰ καὶ τὴν οἰκονομίαν πληρῶν, τούτοις ἑκὼν ὑπέθηκεν ἑαυτὸν, ὡς τῆς αὐτῆς φύσεως κοινωνήσας ἡμῖν, ἔπειτα δὲ δηλοῖ καὶ τὴν τοῦ ᾿Ἀδὰμ εἰς τὸ ἀρχαῖον ἀποκατάστασιν, ὅτε γυμνὸς ἦν ἐν τῷ παραδείσῳ καὶ οὐκ ἠσχύνετο. Λοιπὸν γὰρ ὡς Θεὸς, εἰ καὶ σεσαρκωμένος, δόξῃ τῇ θεοπρεπεστάτῃ περιεβέβλητο, αὐτὸς ὢν ὁ ἀναβαλλόμενος φῶς ὡς ἱμάτιον, ᾗ φησιν ὁ προφήτης Δαβίδ. ᾿Αλλ᾿ ὁ μὲν Πέτρος καὶ Ἰωάννης πιστωθέντες ἐκ τῶν τεθεαμένων, ἀνεχώρουν οἴκαδε· τῇ Μαρίᾳ δὲ εἶπον οὐδέν. Ὠκονόμει γὰρ ὁ μόνος σοφὸς, ὡς ἀπιστοῦσαν ἐκ θέας αὐτὴν προσάγεσθαι μᾶλλον, ἢ ἀκοῆς. Εἰστήκει τοίνυν πρὸς τῷ μνήματι ἔξω κλαίουσα, καὶ παρακύψασα εἶδεν ἀγγέλους δύο λευκοὺς καὶ φαιδροὺς τῇ στολῇ, καθεζομένους ἕνα πρὸς τῇ κεφαλῇ, καὶ ἕνα πρὸς τοῖς ποσὶν, ὅπου ἔκειτο τὸ σῶμα τοῦ Ἰησοῦ· καὶ δέον τὸν ὀδυρμὸν εἰς εὐφροσύνην μεταβαλεῖν, τῶν δακρύων οὐκ ἔληγεν, ὥστε τοὺς ἀγγέλους οἱονεὶ μετ' ἐπιτιμήσεως εἰπεῖν Γύναι, τί κλαίεις; ὡσανεὶ ἔλεγον· Γυναικεία ταῦτα τὰ δάκρυα, οὐκ εὔφρονος νοῦ. Ποῦ γὰρ χώραν ἔχει τὸ μετὰ τοιαύτην θέαν ὀδύρεσθαι; Κάκείνη τῆς αὐτῆς ἀπιστίας ἐχομένη (παρετείνετο γὰρ τὸ πάθος, ἵνα τοῖς κατὰ μικρὸν προτιθεμένοις εἰς πίστιν τελείως ἐκκαθαρθείη), πρὸς αὐτοὺς εἶπεν ὅτι Ἦραν τὸν Κύριον μου ἐκ τοῦ μνημείου, καὶ οὐκ οἶδα ποῦ ἔθηκαν αὐτόν. Καὶ ταῦτα εἰποῦσα ἐστράφη εἰς τὰ ὀπίσω, καὶ θεωρεῖ τὸν Ἰησοῦν ἑστῶτα, καὶ οὐκ ᾔδει ὅτι Ἰησοῦς ἐστι· τοῦτο μὲν ἐκ τῶν δακρύων ἐπισκοτουμένη, καὶ οἷον ἀχλύϊ βεβαρημένη, τοῦτο δὲ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ οἰκονομοῦντος τὸ μὴ γνωσθῆναι αὐτῇ διὸ καὶ εἶπε· Γύναι, τί κλαίεις; Τίνα ζητεῖς Ἐκείνη δοκοῦσα ὅτι ὁ κηπουρός ἐστι, λέγει αὐτῷ· Κύριε, εἱ σὺ ἐβάστασας αὐτὸν, εἰπέ μοι ποῦ ἔθηκας αὐτὸν, κἀγὼ αὐτὸν ἀρῶ. Τάχα δὲ οὐκ ἔξω τοῦ πρέποντος κηπουρὸν ὑπέλαβεν εἶναι τὸν Ἰησοῦν· τῷ ὄντι γὰρ ἦν αὐτὸς ὁ τοῦ παραδείσου γεωργὸς ἀληθὴς καὶ ἀθάνατος, ἐν τῷ τοῦ μνήματος κήπῳ καθάπερ ἐν τῷ παραδείσῳ τὴν γυναῖκα, τὴν ἐξ ἀπιστίας τὸν Ἀδὰμ τὸν πρῶτον κηπουρὸν ἀπατήσασαν, διορθούμενος. Οὕτως οὖν ἅπαντα μυστηριώδη, καὶ λόγων ἔμπλεα θειοτέρων καὶ ὑψηλῶν.

tǭ tōn dikaiōn Theǭ. Ouk episteusan de, phēsin, epei mēdepō ę̄deisan tēn Graphēn, hoti dei auton ek nekrōn anastēnai. Kai mēn ę̄deisan tou Sōtēros autois pollakis proeirēkotos, hōs anastēsetai; all᾽ ouch hōs apo tēs Graphēs pepeismenoi kai tōn ekeithen pheromenōn chrēsmōn hous mē ekbēnai tōn adynatōn ēn), all᾽ eti peri tēn pistin oklazontes. Paristēsi de to gymnon ton Iēsoun anastēnai, tōn othoniōn chōris, to mēdamōs auton eti kata sarka gnōsthēsesthai trophēs ē potou deēthēsomenon, ē endymatōn peribolēs. Ei kai tēn oikonomian plērōn, toutois hekōn hypethēken heauton, hōs tēs autēs physeōs koinōnēsas hēmin, epeita de dēloi kai tēn tou ᾿Adam eis to archaion apokatastasin, hote gymnos ēn en tǭ paradeisǭ kai ouk ēschyneto. Loipon gar hōs Theos, ei kai sesarkōmenos, doxę̄ tę̄ theoprepestatę̄ periebeblēto, autos ōn ho anaballomenos phōs hōs himation, hę̄ phēsin ho prophētēs Dabid. ᾿All᾿ ho men Petros kai Iōannēs pistōthentes ek tōn tetheamenōn, anechōroun oikade; tę̄ Marią de eipon ouden. Ōkonomei gar ho monos sophos, hōs apistousan ek theas autēn prosagesthai mallon, ē akoēs. Eistēkei toinyn pros tǭ mnēmati exō klaiousa, kai parakypsasa eiden angelous dyo leukous kai phaidrous tę̄ stolę̄, kathezomenous hena pros tę̄ kephalę̄, kai hena pros tois posin, hopou ekeito to sōma tou Iēsou; kai deon ton odyrmon eis euphrosynēn metabalein, tōn dakryōn ouk elēgen, hōste tous angelous hoionei met' epitimēseōs eipein Gynai, ti klaieis? hōsanei elegon; Gynaikeia tauta ta dakrya, ouk euphronos nou. Pou gar chōran echei to meta toiautēn thean odyresthai? Kakeinē tēs autēs apistias echomenē (pareteineto gar to pathos, hina tois kata mikron protithemenois eis pistin teleiōs ekkathartheiē), pros autous eipen hoti Ēran ton Kyrion mou ek tou mnēmeiou, kai ouk oida pou ethēkan auton. Kai tauta eipousa estraphē eis ta opisō, kai theōrei ton Iēsoun hestōta, kai ouk ę̄dei hoti Iēsous esti; touto men ek tōn dakryōn episkotoumenē, kai hoion achlyï bebarēmenē, touto de tou Iēsou oikonomountos to mē gnōsthēnai autę̄ dio kai eipe; Gynai, ti klaieis? Tina zēteis Ekeinē dokousa hoti ho kēpouros esti, legei autǭ; Kyrie, hei sy ebastasas auton, eipe moi pou ethēkas auton, kagō auton arō. Tacha de ouk exō tou prepontos kēpouron hypelaben einai ton Iēsoun; tǭ onti gar ēn autos ho tou paradeisou geōrgos alēthēs kai athanatos, en tǭ tou mnēmatos kēpǭ kathaper en tǭ paradeisǭ tēn gynaika, tēn ex apistias ton Adam ton prōton kēpouron apatēsasan, diorthoumenos. Houtōs oun hapanta mystēriōdē, kai logōn emplea theioterōn kai hypsēlōn.

for the God of the righteous. “But they did not believe,” he says, “for as yet they did not know the Scripture, that he must rise from the dead.” And yet they knew, since the Savior had often told them beforehand that he would rise; but they were not persuaded as from the Scripture and the oracles it contains (which could not possibly fail to come to pass), but were still wavering in faith. That Jesus rose naked, without the linen cloths, shows that he would no longer be known after the flesh as needing food or drink or the covering of clothes, although in fulfilling the dispensation he had willingly subjected himself to these, as one who shared the same nature with us. Further, it also shows the restoration of Adam to his original state, when he was naked in paradise and was not ashamed. For from then on, as God, though incarnate, he was clothed with the most divine glory, being himself the one who “covers himself with light as with a garment,” as the prophet David says. But Peter and John, convinced by what they had seen, went back home, and said nothing to Mary. For the only wise One arranged that she, since she did not believe, should be brought to faith by sight rather than by hearing. So she stood outside by the tomb weeping, and stooping she saw two angels, white and bright in their robes, sitting one at the head and one at the feet, where the body of Jesus had lain. And when she ought to have turned her mourning into gladness, she did not stop her tears, so that the angels said to her, as if with rebuke, “Woman, why are you weeping?” as if to say: “These tears are a woman's, not those of a sensible mind. For what place is there for lamenting after such a sight?” And she, still held by the same unbelief (for her affliction was prolonged so that by what was set before her little by little she might be completely cleansed for faith), said to them: “They have taken my Lord out of the tomb, and I do not know where they have laid him.” And having said this she turned around and saw Jesus standing, and did not know that it was Jesus, partly because she was darkened by her tears and weighed down as if by a mist, and partly because Jesus arranged that he should not be recognized by her. So he too said: “Woman, why are you weeping? Whom are you looking for?” She, thinking that he was the gardener, said to him: “Sir, if you have carried him off, tell me where you have laid him, and I will take him away.” Perhaps it was not unfitting that she took Jesus to be the gardener; for in truth he was himself the true and immortal cultivator of paradise, setting right, in the garden of the tomb as in paradise, the woman who out of unbelief had deceived Adam, the first gardener. So everything is full of mystery, and full of more divine and lofty meanings.

2.639PG 46:639–640

Ἀλλὰ ταῦτα τῆς Μαρίας εἰπούσης, καὶ περὶ τὴν ἔρευναν ἐπτοημένης τοῦ σώματος, καὶ μᾶλλον ἐπιστραφείσης, ὥστε καὶ πορευθῆναι, βασανισθεῖσαν. ἱκανῶς θεασάμενος ὁ διικνούμενος ἄχρι μερισμοῦ ψυχῆς καὶ πνεύματος, ἁρμῶν τε καὶ μυελῶν, καὶ κριτικὸς ἐνθυμήσεων καὶ ἐννοιῶν καρδίας· φωνῇ μιᾷ τὴν ἀπιστίαν ἐξέκοψε, καὶ τὸ βλέμμα τῆς γυναικὸς ὤξυνε πρὸς ἐπίγνωσιν, εἰπὼν μόνον, ὡς αὐτὸς ἐγίνωσκε, ἐντροπικῶς· Μαριάμ. Καὶ παραχρῆμα ἐπιστραφεῖσα, καὶ, Ῥαβουνί, προσηγόρευσεν, ὃ λέγεται, Διδάσκαλε, καὶ τῶν θείων ποδῶν ἐκείνων ἐζήτει λαβέσθαι, καὶ ἤκουσε· Μή μου ἅπτου. Ούπω γὰρ ἀναβέβηκα πρὸς τὸν Πατέρα μου. Ταύτης, φησὶν, ἤδη τῆς φωνῆς τυχοῦσα τῆς δωρεᾶς, καὶ ἁψαμένη μου μετὰ τῆς ἄλλης Μαρίας, καὶ προσκυνήσασα, καὶ τοὺς πόδας κρατήσασα κατηφρόνησας, ὡς καὶ ἀπιστῆσαι, καὶ οὐδὲν μέγα διενοήθης περὶ ἐμοῦ, ἀλλ᾿ ἔτι περὶ τὸ μνῆμα ἐζήτεις τὸν ἄνωθεν θεϊκῶς πρὸς τὸν Πατέρα ὑπάρχοντα. Καὶ νῦν μή μου ἅπτου, εἰ μετὰ τῆς αὐτῆς διανοίας τὸ πρὸς τὸν Πατέρα ἀναβῆναι νομίζεις ἐλλείπειν μοι. Οὔπω γὰρ ἀναβέβηκα κατὰ σὲ πρὸς τὸν Πατέρα μου· πλὴν πορεύου πρὸς τοὺς ἀδελφούς μου, καὶ εἰπὲ αὐτοῖς· Ἀναβαίνω πρὸς τὸν Πατέρα μου, καὶ Πατέρα ὑμῶν, καὶ Θεόν μου, καὶ Θεὸν ὑμῶν. Ἐπειδὴ γέγονα, φησὶ, κατὰ σάρκα πρωτότοκος ἐν πολλοῖς ἀδελφοῖς, οὐκ ἐμαυτῷ νῦν, ἀλλ᾽ ὑμῖν τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς, σωματικῶς ἀναβήσομαι πρὸς τὸν Πατέρα μου, καὶ Πατέρα ὑμῶν, καὶ Θεόν μου, καὶ Θεὸν ὑμῶν. Εἰ μὴ γὰρ ἐμοῦ Θεὸς ἐχρημάτισας, ἐν ἐμοὶ τὸ ἄμωμον τῆς ἀνθρωπίνης φύσεως διὰ τὸ ἀγνοεῖν ἁμαρτίαν, ὡς ἐν ἀπαρχῇ τοῦ γένους ἰδὼν, οὐκ ἂν ὑμῶν ἐκλήθη Πατήρ, ἢ Θεὸς τῶν ἀπηλλοτριωμένων αὐτοῦ. Διὸ καὶ Παῦλος Ἑβραίοις ἐπιστέλλων ἔλεγεν· Οὐ γὰρ χειροποίητα ἅγια εἰσῆλθεν ὁ Χριστὸς ἀντίτυπα τῶν ἀληθινῶν, ἀλλ᾽ εἰς αὐτὸν τὸν οὐρανὸν, νῦν ἐμφανισθῆναι τῷ προσώπῳ Θεοῦ ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν. Ἔρχεται οὖν ἡ Μαγδαληνή Μαρία ἀπαγγέλλουσα τοῖς μαθηταῖς, ὅτι ἑώρακε τὸν Κύριον, καὶ ταῦτα εἶπεν αὐτῇ. Παραγενομένη δὲ καὶ ἀπαγγείλασα, πάλιν εὑρίσκει Μαρίαν τὴν Ἰακώβου, καὶ Ἰωάνναν, καὶ ἄλλας σὺν αὐταῖς μετὰ παρασκευῆς ἀρωμάτων καὶ μύρων πρὸς τὸν τάφον ἐπειγομένας, τοῦ σκότους ὑποχωρήσαντος, καὶ ὄρθρου βαθέος ὄντος (τουτέστιν, ἀκριβῶς, καὶ ἄρτι πρῶτον ἀρξαμένου), καθώς φησιν ὁ Λουκᾶς, καὶ ἀναμίξασα ἑαυτὴν σὺν αὐταῖς, ἐπορεύετο, διὰ τὸ θερμὸν τοῦ πόθου τοῦ περὶ τὸν Ἰησοῦν, ἐξάρχειν αὐτῶν δοκοῦσα, καὶ πρώτη παρὰ τοῖς εὐαγγελισταῖς ἀριθμουμένη, διὰ τὸ ἐντεῦθεν ἐπίσημον. Ἐπεθύμει γὰρ καὶ αὐτὰς, οὐκ ἐξ ὧν παρ᾿ αὐτῆς καὶ τῆς ἄλλης Μαρίας ἤκουον, ἀλλ᾿ ἐξ αὐτῆς τῆς θείας, ἢ ἀγγέλων ἐπιστασίας πιστωθῆναι πρὸς τὴν ἀνάστασιν· καὶ συνὴν αὐταῖς συνετῶς σιωπῶσα, καὶ μηδὲν λέγουσα διαπορευομέναις, ἀλλὰ τὴν τῶν πραγμάτων ἀναμένουσα Μαρίαν, καὶ πιστεύουσα καὶ αὐταῖς αὐτοῖς ὅμμασιν ἰδίαν τινὰ πληροφορίαν δοθήσεσθαι. Καὶ δὴ τὸν λίθον ἀποκεκυλισμένον

Alla tauta tēs Marias eipousēs, kai peri tēn ereunan eptoēmenēs tou sōmatos, kai mallon epistrapheisēs, hōste kai poreuthēnai, basanistheisan. hikanōs theasamenos ho diiknoumenos achri merismou psychēs kai pneumatos, harmōn te kai myelōn, kai kritikos enthymēseōn kai ennoiōn kardias; phōnę̄ mią tēn apistian exekopse, kai to blemma tēs gynaikos ōxyne pros epignōsin, eipōn monon, hōs autos eginōske, entropikōs; Mariam. Kai parachrēma epistrapheisa, kai, Rhabouni, prosēgoreusen, ho legetai, Didaskale, kai tōn theiōn podōn ekeinōn ezētei labesthai, kai ēkouse; Mē mou haptou. Oupō gar anabebēka pros ton Patera mou. Tautēs, phēsin, ēdē tēs phōnēs tychousa tēs dōreas, kai hapsamenē mou meta tēs allēs Marias, kai proskynēsasa, kai tous podas kratēsasa katēphronēsas, hōs kai apistēsai, kai ouden mega dienoēthēs peri emou, all᾿ eti peri to mnēma ezēteis ton anōthen theïkōs pros ton Patera hyparchonta. Kai nyn mē mou haptou, ei meta tēs autēs dianoias to pros ton Patera anabēnai nomizeis elleipein moi. Oupō gar anabebēka kata se pros ton Patera mou; plēn poreuou pros tous adelphous mou, kai eipe autois; Anabainō pros ton Patera mou, kai Patera hymōn, kai Theon mou, kai Theon hymōn. Epeidē gegona, phēsi, kata sarka prōtotokos en pollois adelphois, ouk emautǭ nyn, all᾽ hymin tois adelphois, sōmatikōs anabēsomai pros ton Patera mou, kai Patera hymōn, kai Theon mou, kai Theon hymōn. Ei mē gar emou Theos echrēmatisas, en emoi to amōmon tēs anthrōpinēs physeōs dia to agnoein hamartian, hōs en aparchę̄ tou genous idōn, ouk an hymōn eklēthē Patēr, ē Theos tōn apēllotriōmenōn autou. Dio kai Paulos Hebraiois epistellōn elegen; Ou gar cheiropoiēta hagia eisēlthen ho Christos antitypa tōn alēthinōn, all᾽ eis auton ton ouranon, nyn emphanisthēnai tǭ prosōpǭ Theou hyper hēmōn. Erchetai oun hē Magdalēnē Maria apangellousa tois mathētais, hoti heōrake ton Kyrion, kai tauta eipen autę̄. Paragenomenē de kai apangeilasa, palin heuriskei Marian tēn Iakōbou, kai Iōannan, kai allas syn autais meta paraskeuēs arōmatōn kai myrōn pros ton taphon epeigomenas, tou skotous hypochōrēsantos, kai orthrou batheos ontos (toutestin, akribōs, kai arti prōton arxamenou), kathōs phēsin ho Loukas, kai anamixasa heautēn syn autais, eporeueto, dia to thermon tou pothou tou peri ton Iēsoun, exarchein autōn dokousa, kai prōtē para tois euangelistais arithmoumenē, dia to enteuthen episēmon. Epethymei gar kai autas, ouk ex hōn par᾿ autēs kai tēs allēs Marias ēkouon, all᾿ ex autēs tēs theias, ē angelōn epistasias pistōthēnai pros tēn anastasin; kai synēn autais synetōs siōpōsa, kai mēden legousa diaporeuomenais, alla tēn tōn pragmatōn anamenousa Marian, kai pisteuousa kai autais autois hommasin idian tina plērophorian dothēsesthai. Kai dē ton lithon apokekylismenon

But when Mary had said this, and was distraught about searching for the body, and had turned away still further, so as even to leave, he who pierces even to the division of soul and spirit, of joints and marrow, and who discerns the thoughts and intentions of the heart, seeing her sufficiently tormented, cut off her unbelief with a single word and sharpened the woman's sight to recognition, saying only, as he knew how, in a tone of reproof: “Mariam.” At once she turned and called him “Rabbouni,” which means Teacher, and sought to take hold of those divine feet, and heard: “Do not touch me, for I have not yet ascended to my Father.” “Having already received the gift of this word,” he says, “and having touched me with the other Mary, and worshiped me, and held my feet, you so despised it as even to disbelieve, and you thought nothing great of me, but still looked around the tomb for him who, from above, is with the Father as God. And now do not touch me, if with the same mind you think that ascending to the Father is something I lack. For I have not yet ascended to my Father, as you think. But go to my brothers and say to them: I am ascending to my Father and your Father, and to my God and your God.” “Since,” he says, “I have become according to the flesh the firstborn among many brothers, I will now ascend bodily to my Father and your Father, and my God and your God, not for myself but for you, my brothers. For if he had not been called my God, seeing in me, as in the firstfruits of the race, the blamelessness of human nature, because I do not know sin, he would not have been called your Father, or the God of those who had been estranged from him.” That is why Paul too, writing to the Hebrews, said: “For Christ has entered, not into holy places made with hands, copies of the true ones, but into heaven itself, now to appear in the presence of God on our behalf.” So Mary Magdalene comes and tells the disciples that she has seen the Lord, and that he said these things to her. Having arrived and told them, she finds again Mary the mother of James, and Joanna, and other women with them, hurrying to the tomb with prepared spices and ointments, when the darkness had withdrawn and it was “deep dawn” (that is, exactly when it had just first begun), as Luke says. And joining herself to them she went along, seeming to lead them because of the warmth of her longing for Jesus, and being counted first by the evangelists because of the distinction she gained from this. For she wanted them too to be convinced of the resurrection, not from what they heard from her and the other Mary, but from the divine presence itself or that of angels. So she went with them, wisely keeping silent and saying nothing as they went along, but waiting for the proof of events, and trusting that some personal assurance would be given to them too through their own eyes. And indeed the stone, rolled away

2.641PG 46:641–642

ἰδοῦσαι τοῦ μνήματος, ἔνδον ἐγένοντο, καὶ οὐχ εὑροῦσαι τὸ σῶμα τοῦ Ἰησοῦ, καὶ ἀπορούμεναι, βλέπουσιν ἐπιστάντας αὐταῖς ἄνδρας δύο ταῖς στολαῖς ἐξαστράπτοντας, καὶ ἤκουον παρ᾿ αὐτῶν· Τί ζητεῖτε τὸν ζῶντα μετὰ τῶν νεκρῶν Οὐκ ἔστιν ὧδε, ἀλλ᾽ ἠγέρθη, καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς. Καὶ ὑποστρέψασαι, φησὶν, ἀπὸ τοῦ μνημείου, ἀπήγγειλαν ταῦτα πάντα τοῖς ἕνδεκα, καὶ πᾶσι τοῖς λοιποῖς. Ἀλλ' ὡς πλῆθος ὄντες, μᾶλλον ἠπίστησαν καὶ τὸ ἀπαγγελθὲν ἔσκωψαν καὶ διέπτυσαν. Ἐφάνησαν γὰρ ὡσεὶ λῆρος τὰ ῥήματα αὐτῶν, καὶ ἠπίστουν αὐταῖς, ὥστε τὸν Πέτρον πρὸς τὴν ἐκείνων ἀπιστίαν διαναστάντα, καὶ ἠρέμα πως καὶ αὐτὸν θορυβηθέντα καὶ σαλευθέντα, πάλιν ἐπὶ τὸ μνημεῖον δραμεῖν καὶ παρακύψαι, καὶ ἰδεῖν πάλιν τὰ ὀθόνια κείμενα, ἅπερ εἰσελθὼν ἤδη καὶ θεασάμενος ἀκριβέστερον, ὅθεν ἀρκεσθεὶς τῷ παρακύψαι μόνον, καὶ μηδὲν ἰδὼν ἀλλοιότερον, ἀπῆλθε θαυμάζων καὶ ἐκπληττόμενος τὸ γεγονὸς, καὶ δοξάζων τὸν ταῦτα οἰκονομήσαντα. Καὶ πάλιν ἡ Μαγδαληνή Μαρία, καθάπερ ταῖς περὶ Ἰωάννην ὄρθρου βαθέος συνεπορεύθη φερούσαις ἃ ἦσαν ἑτοιμάσασαι πρὸ τοῦ Σαββάτου μύρα τε καὶ ἀρώματα τὸν αὐτὸν τρόπον καὶ τῇ Σαλώμῃ, ξένῃ γυναικὶ παρὰ τὰς ἄλλας τὰς ὠνομασμένας, βραδέως μὲν, ὠνησαμένη δὲ ὅμως ἀρώματα, ἀλλὰ μετὰ τὸ Σάββατον, ἀόκνως μετὰ τῆς αὐτῆς διανοίας συνέτρεχε, παραλαβοῦσα καὶ Μαρίαν τὴν Ἰακώβου μεθ' ἑαυτῆς, ὥστε καὶ τῇ ἀγορασίᾳ τῶν ἀρωμάτων κέκοινωνηκέναι δοκεῖν. Κοινωνήσασαι γὰρ τῆς ὁδοῦ, τὸ πᾶν κοινῶς ἐλογίσαντο σπούδασμα· Καὶ λίαν πρωΐ τῆς μιᾶς Σαββάτων ἔρχονται ἐπὶ τὸ μνῆμα. Ἔτι τοῖς ἀκριβεστέροις τῶν ἀντιγράφων ἐμφέρεται δηλοῦν, ὡς πρὸς ταῖς ἤδη γεγενημέναις, καὶ αὕτη τῶν γυναικῶν ἡ ἐπὶ τὸ μνῆμα ἄφιξις γέγονεν. Τὸ δὲ, Λίαν πρωί, σαφηνίζων ὁ Μάρκος, Ἀνατείλαντος τοῦ ἡλίου, προσέθηκεν. Καὶ ἔλεγον, φησὶ, πρὸς ἑαυτάς· Τίς ἀποκυλίσει ἡμῖν τὸν λίθον ἀπὸ τῆς θύρας τοῦ μνημείου; Καὶ ἀναβλέψασαι θεωροῦσιν ὅτι ἀποκεκύλισται ὁ λίθος. Ἦν γὰρ μέγας σφόδρα. Τῆς γὰρ Σαλώμης δικαίως ἀπορουμένης, ὡς τὸ παράπαν μὴ ἐπιδημησάσης τῷ τάφῳ, καὶ ταῦτα πρὸς τὰς συμβαδιζούσας λεγούσης, ἐκεῖναι σιωπὴν ἄγουσαι κατὰ τὸν εἰρημένον ἀνωτέρω τρόπον, καὶ τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς ἄρασαι, τῷ βλέμματι τὴν ἀπόκρισιν ἐποιήσαντο καὶ γὰρ ὁ λίθος ἀποκεκυλισμένος ὑπ' ὄψιν ἐφαίνετο. Διὰ δὲ τὴν κοινὴν καὶ μίαν ὁδοιπορίαν πρὸς ἀλλήλας αὐτὰς ἡπορηκέναι καὶ διειλέχθαι γέγραπται, τῇ ἀληθείᾳ τῆς ἱστορίας καὶ τῇ φύσει τῶν πραγμάτων ἡμῶν προσεχόντων, καὶ διακρινόντων τίνος ἴδιον ὑπῆρχε τὸ διαπορεῖν. Τὰς γὰρ ἤδη πολλάκις ἀποκεκυλισμένον θεασαμένας τὸν λίθον, περὶ τούτου φροντίζειν ἀπίθανον. ᾿Αλλ' ἐπειδὴ ταῖς παρὰ τῷ Μάρκῳ ταύταις γυναιξὶν, ἀγνοοῦν τὸ τῆς Σαλώμης ἐμφέρεται πρόσωπον, ἀμάχως ὁ λόγος ἔχει τὸ πιθανόν. Ἐπεὶ κἀκείνων οὐκ ἀκόλουθον τὸ λέγειν· Τίς ἀποκυλίσει

idousai tou mnēmatos, endon egenonto, kai ouch heurousai to sōma tou Iēsou, kai aporoumenai, blepousin epistantas autais andras dyo tais stolais exastraptontas, kai ēkouon par᾿ autōn; Ti zēteite ton zōnta meta tōn nekrōn Ouk estin hōde, all᾽ ēgerthē, kai ta hexēs. Kai hypostrepsasai, phēsin, apo tou mnēmeiou, apēngeilan tauta panta tois hendeka, kai pasi tois loipois. All' hōs plēthos ontes, mallon ēpistēsan kai to apangelthen eskōpsan kai dieptysan. Ephanēsan gar hōsei lēros ta rhēmata autōn, kai ēpistoun autais, hōste ton Petron pros tēn ekeinōn apistian dianastanta, kai ērema pōs kai auton thorybēthenta kai saleuthenta, palin epi to mnēmeion dramein kai parakypsai, kai idein palin ta othonia keimena, haper eiselthōn ēdē kai theasamenos akribesteron, hothen arkestheis tǭ parakypsai monon, kai mēden idōn alloioteron, apēlthe thaumazōn kai ekplēttomenos to gegonos, kai doxazōn ton tauta oikonomēsanta. Kai palin hē Magdalēnē Maria, kathaper tais peri Iōannēn orthrou batheos syneporeuthē pherousais ha ēsan hetoimasasai pro tou Sabbatou myra te kai arōmata ton auton tropon kai tę̄ Salōmę̄, xenę̄ gynaiki para tas allas tas ōnomasmenas, bradeōs men, ōnēsamenē de homōs arōmata, alla meta to Sabbaton, aoknōs meta tēs autēs dianoias synetreche, paralabousa kai Marian tēn Iakōbou meth' heautēs, hōste kai tę̄ agorasią tōn arōmatōn kekoinōnēkenai dokein. Koinōnēsasai gar tēs hodou, to pan koinōs elogisanto spoudasma; Kai lian prōï tēs mias Sabbatōn erchontai epi to mnēma. Eti tois akribesterois tōn antigraphōn empheretai dēloun, hōs pros tais ēdē gegenēmenais, kai hautē tōn gynaikōn hē epi to mnēma aphixis gegonen. To de, Lian prōi, saphēnizōn ho Markos, Anateilantos tou hēliou, prosethēken. Kai elegon, phēsi, pros heautas; Tis apokylisei hēmin ton lithon apo tēs thyras tou mnēmeiou? Kai anablepsasai theōrousin hoti apokekylistai ho lithos. Ēn gar megas sphodra. Tēs gar Salōmēs dikaiōs aporoumenēs, hōs to parapan mē epidēmēsasēs tǭ taphǭ, kai tauta pros tas symbadizousas legousēs, ekeinai siōpēn agousai kata ton eirēmenon anōterō tropon, kai tous ophthalmous arasai, tǭ blemmati tēn apokrisin epoiēsanto kai gar ho lithos apokekylismenos hyp' opsin ephaineto. Dia de tēn koinēn kai mian hodoiporian pros allēlas autas hēporēkenai kai dieilechthai gegraptai, tę̄ alētheią tēs historias kai tę̄ physei tōn pragmatōn hēmōn prosechontōn, kai diakrinontōn tinos idion hypērche to diaporein. Tas gar ēdē pollakis apokekylismenon theasamenas ton lithon, peri toutou phrontizein apithanon. ᾿All' epeidē tais para tǭ Markǭ tautais gynaixin, agnooun to tēs Salōmēs empheretai prosōpon, amachōs ho logos echei to pithanon. Epei kakeinōn ouk akolouthon to legein; Tis apokylisei

away from the tomb, they went inside; and not finding the body of Jesus, and being at a loss, they see two men standing by them in dazzling robes, and heard from them: “Why do you seek the living among the dead? He is not here, but has been raised,” and so on. “And returning,” he says, “from the tomb, they told all these things to the eleven and to all the rest.” But being many, they disbelieved all the more, and mocked and spurned the report. “For their words seemed to them like nonsense, and they did not believe them,” so that Peter, stirred up by their unbelief, and himself somewhat troubled and shaken, ran again to the tomb, stooped, and saw again the linen cloths lying there, which he had already gone in and examined more closely; so, content just to stoop and look, and seeing nothing different, he went away wondering and amazed at what had happened, and glorifying the one who had arranged these things. And again Mary Magdalene, just as she had gone along at deep dawn with the women around Joanna, who were carrying the ointments and spices they had prepared before the Sabbath, in the same way, with the same intention, ran along readily with Salome too, a stranger beside the other women already named, who had bought spices late, though after the Sabbath; and she took with her also Mary the mother of James, so that Mary seemed to have shared in buying the spices. For sharing the journey, they reckoned the whole undertaking as common to them all. “And very early on the first day of the week they come to the tomb.” The word “still” is found in the more accurate copies, to show that this arrival of the women at the tomb also took place, in addition to those that had already happened. And Mark, making “very early” clear, added, “when the sun had risen.” “And they said,” he says, “to one another: Who will roll away the stone for us from the door of the tomb? And looking up they see that the stone has been rolled away; for it was very large.” For Salome was rightly at a loss, since she had never come to the tomb at all, and said this to those walking with her; they, keeping silent in the way described above, raised their eyes and gave their answer with a look, for the stone, rolled away, was there before their eyes. Because of their common journey together, it is written that they were at a loss and talked with one another, while we attend to the truth of the history and the nature of the events, and determine whose the perplexity properly was. For it is implausible that women who had already seen the stone rolled away many times should be worried about it. But since among these women in Mark a person who did not know, Salome, is included, the explanation has an unassailable plausibility. For it would not be consistent for the others, either, to say: “Who will roll away

2.643PG 46:643–644

ἡμῖν τὸν λίθον, τῶν Ἰουδαίων σφραγισάντων τὴν εἴσοδον τοῦ τάφου, καὶ τὴν τῶν στρατιωτῶν παρακαταστησάντων φρουρὰν, καὶ τῆς τρίτης ἡμέρας ἐνεστώσης. Πρὸς γὰρ τὸν Πιλάτον εἶπον οἱ μιαροί· Ἐμνήσθημεν ὅτι ὁ πλάνος ἐκεῖνος εἶπεν ἔτι ζῶν· Μετὰ τρεῖς ἡμέρας ἐγείρομαι. Εἰ μὲν οὖν ᾔδεισαν αἱ γυναῖκες τὸ διὰ τοῦ ἀγγέλου γενόμενον θαῦμα, τὴν τε ἀποκίνησιν τοῦ λίθου, καὶ τὴν τῶν φυλάκων ἐκ τοῦ φόβου νέκρωσίν τε καὶ ἀναχώρησιν, πῶς διηπόρουν περὶ τοῦ ἀποκυλισθῆναι τὸν λίθον; Εἰ δὲ ἡγνόουν τὸ θαῦμα, τὴν στρατιωτικὴν φρουράν ἐννοεῖν ἔδει, καὶ τὴν ἄνοιξιν τοῦ μνήματος μὴ φαντάζεσθαι. ᾿Αλλ', ὡς ἔφην, ἡ Σαλώμη καὶ τοῦτο ἡγνόει, καὶ αὐτῆς μόνης τὰ ῥήματα ἦν. Μαρία γὰρ ἡ Μαγδαληνὴ καὶ ἡ ἄλλη Μαρία, καθεσθεῖσαι τοῦ μνήματος ἐξ ἐναντίας, ὡς ὁ Ματθαῖος ἱστόρησε, καὶ φιλοπόνως προσεδρεύσασαι, καὶ τὰς σφραγίδας τῶν Ἰουδαίων, καὶ τὴν τῶν ὁπλιτῶν φυλακὴν ὄψει παρέλαβον. Εἰσελθοῦσα δὲ ἡ Σαλώμη σὺν ταῖς Μαρίαις ἀμφοῖν, νεανίσκον εἶδον καθήμενον ἐν τοῖς δεξιοῖς, περιβεβλημένον στολὴν λευκὴν, καὶ ἐπτοήθησαν ἅπασαι ἡ μὲν, ὡς ἐνδεῶς ἔχουσα πίστεως καὶ ἀνθρωπινώτερον διακειμένη· αἱ δὲ, ὡς ἐπιχωριάζουσαι συχνῶς τῷ μνήματι, καὶ πολυπραγμονεῖν δοκοῦσαι λοιπὸν πέρα τοῦ δέοντος τὴν ἀνάστασιν. Διὰ γὰρ τοῦτο καὶ νεανίσκος ὤφθη καταπλῆξαι τῷ μεγέθει καὶ φόβον ἐμποιῆσαι δυνάμενος, καὶ μιγνὺς τῷ φοβερῷ τὸ φαιδρὸν, διὰ τοῦ λευκοῦ τῆς στολῆς, καὶ ὡς ἐν ἑορτῇ, καὶ ἵνα μὴ παγῶσι τῷ δέει, σφοδρότερον αὐταῖς διαλέγεται, παιδεύων αὐτὰς δι᾽ ὧν ἔλεγε μετά το τοσαύτας θέας μὴ περιέργως διακεῖσθαι, βεβαίως δὲ μᾶλλον ἐφ᾽ οἷς εἶδον ἑστάναι. Ὑπάγετε γὰρ, φησὶν, εἴπατε τοῖς μαθηταῖς αὐτοῦ καὶ τῷ Πέτρῳ (τοῖς μὲν μαθηταῖς, ὡς πολλάκις ἠπιστηκόσι τῷ δὲ Πέτρῳ, ὡς μετὰ τῆς αὐτῆς ὑμῖν πολυπραγμοσύνης δεύτερον ἐπὶ τὸ μνῆμα ἐλθόντι), ὅτι προάγει ὑμᾶς εἰς τὴν Γαλιλαίαν, ἐκεῖ αὐτὸν ὄψεσθε, καθὼς εἶπεν ὑμῖν· ὑμῖν ταῖς γυναιξὶν, ᾿Οψὲ Σαββάτων, τῇ ἐπιφωσκούσῃ εἰς μίαν Σαββάτων ἐπιφανεὶς, ὡς ὁ Ματθαῖος συνέγραψεν. Τοῖς γὰρ μαθηταῖς οὐδέποτε φαίνεται φήσας, ὡς μετὰ τὴν ἔγερσιν αὐτοῖς ἐν τῇ Γαλιλαίᾳ φανήσεται εἰμήτι γε ἐκεῖνο ἐρεῖ τις, ὅπερ ὁ Ματθαῖος, καὶ Μάρκος ἔγραψε, μετὰ τὸ δεῖπνον τὸ μυστικὸν ἐξελθόντων αὐτῶν εἰς τὸ ὄρος τῶν Ἐλαιῶν μετὰ τὸ ὑμνῆσαι, ὑπὸ τοῦ Σωτῆρος εἰρημένον ὧδέ πως Μετὰ δὲ τὸ ἐγερθῆναὶ με, προάξω ὑμᾶς εἰς τὴν Γαλιλαίαν. Ἑξελθοῦσαι δὲ ἐκ τοῦ μνήματος αἱ Μαρίαι καὶ ἡ Σαλώμη, τρόμῳ καὶ ἐκπλήξει συνεχόμεναι, φυγάδες ἐγένοντο, καὶ οὐδενὶ οὐδὲν εἶπον· Ἐφοβοῦντο γὰρ, τοῦτο μὲν διὰ τὸ φοβερὸν τοῦ νεανίσκου, τοῦτο δὲ διὰ τὸ τὴν ἡμέραν ἤδη προελθεῖν, καὶ τοὺς Ἰουδαίους, ὡς εἰκὸς, φονῶντας ἄνω καὶ κάτω περινοστεῖν. Ἐν μὲν τοῖς ἀκριβεστέροις ἀντιγράφοις τὸ μετὰ Μάρκον

hēmin ton lithon, tōn Ioudaiōn sphragisantōn tēn eisodon tou taphou, kai tēn tōn stratiōtōn parakatastēsantōn phrouran, kai tēs tritēs hēmeras enestōsēs. Pros gar ton Pilaton eipon hoi miaroi; Emnēsthēmen hoti ho planos ekeinos eipen eti zōn; Meta treis hēmeras egeiromai. Ei men oun ę̄deisan hai gynaikes to dia tou angelou genomenon thauma, tēn te apokinēsin tou lithou, kai tēn tōn phylakōn ek tou phobou nekrōsin te kai anachōrēsin, pōs diēporoun peri tou apokylisthēnai ton lithon? Ei de hēgnooun to thauma, tēn stratiōtikēn phrouran ennoein edei, kai tēn anoixin tou mnēmatos mē phantazesthai. ᾿All', hōs ephēn, hē Salōmē kai touto hēgnoei, kai autēs monēs ta rhēmata ēn. Maria gar hē Magdalēnē kai hē allē Maria, kathestheisai tou mnēmatos ex enantias, hōs ho Matthaios historēse, kai philoponōs prosedreusasai, kai tas sphragidas tōn Ioudaiōn, kai tēn tōn hoplitōn phylakēn opsei parelabon. Eiselthousa de hē Salōmē syn tais Mariais amphoin, neaniskon eidon kathēmenon en tois dexiois, peribeblēmenon stolēn leukēn, kai eptoēthēsan hapasai hē men, hōs endeōs echousa pisteōs kai anthrōpinōteron diakeimenē; hai de, hōs epichōriazousai sychnōs tǭ mnēmati, kai polypragmonein dokousai loipon pera tou deontos tēn anastasin. Dia gar touto kai neaniskos ōphthē kataplēxai tǭ megethei kai phobon empoiēsai dynamenos, kai mignys tǭ phoberǭ to phaidron, dia tou leukou tēs stolēs, kai hōs en heortę̄, kai hina mē pagōsi tǭ deei, sphodroteron autais dialegetai, paideuōn autas di᾽ hōn elege meta to tosautas theas mē periergōs diakeisthai, bebaiōs de mallon eph᾽ hois eidon hestanai. Hypagete gar, phēsin, eipate tois mathētais autou kai tǭ Petrǭ (tois men mathētais, hōs pollakis ēpistēkosi tǭ de Petrǭ, hōs meta tēs autēs hymin polypragmosynēs deuteron epi to mnēma elthonti), hoti proagei hymas eis tēn Galilaian, ekei auton opsesthe, kathōs eipen hymin; hymin tais gynaixin, ᾿Opse Sabbatōn, tę̄ epiphōskousę̄ eis mian Sabbatōn epiphaneis, hōs ho Matthaios synegrapsen. Tois gar mathētais oudepote phainetai phēsas, hōs meta tēn egersin autois en tę̄ Galilaią phanēsetai eimēti ge ekeino erei tis, hoper ho Matthaios, kai Markos egrapse, meta to deipnon to mystikon exelthontōn autōn eis to oros tōn Elaiōn meta to hymnēsai, hypo tou Sōtēros eirēmenon hōde pōs Meta de to egerthēnai me, proaxō hymas eis tēn Galilaian. Hexelthousai de ek tou mnēmatos hai Mariai kai hē Salōmē, tromǭ kai ekplēxei synechomenai, phygades egenonto, kai oudeni ouden eipon; Ephobounto gar, touto men dia to phoberon tou neaniskou, touto de dia to tēn hēmeran ēdē proelthein, kai tous Ioudaious, hōs eikos, phonōntas anō kai katō perinostein. En men tois akribesterois antigraphois to meta Markon

the stone for us?” when the Jews had sealed the entrance of the tomb and set a guard of soldiers beside it, and the third day had come. For the abominable men said to Pilate: “We remember that that deceiver said while he was still alive: After three days I will rise.” If, then, the women knew of the wonder done through the angel, the moving of the stone and the guards' becoming like dead men from fear and their withdrawal, how could they have been at a loss about the stone being rolled away? And if they did not know of the wonder, they should have thought of the soldiers' guard and not imagined the tomb open. But, as I said, Salome did not know this either, and the words were hers alone. For Mary Magdalene and the other Mary, sitting opposite the tomb, as Matthew recorded, and keeping watch there diligently, had seen with their own eyes both the seals of the Jews and the guard of armed men. And when Salome went in with both the Marys, they saw a young man sitting on the right, clothed in a white robe, and they were all alarmed: the one as lacking in faith and disposed in a more human way; the others as frequenting the tomb often and seeming now to be inquiring into the resurrection more than was fitting. For this reason a young man appeared who could astonish them by his stature and put fear into them, mingling brightness with what was fearful by the whiteness of his robe, as at a feast; and so that they might not be frozen with fear, he speaks to them rather forcefully, teaching them by what he said not to be curious after such sights, but rather to stand firm on what they had seen. “Go,” he says, “tell his disciples and Peter” (the disciples, as having often disbelieved; Peter, as having come to the tomb a second time with the same curiosity as you) “that he is going before you to Galilee; there you will see him, as he told you”: told you women, when he appeared “late on the Sabbaths, as it was dawning toward the first of the Sabbaths,” as Matthew wrote. For he is never shown to have told the disciples that after his rising he would appear to them in Galilee, unless someone cites what Matthew and Mark wrote, said by the Savior after the mystical supper, when they had gone out to the Mount of Olives after singing a hymn, somewhat as follows: “But after I am raised, I will go before you into Galilee.” Going out of the tomb, the Marys and Salome, seized with trembling and amazement, fled, and said nothing to anyone; “for they were afraid,” partly because of the fearsomeness of the young man, partly because the day had now advanced and the Jews, as was likely, were roaming up and down, thirsting for blood. In the more accurate copies the Gospel according to Mark

2.645PG 46:645–646

Εὐαγγέλιον μέχρι τοῦ, Ἐφοβοῦντο γὰρ, ἔχει τὸ τέλος. Ἐν δὲ τισι πρόσκειται καὶ ταῦτα· Ἀναστὰς δὲ πρωί πρώτη Σαββάτων ἐφάνη πρῶτον Μαρίᾳ τῇ Μαγδαληνῇ, ἀφ᾿ ἧς ἐκβεβλήκει ἑπτὰ δαιμόνια. Τοῦτο δὲ ἐναντίωσίν τινα δοκεῖ ἔχειν πρὸς τὰ ἔμπροσθεν ἡμῖν εἰρημένα. Τῆς γὰρ ὥρας τῆς νυκτός ἀγνώστου τυγχανούσης, καθ᾿ ἣν ὁ Σωτὴρ ἀνέστη, πῶς ἐνταῦθα ἀναστῆναι πρωΐ γέγραπται ᾿Αλλ᾿ οὐδὲ ἐναντίον φανήσεται τὸ ῥητὸν, εἰ μετ᾿ ἐπιστήμης ἀναγνωσόμεθα. Καὶ γὰρ ὑποστίξαι χρὴ συνετῶς, ἀναστὰς δὲ, καὶ οὕτως ἐπαγαγεῖν, Πρωΐ Σαββάτου ἐφάνη πρῶτον Μαρίᾳ τῇ Μαγδαληνῇ, ἵνα τὸ μὲν ᾿Αναστὰς, ἔχῃ τὴν ἀναφορὰν συμφώνως τῷ Ματθαίῳ πρὸς τὸν προλαβόντα καιρόν· τὸ δὲ, Πρωί, πρὸς τὴν τῇ Μαρίᾳ γενομένην ἐπιφάνειαν ἀποδοθείη, πρώτῃ σὺν τῇ ἄλλῃ Μαρίᾳ, καὶ πάλιν μόνη θεασαμένη τὸν Κύριον· ἀναστάς, πρωῖ γάρ ἐστιν ἅπαν τὸ διάστημα, τὸ μετὰ τὴν τῶν ἀλεκτρυόνων βοήν. Τεσσάρων τοίνυν ὄντων καιρῶν, καὶ τοσούτων ἀφίξεων, καθ᾿ ἂς αἱ γυναῖκες ἐπὶ τὸ μνῆμα ἦλθον, ἕκαστον εὐαγγελιστὴν ἕνα καιρὸν ᾠκονόμησε γράψαι τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον. Καὶ ὁ μὲν Ματθαῖος, τὰς ὀψὲ Σαββάτων παραγενομένας ἐπὶ τὸ μνῆμα ἱστόρησε, καὶ ἄγγελον ἕνα καταβεβηκότα ἐξ ᾿ οὐρανοῦ καὶ τὸν λίθον ἀποκυλίσαντα ὁ δὲ Ἰωάννης, Μαρίαν τὴν Μαγδαληνὴν ἐληλυθέναι μόνην ἐν τῷ σκότει πρὸ τῆς ἕω συγγέγραφε, καὶ δύο ἀγγέλους ἔνδον τοῦ τάφου θεάσασθαι Λουκᾶς δὲ, ἄλλας κατὰ ταὐτὸν τὸν ὄρθρον· Μάρκος δὲ, ἑτέραν ἀνίσχοντος ἡλίου, συναναμεμιγμένων τινῶν καὶ τῶν ἤδη παραγενομένων. Καὶ ταῖς μὲν δύο ἄνδρας ἐπιστάντας αὐταῖς· ταῖς δὲ καθήμενον ἐν τοῖς δεξιοῖς νεανίσκον ἰδεῖν· στολαῖς δὲ ἅπαντας ἡμφιεσμένους λευκαῖς. Ὥστε δύνασθαί τινα κατὰ τὴν τῶν καιρῶν τάξιν τὰ παρ' ἑκάστου γεγραμμένα συνθέντα, μίαν ἁρμονίαν καὶ ἓν σῶμα πάσης τῆς ἱστορίας ἐργάσασθαι καθάπερ ἑνὸς τὸ πᾶν γεγραφότος καὶ οὐ πολλῶν. Εἰ μὲν γὰρ μιᾶς ἀφίξεως τῶν γυναικῶν ἐν ἑνὶ καιρῷ γενομένης οἱ τέσσαρες᾿ ἐμνημόνευσαν, καὶ οὐ τοὺς αὐτοὺς εἶπον ἀγγέλους ἐπιφανῆναι, ἢ μίαν καὶ τὴν αὐτὴν ἐπιφάνειαν, ἤγουν ὀπτασίαν, ἅπαντες εἰπόντες, ταύτην ἔφασαν ἐν διαφόροις γεγενῆσθαι καιροῖς, οὐχ ἑνὸς μνημονεύσαντες ἕκαστος χρόνου, διαφωνίας εἶχε μέμψιν ὁ λόγος. Εἰ δὲ καὶ οἱ καιροὶ διάφοροι καὶ τὰ πρόσωπα, καὶ αἱ τῶν ἐπιφανέντων ὄψεις οὐχ αἱ αὐταὶ τοῦ Θεοῦ βουληθέντος διὰ πολλῶν τρόπων πιστώσασθαι τὸ ἄπιστον θαῦμα τῆς ἀναστάσεως) καὶ τὸ τῷ ἄλλῳ μὴ λεχθὲν ἕτερος ἱστόρησεν εὐαγγελιστής· πῶς οὐκ ἔστιν ἡ διήγησις ὅλη καθαρὰ καὶ ἐλευθέρα πάσης λαβῆς; Ἐπειδὴ δὲ πολλῶν Μαριῶν ἐν τοῖς Εὐαγγελίοις φέρεται μνήμη, τρεῖς εἶναι τὰς πάσας γινώσκειν

Euangelion mechri tou, Ephobounto gar, echei to telos. En de tisi proskeitai kai tauta; Anastas de prōi prōtē Sabbatōn ephanē prōton Marią tę̄ Magdalēnę̄, aph᾿ hēs ekbeblēkei hepta daimonia. Touto de enantiōsin tina dokei echein pros ta emprosthen hēmin eirēmena. Tēs gar hōras tēs nyktos agnōstou tynchanousēs, kath᾿ hēn ho Sōtēr anestē, pōs entautha anastēnai prōï gegraptai ᾿All᾿ oude enantion phanēsetai to rhēton, ei met᾿ epistēmēs anagnōsometha. Kai gar hypostixai chrē synetōs, anastas de, kai houtōs epagagein, Prōï Sabbatou ephanē prōton Marią tę̄ Magdalēnę̄, hina to men ᾿Anastas, echę̄ tēn anaphoran symphōnōs tǭ Matthaiǭ pros ton prolabonta kairon; to de, Prōi, pros tēn tę̄ Marią genomenēn epiphaneian apodotheiē, prōtę̄ syn tę̄ allę̄ Marią, kai palin monē theasamenē ton Kyrion; anastas, prōi gar estin hapan to diastēma, to meta tēn tōn alektryonōn boēn. Tessarōn toinyn ontōn kairōn, kai tosoutōn aphixeōn, kath᾿ as hai gynaikes epi to mnēma ēlthon, hekaston euangelistēn hena kairon ǭkonomēse grapsai to Pneuma to hagion. Kai ho men Matthaios, tas opse Sabbatōn paragenomenas epi to mnēma historēse, kai angelon hena katabebēkota ex ᾿ ouranou kai ton lithon apokylisanta ho de Iōannēs, Marian tēn Magdalēnēn elēlythenai monēn en tǭ skotei pro tēs heō syngegraphe, kai dyo angelous endon tou taphou theasasthai Loukas de, allas kata tauton ton orthron; Markos de, heteran anischontos hēliou, synanamemigmenōn tinōn kai tōn ēdē paragenomenōn. Kai tais men dyo andras epistantas autais; tais de kathēmenon en tois dexiois neaniskon idein; stolais de hapantas hēmphiesmenous leukais. Hōste dynasthai tina kata tēn tōn kairōn taxin ta par' hekastou gegrammena synthenta, mian harmonian kai hen sōma pasēs tēs historias ergasasthai kathaper henos to pan gegraphotos kai ou pollōn. Ei men gar mias aphixeōs tōn gynaikōn en heni kairǭ genomenēs hoi tessares᾿ emnēmoneusan, kai ou tous autous eipon angelous epiphanēnai, ē mian kai tēn autēn epiphaneian, ēgoun optasian, hapantes eipontes, tautēn ephasan en diaphorois gegenēsthai kairois, ouch henos mnēmoneusantes hekastos chronou, diaphōnias eiche mempsin ho logos. Ei de kai hoi kairoi diaphoroi kai ta prosōpa, kai hai tōn epiphanentōn opseis ouch hai autai tou Theou boulēthentos dia pollōn tropōn pistōsasthai to apiston thauma tēs anastaseōs) kai to tǭ allǭ mē lechthen heteros historēsen euangelistēs; pōs ouk estin hē diēgēsis holē kathara kai eleuthera pasēs labēs? Epeidē de pollōn Mariōn en tois Euangeliois pheretai mnēmē, treis einai tas pasas ginōskein

has its end at “for they were afraid.” But in some this too is added: “Having risen early on the first day of the week, he appeared first to Mary Magdalene, from whom he had cast out seven demons.” This seems to contain some contradiction with what we said earlier. For since the hour of the night at which the Savior rose is unknown, how is it written here that he rose early? But the text will not appear contradictory if we read it with understanding. One should wisely put a stop after “having risen,” and then go on: “early on the Sabbath he appeared first to Mary Magdalene,” so that “having risen” refers, in agreement with Matthew, to the earlier time, while “early” is assigned to the appearance made to Mary, who saw the Lord first together with the other Mary, and again alone. For the whole span after cockcrow is “early.” Since, then, there were four times and as many arrivals at which the women came to the tomb, the Holy Spirit arranged for each evangelist to write of one time. Matthew recorded the women who came to the tomb late on the Sabbath, and one angel who came down from heaven and rolled away the stone; John wrote that Mary Magdalene came alone, in the darkness before dawn, and saw two angels inside the tomb; Luke, other women at that same dawn; and Mark, another at sunrise, with some of those who had already come mixed in with them. And the one group saw two men standing by them, the other a young man sitting on the right, and all clothed in white robes. So one can, by putting together in the order of the times what each has written, make a single harmony and a single body of the whole history, as though one person had written the whole and not many. For if the four had recorded a single arrival of the women at one time, and had not said that the same angels appeared; or if, all speaking of one and the same appearance or vision, they had said that it took place at different times, each mentioning a different time, the account would be open to the charge of disagreement. But if the times and the persons are different, and the appearances of those who appeared are not the same (God wishing to confirm in many ways the incredible wonder of the resurrection), and one evangelist recorded what another did not say, how is the whole narrative not pure and free of every pretext for attack? And since many Marys are mentioned in the Gospels, we must recognize that there are three in all,

2.647PG 46:647–648

ὀφείλομεν, ἃς ὁ Ἰωάννης συλλήβδην ἠρίθμησε φήσας· Εἰστήκεισαν δὲ παρὰ τῷ σταυρῷ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ, ἡ μήτηρ αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἡ ἀδελφὴ τῆς μητρὸς αὐτοῦ, Μαρία ἡ τοῦ Κλεόφα καὶ Μαρία ἡ Μαγδαληνή. Μαριάμ γὰρ τὴν Ἰακώβου, καὶ Ἰωσῆ μητέρα παρὰ τοῖς ἄλλοις εὐαγγελισταῖς ὠνομασμένην, τὴν Θεοτόκον εἶναι, καὶ οὐκ ἄλλην, πεπιστεύκαμεν. Καθάπερ γὰρ διὰ τὴν οἰκονομίαν καὶ τῷ ἐπισκιασθῆναι τὸν θεῖον τόκον, καὶ μὴ φανερωθῆναι τοῖς μιαιφόνοις Ἰουδαίοις παρ' αὐτὸ τὸ μέλλειν ἐπὶ τὴν παστάδα ἄγεσθαι τὴν Παρθένον ἐκ Πνεύματος ἁγίου συλλαβεῖν ἀναγέγραπται· ὡς ἄνδρα ταύτης χρηματίσαι τὸν Ἰωσὴφ, καὶ πατέρα τοῦ Ἰησοῦ· τὸν αὐτὸν τρόπον τοῦ Ἰωσῆ καὶ τοῦ Ἰακώβου παίδων ὄντων τοῦ τέκτονος Ἰωσὴφ, παιδικὴν ἀγόντων τὴν ἡλικίαν ἐκ προηγησαμένων γάμων καὶ προτετελευτηκυίας γυναικὸς, μήτηρ ἡ Θεοτόκος προσηγορεύετό τε καὶ ὠνομάζετο. Ταῦτά τοι καὶ βλασφημοῦντες κατὰ τοῦ Σωτῆρος ἔλεγον οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι· Οὐχ οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ τοῦ τέκτονος υἱός; οὐχ ἡ μήτηρ αὐτοῦ λέγεται Μαρία, καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτοῦ, Ἰάκωβος, καὶ Ἰωσὴ, καὶ Σίμων, καὶ Ἰούδας; Καὶ διὰ τοῦτο ὁ μὲν Ἰωάννης, καὶ παρὰ τῷ σταυρῷ ἑστῶσαν, οἷα δὴ μετὰ παῤῥησίας θεολογῶν, ἐκ τῆς ἀληθείας αὐτῆς μητέρα τοῦ Ἰησοῦ προσηγόρευσεν οἱ δὲ λοιποὶ τῶν εὐαγγελιστῶν τὰ πολλὰ περὶ τὴν οἰκονομίαν ἀσχοληθέντες, οἰκονομικῶς αὐτὴν μητέρα Ἰακώβου καὶ Ἰωσῆ προσηγόρευσαν (οὗτοι γὰρ ἦσαν οἱ πρῶτοι καὶ ἐπίσημοι παῖδες τοῦ Ἰωσήφ)· τοῦτο δηλοῦντος τοῦ λόγου σαφῶς, ὅτι μετὰ ταύτης τῆς οἰκονομίας, καὶ τῆς ἐντεῦθεν ὑπονοίας, ἀκινδύνως ἡ Μαρία τῷ σωτηρίῳ πάθει παρῆν. Εἰ γὰρ παρθένος ὑπεγινώσκετο τοῖς πολλοῖς, ὑπὸ τῶν βασκάνων Ἰουδαίων ἀπώλετο ἄν. Ἔστι δὲ αὐτὴν παρὰ τοῖς εὐαγγελισταῖς καὶ τοῦ ἑνὸς μόνου τῶν παίδων τοῦ Ἰωσὴφ ὠνομασμένην εὑρεῖν Μαρίαν τὴν Ἰακώβου, καὶ Μαρίαν τὴν Ἰωσῆ. Ὁ δὲ Μάρκος, Ἰακώβου τοῦ μικροῦ καὶ Ἰωσῆ μητέρα αὐτὴν εἶπεν, ἐπείπερ ἦν ἄλλος Ἰάκωβος ὁ τοῦ ᾿Αλφαίου, διὰ τοῦτο μέγας, ὅτι τοῖς ἀποστόλοις τοῖς δώδεκα συνηρίθμητο. Ὁ γὰρ μικρὸς οὐκ ἦν αὐτοῖς ἐναρίθμιος. Ἐκεῖνο δὲ ἄν τις εἰκότως ἐπαπορήσειεν, πῶς ὁ Σωτὴρ ὑποσχόμενος τοῖς μαθηταῖς, τοῦτο μὲν καὶ διὰ τῶν ἀγγέλων, τοῦτο δὲ καὶ διὰ τῆς οἰκείας φωνῆς, ὅτι εἰς τὴν Γαλιλαίαν ἀφικόμενος ὀφθήσεται, ἐφάνη τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν καὶ ἐν Ἱερουσαλήμ πληρῶν. Κατὰ μὲν τὸν Λουκᾶν ἐν αὐτῇ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῆς ἀναστάσεως συνηθροισμένοις τοῖς ἕνδεκα κατὰ δὲ τὸν Ἰωάννην, καὶ ἐν αὐτῇ καὶ ἐν τῇ ὀγδόῃ ἡμέρᾳ ποιεῖται τὴν ἐπιφάνειαν, στὰς ἐν μέσῳ, καὶ λέγων, Εἰρήνη ὑμῖν, καὶ τῷ Θωμᾷ ψηλαφᾶν ἐνδιδοὺς ἑαυτόν. Ἀλλὰ τοῦτο φιλανθρώπου φιλοτιμίας πλοῦτον παρίστησιν, οὐ ψεύδους ἔχει κατηγορίαν. Οὐ γὰρ εἶπεν, Ἐν τῇ Γαλιλαίᾳ με ὄψονται μόνον, οὔτε μὴν ἐν Ἱερουσαλήμ φανεὶς, οὐκ ὤφθη κατὰ τὴν Γαλιλαίαν ὡς ἐπηγγείλατο τοῦτο γὰρ ἦν τὸ τοὺς οἰκείους ψεύσασθαι λόγους εἰ δὲ καὶ ἐν Ἱερουσαλήμ ἀποκεκλεισμένοις ἐν δωματίῳ

opheilomen, has ho Iōannēs syllēbdēn ērithmēse phēsas; Eistēkeisan de para tǭ staurǭ tou Iēsou, hē mētēr autou, kai hē adelphē tēs mētros autou, Maria hē tou Kleopha kai Maria hē Magdalēnē. Mariam gar tēn Iakōbou, kai Iōsē mētera para tois allois euangelistais ōnomasmenēn, tēn Theotokon einai, kai ouk allēn, pepisteukamen. Kathaper gar dia tēn oikonomian kai tǭ episkiasthēnai ton theion tokon, kai mē phanerōthēnai tois miaiphonois Ioudaiois par' auto to mellein epi tēn pastada agesthai tēn Parthenon ek Pneumatos hagiou syllabein anagegraptai; hōs andra tautēs chrēmatisai ton Iōsēph, kai patera tou Iēsou; ton auton tropon tou Iōsē kai tou Iakōbou paidōn ontōn tou tektonos Iōsēph, paidikēn agontōn tēn hēlikian ek proēgēsamenōn gamōn kai proteteleutēkuias gynaikos, mētēr hē Theotokos prosēgoreueto te kai ōnomazeto. Tauta toi kai blasphēmountes kata tou Sōtēros elegon hoi Ioudaioi; Ouch houtos estin ho tou tektonos huios? ouch hē mētēr autou legetai Maria, kai hoi adelphoi autou, Iakōbos, kai Iōsē, kai Simōn, kai Ioudas? Kai dia touto ho men Iōannēs, kai para tǭ staurǭ hestōsan, hoia dē meta parrhēsias theologōn, ek tēs alētheias autēs mētera tou Iēsou prosēgoreusen hoi de loipoi tōn euangelistōn ta polla peri tēn oikonomian ascholēthentes, oikonomikōs autēn mētera Iakōbou kai Iōsē prosēgoreusan (houtoi gar ēsan hoi prōtoi kai episēmoi paides tou Iōsēph); touto dēlountos tou logou saphōs, hoti meta tautēs tēs oikonomias, kai tēs enteuthen hyponoias, akindynōs hē Maria tǭ sōtēriǭ pathei parēn. Ei gar parthenos hypeginōsketo tois pollois, hypo tōn baskanōn Ioudaiōn apōleto an. Esti de autēn para tois euangelistais kai tou henos monou tōn paidōn tou Iōsēph ōnomasmenēn heurein Marian tēn Iakōbou, kai Marian tēn Iōsē. Ho de Markos, Iakōbou tou mikrou kai Iōsē mētera autēn eipen, epeiper ēn allos Iakōbos ho tou ᾿Alphaiou, dia touto megas, hoti tois apostolois tois dōdeka synērithmēto. Ho gar mikros ouk ēn autois enarithmios. Ekeino de an tis eikotōs epaporēseien, pōs ho Sōtēr hyposchomenos tois mathētais, touto men kai dia tōn angelōn, touto de kai dia tēs oikeias phōnēs, hoti eis tēn Galilaian aphikomenos ophthēsetai, ephanē tēn epangelian kai en Hierousalēm plērōn. Kata men ton Loukan en autę̄ tę̄ hēmerą tēs anastaseōs synēthroismenois tois hendeka kata de ton Iōannēn, kai en autę̄ kai en tę̄ ogdoę̄ hēmerą poieitai tēn epiphaneian, stas en mesǭ, kai legōn, Eirēnē hymin, kai tǭ Thōmą psēlaphan endidous heauton. Alla touto philanthrōpou philotimias plouton paristēsin, ou pseudous echei katēgorian. Ou gar eipen, En tę̄ Galilaią me opsontai monon, oute mēn en Hierousalēm phaneis, ouk ōphthē kata tēn Galilaian hōs epēngeilato touto gar ēn to tous oikeious pseusasthai logous ei de kai en Hierousalēm apokekleismenois en dōmatiǭ

whom John counted together, saying: “Standing by the cross of Jesus were his mother, and his mother's sister, Mary the wife of Clopas, and Mary Magdalene.” For Mary the mother of James and Joses, as she is named by the other evangelists, we have believed to be the Theotokos and no other. For just as, for the sake of the dispensation, and so that the divine birth might be kept in shadow and not made known to the murderous Jews, it is recorded that the Virgin conceived by the Holy Spirit just when she was about to be led to the bridal chamber, so that Joseph was called her husband and the father of Jesus, in the same way, since Joses and James, children of Joseph the carpenter by an earlier marriage and a wife who had died before, were of a child's age, the Theotokos was called and named their mother. This is why the Jews, blaspheming against the Savior, said: “Is not this the carpenter's son? Is not his mother called Mary, and his brothers James and Joses and Simon and Judas?” And for this reason John, as one who spoke of God with boldness, called her, standing by the cross, the mother of Jesus, from the truth itself; while the rest of the evangelists, occupied for the most part with the dispensation, called her, for the sake of the dispensation, the mother of James and Joses (for these were Joseph's first and best-known children). The account clearly shows this: that with this arrangement, and the supposition that came of it, Mary was present at the saving passion without danger. For if she had been known to many as a virgin, she would have been destroyed by the envious Jews. One can also find her named by the evangelists after only one of Joseph's children: “Mary of James” and “Mary of Joses.” Mark called her the mother of James the Less and of Joses, since there was another James, the son of Alphaeus, called great because he was counted among the twelve apostles; for the lesser was not counted among them. But one might reasonably ask how the Savior, having promised the disciples, both through the angels and with his own voice, that he would be seen when he came to Galilee, appeared and fulfilled the promise in Jerusalem as well: according to Luke, on the very day of the resurrection, to the eleven gathered together; according to John, he makes his appearance both on that day and on the eighth day, standing in their midst and saying, “Peace to you,” and giving himself to Thomas to touch. But this shows the wealth of his loving generosity; it does not bring a charge of falsehood. For he did not say, “They will see me only in Galilee”; nor, having appeared in Jerusalem, did he fail to be seen in Galilee as he had promised (that would have been to belie his own words). But if he both appeared in Jerusalem to those shut up in a room

2.649PG 46:649–650

διὰ τὸν φόβον τῶν Ἰουδαίων ἐπεφάνη δεομένοις τῆς αὐτοῦ παρουσίας, καὶ τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν ἐπλήρωσεν ἐν τῇ Γαλιλαίᾳ φανεὶς, ἐκφυγεῖν ἔστι πᾶσαν κατηγορίαν, ἀμφότερα γινόμενα φιλανθρώπως ἅμα καὶ ἀληθῶς. Ἐμοὶ δὲ δοκεῖ πολλὴν ἔμφασιν ἔχειν τὸ εἰρημένον παρὰ τῷ Ματθαίῳ περὶ τῶν μαθητῶν, τὸ, "Ινα ἀπέλθωσιν εἰς τὴν Γαλιλαίαν, κἀκεῖ με ὄψονται. Πολλῶν γὰρ αὐτοῖς ἔσεσθαι ἐπιφανειῶν, πρὸς μίαν ὡς ἐξαίρετον παρὰ τὰς ἄλλας ἀποβλέπει τὰ τῆς ἐπαγγελίας, καθ' ἣν ἔμελλεν αὐτοῖς ἐπὶ τοῦ ὄρους φανήσεσθαι. Τότε γὰρ προσεληλυθόσιν αὐτῷ καὶ προσκεκυνηκόσι, τινῶν ἀμφιβαλλόντων, μετ' ἐξουσίας ἔφη θεοπρεποῦς, Ἐδόθη μοι πᾶσα ἐξουσία ἐν οὐρανῷ καὶ ἐπὶ γῆς. "Α γὰρ εἶχε φυσικῶς ὡς Θεὸς, ταῦτα λέγεται λαμβάνειν ὡς γενόμενος ἄνθρωπος οἰκονομικῶς. Διὸ καὶ ἔλεγε· Δόξασόν με σὺ, Πάτερ, παρὰ σεαυτῷ τῇ δόξῃ, ᾗ εἶχον πρὸ τοῦ τὸν κόσμον εἶναι παρὰ σοί. Εἰ γὰρ μὴ εἶχεν αὐτὴν ἰδίαν ὡς Θεὸς, τῶν ἀδυνάτων ἦν αὐτὸν ταύτην, ὡς ἀλλοτρίαν λαβεῖν, τοῦ Θεοῦ καὶ Πατρὸς διὰ τοῦ Προφήτου λέγοντος, Τὴν δόξαν μου ἑτέρῳ οὐ δώσω. Καὶ ἐπιφέρει λοιπὸν τὰ ῥήματα, δι' ὧν ἔμελλον τὴν οἰκουμένην ὅλην σαγηνεύειν, καὶ ἐν οἷς ἐστιν ἅπαν τὸ τῆς εὐσεβείας μυστήριον. Πορευθέντες γὰρ, φησί, μαθητεύσατε πάντα τὰ ἔθνη, βαπτίζοντες αὐτοὺς εἰς τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ Πατρὸς, καὶ τοῦ Υἱοῦ, καὶ τοῦ ἁγίου Πνεύματος, διδάσκοντες αὐτοὺς τηρεῖν πάντα ὅσα ἐνετειλάμην ὑμῖν. Καὶ προστίθησι λοιπὸν τὰ τὸ τέλος τῶν ῥημάτων τούτων καὶ τὴν ἔκβασιν ἐγγυώμενα· Καὶ ἰδοὺ ἐγὼ μεθ' ὑμῶν εἰμι πάσας τὰς ἡμέρας, ἕως τῆς συντελείας τοῦ αἰῶνος. Ἀμήν. Διὰ ταῦτα ἔλεγεν ᾿Απαγγείλατε τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς μου, ἵνα ἀπέλθωσιν εἰς τὴν Γαλιλαίαν, κἀκεῖ με ὄψονται. Πρὸς ταύτην τὴν ὄψιν, ὡς ἰδίαν τινὰ καὶ ἐξαίρετον, ὡς ἔφην, ἀποτεινόμενος, ἣν αὐτοῖς μᾶλλον καὶ δι᾽ ἑτέρων ῥημάτων προεμήνυεν, ἃ τοῖς εὐαγγελικοῖς γράμμασιν οὐκ ἐμφέρεται. Εἰ γὰρ μὴ τοῦτο ἦν, οὐκ ἂν εἶπεν ὁ Ματθαῖος Οἱ δὲ ἕνδεκα μαθηταὶ ἐπορεύθησαν εἰς τὴν Γαλιλαίαν εἰς τὸ ὄρος, οὗ ἐτάξατο αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς· οὐδαμοῦ τῶν Εὐαγγελίων ἐπὶ τοῦ ὄρους ὑποσχομένου τοῦ Κυρίου ποιεῖσθαι τὴν ἐπιφάνειαν. Ἐπεὶ πρὸ ταύτης τῆς θέας τῆς ἐν τῷ ὄρει, καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς θαλάττης αὐτοῖς τῆς Τιβεριάδος, ἥτις ἐστὶ τῆς Γαλιλαίας, ἐφάνη τὸν ἀριθμὸν οὖσιν ἑπτὰ Πέτρῳ καὶ Θωμᾷ, καὶ Ναθαναὴλ, καὶ τοῖς υἱοῖς Ζεβεδαίου, καὶ ἄλλοις δύο τῶν μαθητῶν, ὡς Ἰωάννης συνέγραψεν. Ἀλλὰ πρὸς τὸ ὄρος ἀπέβλεπεν, Οὗ ἐτάξατο αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς, τὸ, Κἀκεῖ με ὄψονται, δηλαδὴ θεοπρεπῶς ἐντελλόμενος, Πορευθέντες μαθητεύσατε πάντα τὰ ἔθνη, βαπτίζοντες αὐτοὺς εἰς τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ Πατρὸς καὶ τοῦ Υἱοῦ καὶ τοῦ ἁγίου Πνεύματος. Καὶ γὰρ οὐδὲ ἀπὸ σκοποῦ μοι δοκεῖ τὸ ἐν τῷ ὄρει τῆς Γαλιλαίας καὶ μὴ ἑτέρωθί που ταῦτα εἰρῆσθαι τὰ ῥήματα. Γαλιλαία γὰρ, ἡ Κατακυλιστή τῇ Ἑλλάδι γλώττῃ ἐρμηνεύεται. Διὸ καὶ Γελγὲλ ὁ τροχὸς ὀνομάζεται. Καθάπερ οὖν ἐξ ὄρους ὑψηλοῦ

dia ton phobon tōn Ioudaiōn epephanē deomenois tēs autou parousias, kai tēn epangelian eplērōsen en tę̄ Galilaią phaneis, ekphygein esti pasan katēgorian, amphotera ginomena philanthrōpōs hama kai alēthōs. Emoi de dokei pollēn emphasin echein to eirēmenon para tǭ Matthaiǭ peri tōn mathētōn, to, "Ina apelthōsin eis tēn Galilaian, kakei me opsontai. Pollōn gar autois esesthai epiphaneiōn, pros mian hōs exaireton para tas allas apoblepei ta tēs epangelias, kath' hēn emellen autois epi tou orous phanēsesthai. Tote gar proselēlythosin autǭ kai proskekynēkosi, tinōn amphiballontōn, met' exousias ephē theoprepous, Edothē moi pasa exousia en ouranǭ kai epi gēs. "A gar eiche physikōs hōs Theos, tauta legetai lambanein hōs genomenos anthrōpos oikonomikōs. Dio kai elege; Doxason me sy, Pater, para seautǭ tę̄ doxę̄, hę̄ eichon pro tou ton kosmon einai para soi. Ei gar mē eichen autēn idian hōs Theos, tōn adynatōn ēn auton tautēn, hōs allotrian labein, tou Theou kai Patros dia tou Prophētou legontos, Tēn doxan mou heterǭ ou dōsō. Kai epipherei loipon ta rhēmata, di' hōn emellon tēn oikoumenēn holēn sagēneuein, kai en hois estin hapan to tēs eusebeias mystērion. Poreuthentes gar, phēsi, mathēteusate panta ta ethnē, baptizontes autous eis to onoma tou Patros, kai tou Huiou, kai tou hagiou Pneumatos, didaskontes autous tērein panta hosa eneteilamēn hymin. Kai prostithēsi loipon ta to telos tōn rhēmatōn toutōn kai tēn ekbasin engyōmena; Kai idou egō meth' hymōn eimi pasas tas hēmeras, heōs tēs synteleias tou aiōnos. Amēn. Dia tauta elegen ᾿Apangeilate tois adelphois mou, hina apelthōsin eis tēn Galilaian, kakei me opsontai. Pros tautēn tēn opsin, hōs idian tina kai exaireton, hōs ephēn, apoteinomenos, hēn autois mallon kai di᾽ heterōn rhēmatōn proemēnyen, ha tois euangelikois grammasin ouk empheretai. Ei gar mē touto ēn, ouk an eipen ho Matthaios Hoi de hendeka mathētai eporeuthēsan eis tēn Galilaian eis to oros, hou etaxato autois ho Iēsous; oudamou tōn Euangeliōn epi tou orous hyposchomenou tou Kyriou poieisthai tēn epiphaneian. Epei pro tautēs tēs theas tēs en tǭ orei, kai epi tēs thalattēs autois tēs Tiberiados, hētis esti tēs Galilaias, ephanē ton arithmon ousin hepta Petrǭ kai Thōmą, kai Nathanaēl, kai tois huiois Zebedaiou, kai allois dyo tōn mathētōn, hōs Iōannēs synegrapsen. Alla pros to oros apeblepen, Hou etaxato autois ho Iēsous, to, Kakei me opsontai, dēladē theoprepōs entellomenos, Poreuthentes mathēteusate panta ta ethnē, baptizontes autous eis to onoma tou Patros kai tou Huiou kai tou hagiou Pneumatos. Kai gar oude apo skopou moi dokei to en tǭ orei tēs Galilaias kai mē heterōthi pou tauta eirēsthai ta rhēmata. Galilaia gar, hē Katakylistē tę̄ Helladi glōttę̄ ermēneuetai. Dio kai Gelgel ho trochos onomazetai. Kathaper oun ex orous hypsēlou

for fear of the Jews, when they needed his presence, and also fulfilled the promise by appearing in Galilee, every charge can be escaped, both things being done at once in love and in truth. But the words in Matthew about the disciples, “that they should go to Galilee, and there they will see me,” seem to me to carry great significance. For while there would be many appearances to them, the promise looks to one as exceptional beyond the others, in which he was to appear to them on the mountain. For then, when they had come to him and worshiped him, though some doubted, he said with an authority worthy of God: “All authority has been given to me in heaven and on earth.” What he had by nature as God, he is said to receive, by way of the dispensation, as having become man. That is why he also said: “Glorify me, Father, in your own presence with the glory that I had with you before the world was.” For if he had not had it as his own as God, it would have been impossible for him to receive it as another's, since God the Father says through the prophet: “My glory I will not give to another.” And then he adds the words by which they were to draw the whole world into their net, and in which lies the whole mystery of godliness: “Go,” he says, “make disciples of all nations, baptizing them in the name of the Father and of the Son and of the Holy Spirit, teaching them to observe all that I have commanded you.” And he then adds the words that guarantee the end and outcome of these words: “And behold, I am with you all the days, until the end of the age. Amen.” For this reason he said, “Tell my brothers to go to Galilee, and there they will see me,” pointing, as I said, to this sight as one peculiar and exceptional, which he had also announced to them beforehand more fully in other words not included in the Gospel writings. For if this were not so, Matthew would not have said, “The eleven disciples went to Galilee, to the mountain to which Jesus had directed them,” since nowhere in the Gospels does the Lord promise to make his appearance on the mountain. For before this sight on the mountain he also appeared to them by the Sea of Tiberias, which is in Galilee, when they were seven in number, Peter and Thomas and Nathanael and the sons of Zebedee and two others of the disciples, as John wrote. But “there they will see me” looked to the mountain to which Jesus had directed them, where, in a manner worthy of God, he commanded: “Go, make disciples of all nations, baptizing them in the name of the Father and of the Son and of the Holy Spirit.” And it does not seem to me beside the point that these words were spoken on the mountain of Galilee and not somewhere else. For “Galilee,” translated into the Greek tongue, means “rolled down”; that is why the wheel is called gelgel. Just as, then, from a high mountain

2.651PG 46:651–652

τοῦ Σωτηρίου στόματος προενεχθέντα ταῦτα τὰ ῥήματα, δίκην τροχοῦ κατὰ τῆς οἰκουμένης ἐκυλίσθη, καὶ πᾶσαν ἐπέδραμεν· καὶ ἐβαπτίσθησαν ἅπαντες, καὶ τὰ ἔθνη καὶ πόλεις, Εἰς τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ Πατρὸς καὶ τοῦ Υἱοῦ καὶ τοῦ ἁγίου Πνεύματος. Ἀλλὰ τούτων ἀκούσαντες τῶν ῥημάτων οἱ μαθηταὶ, πρὸς οὐδὲν ἔθνος ἐπορεύθησαν εὐθέως, ἀλλ᾽ ἔμενον ἐν Ἱερουσαλήμ μέχρι τῆς Πεντηκοστῆς, ἀναμένοντες τὴν ἐνδημίαν τοῦ ἁγίου Πνεύματος, ἥτις αὐτοῖς ἐν πυρίναις ἐπεφοίτησε γλώσσαις. Οὕτω γὰρ αὐτοῖς ἐπὶ τεσσαράκοντα ἡμέρας διαφόρως φαινόμενος καὶ συναυλιζόμενος, ᾗ φησιν ἐν ἀρχῇ τοῦ βιβλίου τῶν Πράξεων ὁ Λουκᾶς Ἐνετέλλετο καὶ παρήγγελλε λέγων, ᾿Απὸ Ἱεροσολύμων μὴ χωρίζεσθαι, ἀλλὰ περιμένειν τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν τοῦ Πατρὸς, ἣν ἠκούσατέ μου, ὅτι Ἰωάννης μὲν ἐβάπτισεν ὕδατι, ὑμεῖς δὲ βαπτισθήσεσθε ἐν Πνεύματι ἁγίῳ. Καλῶς δὲ ἄγαν τὸ μὴ χωρίζεσθαι, τοῦτό ἐστι μὴ μακρὰν ἀφίστασθαι, μηδὲ πόῤῥω γίνεσθαι, καὶ οὐκ εἶπε μὴ ἐξιέναι τὸ παράπαν τῆς Ἱερουσαλήμ. Πῶς γὰρ ἔμελλε τοῦτο εἰπεῖν, ὁ προστάξας αὐτοῖς εἰς τὴν Γαλιλαίαν ἐλθεῖν; Καὶ τὸ εἰρημένον δὲ ἐν τῷ τέλει τοῦ Εὐαγγελίου τῷ Λουκᾶ· Καὶ ἐγένετο ἐν τῷ εὐλογεῖν αὐτὸν αὐτοὺς, διέστη ἀπ' αὐτῶν, καὶ ἀνεφέρετο εἰς τὸν οὐρανόν. Ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ τὸ παρὰ τῷ Μάρκῳ γεγραμμένον· ῾Ὁ μὲν οὖν Κύριος μετὰ τὸ λαλῆσαι αὐτοῖς, ἀνελήφθη εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν, καὶ ἐκάθισεν ἐκ δεξιῶν τοῦ Θεοῦ· νοητέον ἐν τῇ τεσσαρακοστῇ ἡμέρᾳ γεγενῆσθαι, κατὰ τὸ ἐν ταῖς Πράξεσιν ἱστορημένον. "Α γὰρ ἐπιτεμόντες ἐν Εὐαγγελίοις εἰρήκασι, ταῦτα τῷ πλάτει τῆς ἱστορίας ἐξαπλοῦται καὶ σαφηνίζεται. Ταῦτά ἐστι τὰ τοῖς εὐαγγελικοῖς ἀναγνώσμασι τῆς Κυριακῆς νυκτὸς περιεχόμενα, καὶ θορυβεῖν τὸν ἀγνοοῦντα δυνάμενα, ἃ καὶ ὡς χρέος ὑμῖν κατεθέμεθα· ὑμεῖς δὲ τίνα ποιεῖν ὀφείλετε τούτων ἀκούοντες, ἐρυθριῶ λέγειν, τὸν ἐπὶ τὰς θέας δρόμον καὶ τὴν λύσσαν τῶν πολλῶν λογιζόμενος. Παράσχοι δὲ ἡμῖν ὁ Κύριος δύναμιν, εἰς τὸ ἐκκλίνειν ἀπὸ κακοῦ, καὶ ποιεῖν ἀγαθὸν, χάριτι καὶ φιλανθρωπίᾳ τοῦ Κυρίου καὶ Θεοῦ καὶ Σωτῆρος ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ· ᾧ ἡ δόξα καὶ τὸ κράτος σὺν τῷ ἁγίῳ Πνεύματι, νῦν καὶ ἀεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας

tou Sōtēriou stomatos proenechthenta tauta ta rhēmata, dikēn trochou kata tēs oikoumenēs ekylisthē, kai pasan epedramen; kai ebaptisthēsan hapantes, kai ta ethnē kai poleis, Eis to onoma tou Patros kai tou Huiou kai tou hagiou Pneumatos. Alla toutōn akousantes tōn rhēmatōn hoi mathētai, pros ouden ethnos eporeuthēsan eutheōs, all᾽ emenon en Hierousalēm mechri tēs Pentēkostēs, anamenontes tēn endēmian tou hagiou Pneumatos, hētis autois en pyrinais epephoitēse glōssais. Houtō gar autois epi tessarakonta hēmeras diaphorōs phainomenos kai synaulizomenos, hę̄ phēsin en archę̄ tou bibliou tōn Praxeōn ho Loukas Enetelleto kai parēngelle legōn, ᾿Apo Hierosolymōn mē chōrizesthai, alla perimenein tēn epangelian tou Patros, hēn ēkousate mou, hoti Iōannēs men ebaptisen hydati, hymeis de baptisthēsesthe en Pneumati hagiǭ. Kalōs de agan to mē chōrizesthai, touto esti mē makran aphistasthai, mēde porrhō ginesthai, kai ouk eipe mē exienai to parapan tēs Hierousalēm. Pōs gar emelle touto eipein, ho prostaxas autois eis tēn Galilaian elthein? Kai to eirēmenon de en tǭ telei tou Euangeliou tǭ Louka; Kai egeneto en tǭ eulogein auton autous, diestē ap' autōn, kai anephereto eis ton ouranon. Homoiōs de kai to para tǭ Markǭ gegrammenon; ῾Ho men oun Kyrios meta to lalēsai autois, anelēphthē eis ton ouranon, kai ekathisen ek dexiōn tou Theou; noēteon en tę̄ tessarakostę̄ hēmerą gegenēsthai, kata to en tais Praxesin historēmenon. "A gar epitemontes en Euangeliois eirēkasi, tauta tǭ platei tēs historias exaploutai kai saphēnizetai. Tauta esti ta tois euangelikois anagnōsmasi tēs Kyriakēs nyktos periechomena, kai thorybein ton agnoounta dynamena, ha kai hōs chreos hymin katethemetha; hymeis de tina poiein opheilete toutōn akouontes, erythriō legein, ton epi tas theas dromon kai tēn lyssan tōn pollōn logizomenos. Paraschoi de hēmin ho Kyrios dynamin, eis to ekklinein apo kakou, kai poiein agathon, chariti kai philanthrōpią tou Kyriou kai Theou kai Sōtēros hēmōn Iēsou Christou; hǭ hē doxa kai to kratos syn tǭ hagiǭ Pneumati, nyn kai aei kai eis tous aiōnas

these words, brought forth from the Savior's mouth, rolled like a wheel over the world and ran through all of it; and all were baptized, nations and cities, “in the name of the Father and of the Son and of the Holy Spirit.” But having heard these words, the disciples did not go at once to any nation, but stayed in Jerusalem until Pentecost, waiting for the coming of the Holy Spirit, who came upon them in tongues of fire. For so, appearing to them in various ways over forty days and staying with them, as Luke says at the beginning of the book of Acts, he charged and commanded them, saying: “Do not depart from Jerusalem, but wait for the promise of the Father, which you heard from me; for John baptized with water, but you will be baptized in the Holy Spirit.” “Do not depart” is very well put: that is, do not go far away or get to a distance; he did not say not to leave Jerusalem at all. For how could he say this, who had commanded them to go to Galilee? And what is said at the end of the Gospel by Luke, “And it came to pass, while he was blessing them, he parted from them and was carried up into heaven,” and likewise what is written in Mark, “So then the Lord, after speaking to them, was taken up into heaven and sat down at the right hand of God,” must be understood to have taken place on the fortieth day, as recorded in the Acts. For what they said in shortened form in the Gospels is spread out and made clear in the breadth of the history. These are the things contained in the Gospel readings of the night of the Lord's day, which can trouble one who does not understand, and which we have laid before you as a debt we owed. What you ought to do, having heard them, I blush to say, when I consider the rush to the shows and the frenzy of the many. May the Lord give us power to turn away from evil and do good, by the grace and love for humankind of our Lord and God and Savior Jesus Christ, to whom be glory and power with the Holy Spirit, now and always and to the ages.

Chapter 3

3.651PG 46:651–652

Εἰς τὸ ἅγιον Πάσχα, καὶ περὶ τῆς ἀναστάσεως, ἐλέχθη τῇ μεγάλη Κυριακῇ. Οἱ πένητες τῶν ἀνθρώπων, φιλέορτοί τε καὶ προθύμῳ τῇ ψυχῇ, καὶ γαύρῳ τῷ σχήματι, τὰς πανηγύρεις κατασπαζόμενοι, κἂν ἑαυτοῖς μὴ ἐπαρκῶσιν εἰς τὴν σπουδαζομένην φαιδρότητα, παρὰ τῶν οἰκείων καὶ γνωρίμων πᾶσαν πολυτέλειαν ἐρανιζόμενοι, ἀνενδεεῖς ἑαυτοὺς εἰς τὴν προκειμένην χρείαν παρασκευάζουσιν. Ὅπερ δοκῶ πρὸς τὴν παροῦσαν ἡμέραν πάσχειν ἐγώ. Οὐδὲν γὰρ ἔχων μεγαλοπρεπὲς ἐν ταῖς

Eis to hagion Pascha, kai peri tēs anastaseōs, elechthē tę̄ megalē Kyriakę̄. Hoi penētes tōn anthrōpōn, phileortoi te kai prothymǭ tę̄ psychę̄, kai gaurǭ tǭ schēmati, tas panēgyreis kataspazomenoi, kan heautois mē eparkōsin eis tēn spoudazomenēn phaidrotēta, para tōn oikeiōn kai gnōrimōn pasan polyteleian eranizomenoi, anendeeis heautous eis tēn prokeimenēn chreian paraskeuazousin. Hoper dokō pros tēn parousan hēmeran paschein egō. Ouden gar echōn megaloprepes en tais

On holy Easter, and on the resurrection; delivered on the great Lord's day.

Poor people who love feasts welcome public festivals with eager souls and a proud bearing; and even if they cannot afford by themselves the splendor they are eager for, they collect every kind of finery from their relatives and acquaintances, and so make themselves lack nothing for the occasion at hand. This, I think, is what I experience on the present day. For having nothing magnificent in my

3.653PG 46:653–654

προκειμέναις εὐφημίαις παρ' ἐμαυτοῦ συντελεῖν πρὸς τὴν ἱερὰν ᾠδὴν, ἣν ἀρτίως ᾔσαμεν, καταφεύξομαι. Ἐκεῖθεν δὲ, ταῖς ἀφορμαῖς χρησάμενος, ἀποτίσω τὸ χρέος τῇ Γραφικῇ λέξει προσυφήνας καὶ τὰ ἐμὰ, εἴ τινα ἄρα καὶ τυγχάνει παρὰ τῷ πένητι δούλῳ τῆς εἰς τὸν Δεσπότην εὐχαριστίας ἐγκώμια. Ἔλεγε τοίνυν ἀρτίως ὁ Δαβὶδ, καὶ ἡμεῖς μετ᾿ ἐκείνου· Αἰνεῖτε τὸν Κύριον, πάντα τὰ ἔθνη, ἐπαινέσατε αὐτὸν, πάντες οἱ λαοί. Πάντα τὸν ἐξ ᾿Αδάμ ἄνθρωπον πρὸς τὸν ὕμνον καλεῖ, μηδένα καταλιμπάνων ἔξω τῆς κλήσεως· ἀλλὰ τοὺς Ἑσπερίους, τοὺς Ἑῴους, τοὺς παρ' ἑκάτερα, εἴ τις ἄρκτου γείτων καὶ τῆς μεσημβρίας ἔνοικος, ὁμοῦ πάντας δημαγωγεῖ τῷ ψαλμῷ. Καὶ ἀλλαχοῦ μὲν ἀπὸ μέρους τισὶ τῶν ἀνθρώπων προσδιαλέγεται, ἢ τοὺς ὁσίους καλῶν, ἢ τοὺς παῖδας πρὸς ὕμνον ἐγείρων· ἐπὶ δὲ τοῦ παρόντος ἔθνη καὶ λαοὺς τῷ ψαλτηρίῳ συνάγει. Ὅταν γὰρ, κατὰ τὸν Απόστολον, παρελύθη τὸ σχῆμα τοῦ κόσμου τούτου, βασιλεὺς δὲ καὶ Θεὸς ἐπεφάνη πᾶσιν ὁ Χριστὸς, πᾶσαν ψυχὴν ἄπιστον πληροφορήσας, καὶ γλῶσσαν βλάσφημον χαλινώσας, στήσῃ δὲ Ἑλλήνων τὴν ματαιότητα, καὶ Ἰουδαίων τὴν πλάνην, καὶ τῶν αἱρέσεων τὴν ἀδάμαστον γλωσσαλγίαν· τότε δὴ, τότε πάντα τὰ ἔθνη καὶ οἱ ἀπ' αἰῶνος λαοὶ ὑποκύψαντες, ἅμαχον τὴν προσκύνησιν ἀναπέμψουσιν, καὶ θαυμαστή τις ἔσται συμφωνία δοξολογίας, τῶν μὲν ὁσίων συνήθως ὑμνούντων, τῶν δὲ ἀσεβῶν, ἐξ ἀνάγκης ἱκετευόντων. Καὶ τότε ἀληθῶς ὁ ἐπινίκιος ὕμνος συμφώνως παρὰ πάντων ᾀσθήσεται, καὶ τῶν κρατηθέντων καὶ τῶν νικησάντων· τότε καὶ ὁ τῆς ταραχῆς ὑπαίτιος ὁ τὴν τοῦ Δεσπότου φαντασθεὶς ἀξίαν, μαστιγίας οἰκέτης ὀφθήσεται πᾶσι, παρ' ἀγγέλων πρὸς τὴν τιμωρίαν συρόμενος, καὶ πάντες οἱ τῆς ἐκείνου κακίας ὑπηρέται καὶ συνεργοὶ, ταῖς πρεπούσαις κολάσεσι καὶ δίκαις ὑποβληθήσονται· εἷς δὲ φανήσεται βασιλεὺς καὶ κριτής, κοινὸς Δεσπότης παρὰ πάντων ὁμολογούμενος· ἡσυχία δὲ ἔσται κατεσταλμένη, ὥσπερ ὅταν ἄρχοντος ἐπὶ βήματος καθημένου, ὁ μὲν κήρυξ ὑποσημαίνῃ τὴν σιωπὴν, οἱ λαοὶ δὲ καὶ ὄψιν καὶ ἀκοὴν συντείναντες, τὴν τῆς δημηγορίας ἀκρόασιν ἀναμένωσιν. Διὰ τοῦτο, Αἰνεῖτε τὸν Κύριον, πάντα τὰ ἔθνη, ἐπαινέσατε αὐτὸν, πάντες οἱ λαοί. Αἰνέσατε ὡς δυνατὸν, ἐπαινέσατε ὡς φιλάνθρωπον· ὅτι πεσόντας καὶ νεκροὺς ὄντας αὖθις ἐζωοποίησε, καὶ τὸ πονῆσαν σκεῦος ἀνενεώσατο πάλιν, καὶ τὴν ἐν τοῖς τάφοις τῶν λειψάνων ἀηδίαν εἰς ζῶον ἄφθαρτον φιλανθρώπως ἐμόρφωσε, καὶ ψυχὴν τὴν πρὸ τεσσάρων χιλιάδων ἐτῶν καταλιποῦσαν τὸ σῶμα, ὡς ἐκ μακρᾶς ἀποδημίας, εἰς ἰδίαν οἰκίαν ἐπανήγαγεν, οὐδὲν ἀπὸ χρόνου καὶ λήθης ξενιζομένην πρὸς τὸ ἴδιον ὄργανον, ἀλλὰ θᾶττον ἐπ᾿ αὐτὸ χωροῦσαν, ἢ ὄρνις ἐπὶ τὴν καλιὰν τὴν οἰκείαν καθίπταται. Εἴπωμεν γὰρ τὰ οἰκεῖα τῆς ἑορτῆς, ἵνα ἀκολούθως

prokeimenais euphēmiais par' emautou syntelein pros tēn hieran ǭdēn, hēn artiōs ę̄samen, katapheuxomai. Ekeithen de, tais aphormais chrēsamenos, apotisō to chreos tę̄ Graphikę̄ lexei prosyphēnas kai ta ema, ei tina ara kai tynchanei para tǭ penēti doulǭ tēs eis ton Despotēn eucharistias enkōmia. Elege toinyn artiōs ho Dabid, kai hēmeis met᾿ ekeinou; Aineite ton Kyrion, panta ta ethnē, epainesate auton, pantes hoi laoi. Panta ton ex ᾿Adam anthrōpon pros ton hymnon kalei, mēdena katalimpanōn exō tēs klēseōs; alla tous Hesperious, tous Heǭous, tous par' hekatera, ei tis arktou geitōn kai tēs mesēmbrias enoikos, homou pantas dēmagōgei tǭ psalmǭ. Kai allachou men apo merous tisi tōn anthrōpōn prosdialegetai, ē tous hosious kalōn, ē tous paidas pros hymnon egeirōn; epi de tou parontos ethnē kai laous tǭ psaltēriǭ synagei. Hotan gar, kata ton Apostolon, parelythē to schēma tou kosmou toutou, basileus de kai Theos epephanē pasin ho Christos, pasan psychēn apiston plērophorēsas, kai glōssan blasphēmon chalinōsas, stēsę̄ de Hellēnōn tēn mataiotēta, kai Ioudaiōn tēn planēn, kai tōn haireseōn tēn adamaston glōssalgian; tote dē, tote panta ta ethnē kai hoi ap' aiōnos laoi hypokypsantes, hamachon tēn proskynēsin anapempsousin, kai thaumastē tis estai symphōnia doxologias, tōn men hosiōn synēthōs hymnountōn, tōn de asebōn, ex anankēs hiketeuontōn. Kai tote alēthōs ho epinikios hymnos symphōnōs para pantōn ąsthēsetai, kai tōn kratēthentōn kai tōn nikēsantōn; tote kai ho tēs tarachēs hypaitios ho tēn tou Despotou phantastheis axian, mastigias oiketēs ophthēsetai pasi, par' angelōn pros tēn timōrian syromenos, kai pantes hoi tēs ekeinou kakias hypēretai kai synergoi, tais prepousais kolasesi kai dikais hypoblēthēsontai; heis de phanēsetai basileus kai kritēs, koinos Despotēs para pantōn homologoumenos; hēsychia de estai katestalmenē, hōsper hotan archontos epi bēmatos kathēmenou, ho men kēryx hyposēmainę̄ tēn siōpēn, hoi laoi de kai opsin kai akoēn synteinantes, tēn tēs dēmēgorias akroasin anamenōsin. Dia touto, Aineite ton Kyrion, panta ta ethnē, epainesate auton, pantes hoi laoi. Ainesate hōs dynaton, epainesate hōs philanthrōpon; hoti pesontas kai nekrous ontas authis ezōopoiēse, kai to ponēsan skeuos aneneōsato palin, kai tēn en tois taphois tōn leipsanōn aēdian eis zōon aphtharton philanthrōpōs emorphōse, kai psychēn tēn pro tessarōn chiliadōn etōn katalipousan to sōma, hōs ek makras apodēmias, eis idian oikian epanēgagen, ouden apo chronou kai lēthēs xenizomenēn pros to idion organon, alla thatton ep᾿ auto chōrousan, ē ornis epi tēn kalian tēn oikeian kathiptatai. Eipōmen gar ta oikeia tēs heortēs, hina akolouthōs

own resources to contribute to the praises set before us, I will take refuge in the sacred song we have just sung. Taking my starting points from there, I will pay my debt by weaving my own words onto the wording of Scripture, whatever praises of thanksgiving to the Master the poor servant may have. David, then, was just saying, and we with him: “Praise the Lord, all nations; extol him, all peoples.” He calls every human being descended from Adam to the hymn, leaving no one outside the summons: those of the west, those of the east, those on either side, whoever is neighbor to the north and whoever dwells in the south; he gathers them all together by the psalm. Elsewhere he speaks to some of mankind in part, either calling the holy ones or rousing the children to a hymn; but here he gathers nations and peoples with the psaltery. For when, according to the Apostle, the form of this world has been dissolved, and Christ has appeared to all as King and God, having fully convinced every unbelieving soul and bridled every blasphemous tongue, and has put a stop to the vanity of the Greeks, the error of the Jews, and the untamable wordiness of the heresies, then indeed, then all the nations and the peoples from of old will bow down and offer up worship without resistance, and there will be a wonderful harmony of praise, the holy singing hymns as is their custom, the ungodly supplicating because they must. Then truly the hymn of victory will be sung in harmony by all, both the conquered and the conquerors. Then he too who caused the disturbance, who imagined for himself the dignity of the Master, will be seen by all as a slave fit for the whip, dragged by angels to punishment, and all the servants and accomplices of his wickedness will be subjected to fitting punishments and penalties; and one King and Judge will appear, confessed by all as the common Master; and there will be a settled stillness, as when a magistrate sits on the tribunal, the herald signals silence, and the people, straining eyes and ears, wait to hear the address. For this reason: “Praise the Lord, all nations; extol him, all peoples.” Praise him as mighty; extol him as one who loves humankind: because, when we had fallen and were dead, he made us alive again, and renewed the vessel that had been worn out, and in his love for humankind formed the loathsome remains in the tombs into an incorruptible living being, and brought back the soul that had left the body four thousand years before into its own house, as from a long journey abroad, not at all estranged from its own instrument by time and forgetfulness, but going to it faster than a bird flies down to its own nest. Let us speak of what belongs to the feast, so that we may keep the feast consistently

3.655PG 46:655–656

καὶ προσφυῶς τοῖς πράγμασιν ἑορτάσωμεν. Τὸ γὰρ ἀνοίκειον καὶ ἀλλότριον πρὸς τῷ μηδὲν ὠφελεῖν, ἅτακτὸν ἐστι καὶ ἀλλόκοτον, οὐκ ἐν τοῖς περὶ θρησκείας καὶ εὐσεβείας λόγοις, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν ἔξωθεν καὶ τῆς τοῦ κόσμου σοφίας. Τίς γὰρ οὕτως ἀνόητος ἢ ὑπεργελοῖος ῥήτωρ, ὡς κληθεὶς εἰς φαιδρότητα γάμου ἀποστῆναι μὲν τῶν ἁρμοδίων λόγων καὶ γλαφυρῶν συνευπαθούντων ταῖς τῆς πανηγύρεως χάρισι, γοερὰ δὲ μέλη θρηνεῖν καὶ τὰ ἐκ τραγῳδίας κακά τῶν παστάδων κατολοφύρεσθαι; ἢ τὸ ἔμπαλιν ἐπιταχθεὶς ἑνὶ τῶν τετελευτηκότων τὰ νενομισμένα τελεῖν, ἐπιλαθέσθαι μὲν τοῦ πάθους, φαιδρύνεσθαι δὲ πρὸς τὸν κατηφείας γέμοντα σύλλογον; Εἰ δὲ ἐν τοῖς ἐγκοσμίοις καλὸν ἡ τάξις καὶ ἐπιστήμη, πολλῷ δήπου πλέον ἐν τοῖς μεγάλοις καὶ οὐρανίοις ἁρμοδιώτερον. Χριστὸς τοίνυν ἀνέστη σήμερον ὁ Θεὸς, ὁ ἀπαθὴς, ὁ ἀθάνατος (καὶ μικρὸν ἐπίσχες ὁ ἐθνικὸς, παρεὶς τὸν προπετῆ γέλωτα, μέχρις ἂν πάντων ἀκούσῃς), οὐ πρὸς ἀνάγκην παθῶν, οὐδὲ τὴν ἐξ οὐρανῶν κάθοδον βιασθεὶς, οὐδὲ τὴν ἀνάστασιν ὡς ἀπροσδόκητον εὐεργεσίαν παρ' ἐλπίδας εὑρὼν, ἀλλ᾽ εἰδὼς πάντων τῶν πραγμάτων τὸ τέλος, καὶ οὕτω τὴν ἀρχὴν ποιησάμενος, ἔχων ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖς τῆς θεότητος τῶν προκειμένων τὴν γνῶσιν, καὶ πρὶν ἐξ οὐρανῶν κατελθεῖν, βλέπων καὶ τῶν ἐθνῶν τὴν ταραχὴν, καὶ τοῦ Ἰσραὴλ τὴν σκληρότητα, καὶ Πιλάτον προκαθήμενον, καὶ Καϊάφαν αὐτῷ τὴν ἐσθῆτα περισπαράσσοντα, καὶ τὸν στασιώδη δῆμον φλεγμαίνοντα, καὶ Ἰούδαν προδιδόντα, καὶ Πέτρον ὑπερμαχόμενον, καὶ μετ᾿ ὀλίγον ἑαυτὸν τῇ ἀναστάσει εἰς δόξαν ἀφθαρσίας μεταμορφούμενον καὶ πᾶν τὸ μέλλον ἔχων ὑπογεγραμμένον τῇ γνώσει, οὐκ ἀνεβάλετο τὴν εἰς τὸν ἄνθρωπον χάριν, οὐδὲ ὑπερέθετο τὴν οἰκονομίαν· ἀλλ᾽ ὥσπερ οἱ τὸν ἀσθενῆ παρὰ χαράδρας συρόμενον βλέποντες, εἰδότες ὡς ἔστι καὶ βορβόρῳ τοῦ χειμάῤῥου ἐνειληθῆναι, καὶ τῆς πληγῆς ἀνασχέσθαι τῶν λίθων τῶν συνωθουμένων παρὰ τοῦ ὕδατος, ὅμως διὰ τὸ συμπαθὲς τὸ περὶ τὸν κινδυνεύοντα οὐκ ὀκνοῦσι τὴν εἴσοδον· οὕτω καὶ ὁ φιλάνθρωπος ἡμῶν Σωτὴρ, ἐθελοντής ὑβριστικὰ καὶ ἄτιμα κατεδέξατο, ἵνα τὸν ἐξ ἀπάτης ἀπολλύμενον σώσῃ, κατῆλθεν εἰς τὸν βίον, ἐπειδὴ προήδει καὶ τὴν ἄνοδον ἔνδοξον. Αποθανεῖν τῷ ἀνθρωπίνῳ ἑαυτὸν συνεχώρησεν, ἐπειδὴ καὶ τὴν ἔγερσιν προεγίνωσκεν. Οὐ γὰρ ὡς εἷς τῶν κοινῶν ἀνθρώπων, ῥιψοκινδύνως ἐτόλμα τῇ ἀδηλίᾳ τοῦ μέλλοντος ἐπιτρέπων τὴν ἔκβασιν, ἀλλ᾿ ὡς Θεὸς ᾠκονόμει τὸ προκείμενον, ἐπὶ ῥητῷ καὶ ἐγνωσμένῳ τῷ τέλει. Αὕτη τοίνυν ἡ ἡμέρα, ἣν ἐποίησεν ὁ Κύριος ἀγαλλιασώμεθα καὶ εὐφρανθῶμεν ἐν αὐτῇ, μὴ μέθαις καὶ κώμοις, μὴ χοροῖς καὶ παροινίαις, ἀλλὰ ταῖς θεοειδέσιν ἐννοίαις. Σήμερον ἅπασαν τὴν οἰκουμένην ἔστιν ἰδεῖν ὡς μίαν οἰκίαν εἰς συμφωνίαν ἑνὸς

kai prosphyōs tois pragmasin heortasōmen. To gar anoikeion kai allotrion pros tǭ mēden ōphelein, hatakton esti kai allokoton, ouk en tois peri thrēskeias kai eusebeias logois, alla kai epi tōn exōthen kai tēs tou kosmou sophias. Tis gar houtōs anoētos ē hypergeloios rhētōr, hōs klētheis eis phaidrotēta gamou apostēnai men tōn harmodiōn logōn kai glaphyrōn syneupathountōn tais tēs panēgyreōs charisi, goera de melē thrēnein kai ta ek tragǭdias kaka tōn pastadōn katolophyresthai? ē to empalin epitachtheis heni tōn teteleutēkotōn ta nenomismena telein, epilathesthai men tou pathous, phaidrynesthai de pros ton katēpheias gemonta syllogon? Ei de en tois enkosmiois kalon hē taxis kai epistēmē, pollǭ dēpou pleon en tois megalois kai ouraniois harmodiōteron. Christos toinyn anestē sēmeron ho Theos, ho apathēs, ho athanatos (kai mikron episches ho ethnikos, pareis ton propetē gelōta, mechris an pantōn akousę̄s), ou pros anankēn pathōn, oude tēn ex ouranōn kathodon biastheis, oude tēn anastasin hōs aprosdokēton euergesian par' elpidas heurōn, all᾽ eidōs pantōn tōn pragmatōn to telos, kai houtō tēn archēn poiēsamenos, echōn en ophthalmois tēs theotētos tōn prokeimenōn tēn gnōsin, kai prin ex ouranōn katelthein, blepōn kai tōn ethnōn tēn tarachēn, kai tou Israēl tēn sklērotēta, kai Pilaton prokathēmenon, kai Kaïaphan autǭ tēn esthēta perisparassonta, kai ton stasiōdē dēmon phlegmainonta, kai Ioudan prodidonta, kai Petron hypermachomenon, kai met᾿ oligon heauton tę̄ anastasei eis doxan aphtharsias metamorphoumenon kai pan to mellon echōn hypogegrammenon tę̄ gnōsei, ouk anebaleto tēn eis ton anthrōpon charin, oude hyperetheto tēn oikonomian; all᾽ hōsper hoi ton asthenē para charadras syromenon blepontes, eidotes hōs esti kai borborǭ tou cheimarrhou eneilēthēnai, kai tēs plēgēs anaschesthai tōn lithōn tōn synōthoumenōn para tou hydatos, homōs dia to sympathes to peri ton kindyneuonta ouk oknousi tēn eisodon; houtō kai ho philanthrōpos hēmōn Sōtēr, ethelontēs hybristika kai atima katedexato, hina ton ex apatēs apollymenon sōsę̄, katēlthen eis ton bion, epeidē proēdei kai tēn anodon endoxon. Apothanein tǭ anthrōpinǭ heauton synechōrēsen, epeidē kai tēn egersin proeginōsken. Ou gar hōs heis tōn koinōn anthrōpōn, rhipsokindynōs etolma tę̄ adēlią tou mellontos epitrepōn tēn ekbasin, all᾿ hōs Theos ǭkonomei to prokeimenon, epi rhētǭ kai egnōsmenǭ tǭ telei. Hautē toinyn hē hēmera, hēn epoiēsen ho Kyrios agalliasōmetha kai euphranthōmen en autę̄, mē methais kai kōmois, mē chorois kai paroiniais, alla tais theoeidesin ennoiais. Sēmeron hapasan tēn oikoumenēn estin idein hōs mian oikian eis symphōnian henos

and in keeping with the events. For what is unfitting and foreign, besides being of no use, is disorderly and absurd, not only in discourses about religion and piety, but also in secular matters and the wisdom of the world. For what orator would be so foolish or so utterly ridiculous that, invited to the brightness of a wedding, he would abandon the fitting and elegant words that share in the delight of the festivity, and sing mournful dirges and lament the bridal chambers with the woes of tragedy? Or, on the contrary, appointed to perform the customary rites for one of the dead, would forget the sorrow and be cheerful before a gathering full of gloom? If in worldly matters order and skill are good, they are surely far more fitting in things great and heavenly. Christ, then, has risen today: God, the impassible, the immortal (wait a little, you pagan, set aside your rash laughter until you have heard everything), not suffering under compulsion, nor forced into his descent from heaven, nor finding the resurrection beyond his hopes as an unexpected benefit, but knowing the end of all things and so making the beginning, having before the eyes of his Godhead the knowledge of what lay ahead. Even before he came down from heaven he saw the turmoil of the nations, the hardness of Israel, Pilate presiding, Caiaphas tearing his robe, the seditious mob inflamed, Judas betraying, Peter fighting in his defense, and himself, shortly afterward, transformed by the resurrection into the glory of incorruption. And with the whole future sketched out in his knowledge, he did not put off his grace toward man nor postpone the dispensation. But just as those who see a sick man being swept along by a torrent, though they know that they too may be entangled in the mud of the stream and have to endure the blows of the stones driven along by the water, nevertheless do not hesitate to go in, out of compassion for the one in danger, so our Savior, who loves humankind, willingly accepted insult and dishonor to save the one perishing through deceit. He came down into life, since he foreknew that his going up would be glorious; he allowed himself to die in his humanity, since he also foreknew the rising. For he did not venture recklessly, like an ordinary man, entrusting the outcome to the uncertainty of the future; rather, as God he arranged what lay before him with a definite and known end. “This, then, is the day that the Lord has made; let us rejoice and be glad in it,” not with drunkenness and revels, not with dances and drunken violence, but with godlike thoughts. Today one can see the whole world as one household, brought together into the harmony of one

3.657PG 46:657–658

πράγματος συγχυθεῖσαν τοῦ κατὰ συνήθειαν πράγματος, μετασκευασθεῖσαν δὲ ἑνὶ συνθήματι εἰς τὴν σπουδὴν τῆς εὐχῆς. Αἱ λεωφόροι τοὺς ὁδοιπόρους οὐκ ἔχουσι· θάλασσα σήμερον ναυτῶν καὶ πλωτήρων ἔρημος· γεωργὸς τὴν σκαπάνην καὶ τὸ ἄροτρον ῥίψας, εἰς τὸ τοῦ ἑορτάζοντος σχῆμα ἐκαλλωπίσατο· αἱ καπηλεῖαι τῆς ἐμπορίας σχολάζουσιν· αἱ ὀχλήσεις ἐλύθησαν, ὡς χειμὼν ἐπιφανέντος ἔαρος· θόρυβοι καὶ ταραχαὶ καὶ ζάλαι τοῦ βίου, τῇ εἰρήνῃ τῆς ἑορτῆς ὑπεξέστησαν· ὁ πένης ὡς πλούσιος καλλωπίζεται· ὁ πλούσιος τῆς συνηθείας περιφανέστερος δείκνυται ὁ πρεσβύτης ὡς νέος τρέχει πρὸς τὴν μετουσίαν τῆς εὐφροσύνης· ὁ ἀσθενὴς, καὶ τὴν νόσον βιάζεται· τὸ παιδίον τῇ ἐξαλλαγῇ τῆς ἐσθῆτος αἰσθητως ἑορτάζει, ἐπειδὴ νοητῶς οὐδέπω δύναται. Ἡ παρθένος ὑπεργάννυται τὴν ψυχὴν, ὅτι τῆς ἰδίας ἐλπίδος λαμπρὰν καὶ οὕτω τιμωμένην τὴν ὑπόμνησιν βλέπει· ἡ ἔγγαμος ὅλῳ τῷ πληρώματι τῆς οἰκίας ἑορτάζουσα χαίρει· νῦν γὰρ αὐτὴ, καὶ ὁ σύνοικος, καὶ οἱ παῖδες, καὶ οἱ οἰκέται, καὶ πάντες ἐφέστιοι ἀγάλλονται. Καὶ ὥσπερ τὸ σμῆνος τῶν μελισσῶν τὸ νέον καὶ ἀρτίτοκον, πρῶτον τῆς καταδύσεως ἢ τῶν καλαθίσκων πρὸς τὸν ἀέρα καὶ τὸ φῶς ἐξιπτάμενον, ἄθρουν ὁμοῦ καὶ συνηγμένον ἑνὶ κλάδῳ δένδρου προσπλάσσεται· οὕτως ἐπὶ ταύτης τῆς ἑορτῆς ὁλόκληρα τὰ γένη πρὸς τὰς ἐστίας συντρέχει. Καὶ ἀληθῶς τῇ μιμήσει πρὸς τὴν μέλλουσαν ἡμέραν ἡ παροῦσα καλῶς ἀναφέρεται. ᾿Αθροιστικαὶ γὰρ ἀνθρώπων ἀμφότεραι, ἐκείνη τῶν καθόλου, αὕτη τῶν ἐπὶ μέρους· ἵνα δὲ τὸ ἀληθέστερον εἴπωμεν, ὅσον εἰς φαιδρότητα φέρει καὶ εὐθυμίαν, αὕτη τῆς προσδοκωμένης χαριεστέρα, ἐπειδὴ τότε μὲν ἐπάναγκες καὶ τοὺς ὀδυρομένους ὁρᾶσθαι, ὧν αἱ ἁμαρτίαι ἀποκαλύπτονται· νῦν δὲ ἀνεπίδεκτος τῶν σκυθρωπῶν ἐστιν ἡ εὐπάθεια. "Ο τε γὰρ δίκαιος εὐφραίνεται, καὶ ὁ τὸ συνειδὸς μὴ καθαρεύων ἀναμένει τὴν ἐκ τῆς μετανοίας διόρθωσιν, καὶ πᾶσα ἡ λύπη ἐπὶ τῆς παρούσης ἡμέρας κοιμίζεται οὐδεὶς δὲ οὕτω κατώδυνος, ὡς ἄνεσιν μὴ εὑρέσθαι τῇ μεγαλοπρεπείᾳ τῆς ἑορτῆς· νῦν ὁ δεσμώτης λύεται· ὁ χρεώστης ἀφίεται· ὁ δοῦλος ἐλευθεροῦται τῷ ἀγαθῷ καὶ φιλανθρώπῳ τῆς Ἐκκλησίας κηρύγματι, οὐ ῥαπιζόμενος ἀσχημόνως κατὰ τῆς παρειᾶς, καὶ πληγῇ τῆς πληγῆς ἀφιέμενος, οὐδὲ ὥσπερ ἐν πομπῇ τῷ δήμῳ δεικνύμενος ἐφ᾽ ὑψηλῷ βήματι, ὕβριν δὲ ἔχων καὶ ἐρυθριασμὸν τὴν ἀρχὴν τῆς ἐλευθερίας· ἀλλ᾽ οὕτω κοσμίως ἀφιέμενος, ὡς γινώσκεται, εὐεργετεῖται καὶ ὁ μένων ἐπὶ τῆς δουλείας ἔτι. Εἰ γὰρ καὶ πολλὰ καὶ βαρέα τὰ ἁμαρτήματα, παραίτησιν ὑπερβαίνοντα καὶ συγγνώμην, αἰδούμενος ὁ Δεσπότης τὸ τῆς ἡμέρας γαληνὸν καὶ φιλάνθρωπον, δέχεται τὸν ἀπεῤῥιμμένον, καὶ ἐν τοῖς ἀτίμοις ὁρώμενον, ὡς ὁ Φαραὼ τὸν οἰνοχόον ἐκ τοῦ δεσμωτηρίου. Οἶδε γὰρ ὡς κατὰ τὴν προθεσμίαν τῆς ἀναστάσεως, ἧς καθ' ὁμοιότητα τὴν παροῦσαν τιμῶμεν, χρήζει καὶ αὐτὸς τῆς ἀνεξικακίας καὶ τῆς ἀγαθότητος τοῦ Δεσπότου, καὶ δανείζων ἐνταῦθα τὸν ἔλεον, προσδοκᾷ τὴν ἀπόδοσιν ἐν καιρῷ. Ἠκούσατε, οἱ δεσπόται; Φυλάξατε τὸν λόγον ὡς ἀγαθὸν, μὴ διαβάλητέ με παρὰ τοῖς δούλοις ὡς ψευδῶς τὴν ἡμέραν ἐγκωμιάζοντα· ἀφέλετε τὴν

pragmatos synchytheisan tou kata synētheian pragmatos, metaskeuastheisan de heni synthēmati eis tēn spoudēn tēs euchēs. Hai leōphoroi tous hodoiporous ouk echousi; thalassa sēmeron nautōn kai plōtērōn erēmos; geōrgos tēn skapanēn kai to arotron rhipsas, eis to tou heortazontos schēma ekallōpisato; hai kapēleiai tēs emporias scholazousin; hai ochlēseis elythēsan, hōs cheimōn epiphanentos earos; thoryboi kai tarachai kai zalai tou biou, tę̄ eirēnę̄ tēs heortēs hypexestēsan; ho penēs hōs plousios kallōpizetai; ho plousios tēs synētheias periphanesteros deiknytai ho presbytēs hōs neos trechei pros tēn metousian tēs euphrosynēs; ho asthenēs, kai tēn noson biazetai; to paidion tę̄ exallagę̄ tēs esthētos aisthētōs heortazei, epeidē noētōs oudepō dynatai. Hē parthenos hypergannytai tēn psychēn, hoti tēs idias elpidos lampran kai houtō timōmenēn tēn hypomnēsin blepei; hē engamos holǭ tǭ plērōmati tēs oikias heortazousa chairei; nyn gar autē, kai ho synoikos, kai hoi paides, kai hoi oiketai, kai pantes ephestioi agallontai. Kai hōsper to smēnos tōn melissōn to neon kai artitokon, prōton tēs katadyseōs ē tōn kalathiskōn pros ton aera kai to phōs exiptamenon, athroun homou kai synēgmenon heni kladǭ dendrou prosplassetai; houtōs epi tautēs tēs heortēs holoklēra ta genē pros tas estias syntrechei. Kai alēthōs tę̄ mimēsei pros tēn mellousan hēmeran hē parousa kalōs anapheretai. ᾿Athroistikai gar anthrōpōn amphoterai, ekeinē tōn katholou, hautē tōn epi merous; hina de to alēthesteron eipōmen, hoson eis phaidrotēta pherei kai euthymian, hautē tēs prosdokōmenēs chariestera, epeidē tote men epanankes kai tous odyromenous horasthai, hōn hai hamartiai apokalyptontai; nyn de anepidektos tōn skythrōpōn estin hē eupatheia. "O te gar dikaios euphrainetai, kai ho to syneidos mē kathareuōn anamenei tēn ek tēs metanoias diorthōsin, kai pasa hē lypē epi tēs parousēs hēmeras koimizetai oudeis de houtō katōdynos, hōs anesin mē heuresthai tę̄ megaloprepeią tēs heortēs; nyn ho desmōtēs lyetai; ho chreōstēs aphietai; ho doulos eleutheroutai tǭ agathǭ kai philanthrōpǭ tēs Ekklēsias kērygmati, ou rhapizomenos aschēmonōs kata tēs pareias, kai plēgę̄ tēs plēgēs aphiemenos, oude hōsper en pompę̄ tǭ dēmǭ deiknymenos eph᾽ hypsēlǭ bēmati, hybrin de echōn kai erythriasmon tēn archēn tēs eleutherias; all᾽ houtō kosmiōs aphiemenos, hōs ginōsketai, euergeteitai kai ho menōn epi tēs douleias eti. Ei gar kai polla kai barea ta hamartēmata, paraitēsin hyperbainonta kai syngnōmēn, aidoumenos ho Despotēs to tēs hēmeras galēnon kai philanthrōpon, dechetai ton aperrhimmenon, kai en tois atimois horōmenon, hōs ho Pharaō ton oinochoon ek tou desmōtēriou. Oide gar hōs kata tēn prothesmian tēs anastaseōs, hēs kath' homoiotēta tēn parousan timōmen, chrēzei kai autos tēs anexikakias kai tēs agathotētos tou Despotou, kai daneizōn entautha ton eleon, prosdoką tēn apodosin en kairǭ. Ēkousate, hoi despotai? Phylaxate ton logon hōs agathon, mē diabalēte me para tois doulois hōs pseudōs tēn hēmeran enkōmiazonta; aphelete tēn

purpose, set free from its usual business and changed by one signal to eagerness for prayer. The highways have no travelers; the sea today is empty of sailors and voyagers; the farmer has thrown down his mattock and plow and dressed himself in festal attire; the shops are idle from trade; troubles have melted away, like winter when spring appears; the din, disturbances, and storms of life have given way to the peace of the feast; the poor man adorns himself like a rich man; the rich man shows himself more splendid than usual; the old man runs like a young man to share in the gladness; the sick man forces himself past his illness; the child keeps the feast with his senses by a change of clothes, since he cannot yet keep it with his mind. The virgin rejoices greatly in her soul because she sees the reminder of her own hope so bright and so honored; the married woman rejoices, keeping the feast with her whole household, for now she, her husband, the children, the servants, and everyone at the hearth are glad. And just as a new, newly born swarm of bees, flying out for the first time from its hiding place or its baskets into the air and the light, settles all together in one mass on a single branch of a tree, so at this feast whole families run together to their hearths. And truly the present day is well compared, as an imitation, to the day that is to come. For both gather human beings together: that one, all of them; this one, those in each place. And to speak more truly, as far as brightness and good cheer go, this day is more delightful than the one we await, since then those whose sins are uncovered must necessarily be seen mourning; but now the rejoicing admits nothing gloomy. For the righteous man is glad, and he whose conscience is not clean looks for amendment through repentance, and all grief is put to sleep on the present day; no one is so sorrowful as not to find relief in the magnificence of the feast. Now the prisoner is freed; the debtor is forgiven; the slave is set free by the good and kindly proclamation of the church: not slapped shamefully on the cheek and released from blows by a blow, nor displayed to the people on a high platform as in a procession, having insult and shame as the beginning of his freedom, but released so decently that, as is well known, even the one who still remains in slavery receives a benefit. For even if his sins are many and grave, beyond excuse and pardon, the master, out of respect for the calm and kindness of the day, receives the one who had been cast off and was seen among the dishonored, as Pharaoh did the cupbearer from prison. For he knows that at the appointed time of the resurrection, in whose likeness we honor the present day, he too needs the forbearance and goodness of his own Master, and lending mercy here, he expects repayment in due season. Have you heard, you masters? Keep the word as good; do not accuse me before your slaves of having praised the day falsely. Take away the

3.659PG 46:659–660

λύπην τῶν θλιβομένων ψυχῶν, ὡς ὁ Κύριος τῶν σωμάτων τὴν νέκρωσιν· μεταμορφώσατε τοὺς ἀτίμους εἰς ἐπιτιμίαν, τοὺς θλιβομένους εἰς χαρὰν, τοὺς ἀπαῤῥησιάστους, εἰς παῤῥησίαν. Ἐξαγάγετε τῆς γωνίας τοὺς ῥιφέντας, ὡς τάφων· ἐπανθησάτω τὸ τῆς ἑορτῆς κάλλος ὡς ἄνθος τοῖς πᾶσιν. Εἰ γὰρ βασιλέως ἀνθρώπου γενέθλιος ἡμέρα ἀνοίγει δεσμωτήριον, ἡ ἐπινίκιος ἡμέρα Χριστὸς ἀναστὰς οὐκ ἀφήσει τοὺς τεθλιμμένους Οἱ πτωχοὶ, τὴν ὑμετέραν τροφὸν ἀσπάσασθε οἱ διεῤῥυηκότες καὶ λελωβημένοι τὰ σώματα, τὴν ἰωμένην ὑμῶν τὰς συμφοράς. Διὰ γὰρ τὴν ἀπὸ τῆς ἀναστάσεως ἐλπίδα καὶ ἀρετὴ σπουδάζεται καὶ κακία μισεῖται, ἐπεὶ ἀναστάσεως ἀνῃρημένης, εἷς παρὰ πᾶσι κρατῶν εὑρεθήσεται λόγος· Φάγωμεν καὶ πίωμεν· αὔριον γὰρ ἀποθνήσκομεν. Πρὸς ταύτην βλέπων ὁ ᾿Απόστολος τὴν ἡμέραν, τῆς ζωῆς τῆς ἐπικαίρου καταφρονεῖ· ἐπιθυμεῖ δὲ τῆς μελλούσης, ἐξευτελίζων δὲ τὰ ὁρώμενά φησιν· Εἰ ἐπὶ τῇ ζωῇ ταύτῃ ἡλπικότες ἐσμὲν, ἐλεεινότεροι πάντων ἀνθρώπων ἐσμέν. Διὰ ταύτην τὴν ἡμέραν κληρονόμοι Θεοῦ ἄνθρωποι, καὶ συγκληρονόμοι Χριστοῦ. Διὰ ταύτην τὴν ἡμέραν ὅπερ οἱ σαρκοβόροι ὄρνιθες ἔφαγον πρὸ χιλίων ἐνιαυτῶν μέρος τοῦ σώματος, εὑρεθήσεται μὴ λεῖπον· καὶ ὅπερ κήτη, καὶ κύνες, καὶ τὰ ἐνάλια ζῶα κατεβοσκήθησαν, ἐγειρομένῳ τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ συναναστήσεται· καὶ ὅπερ διέφλεξε πῦρ, καὶ σκώληξ ἐν τάφοις κατεδαπάνησε, καὶ ἁπλῶς πάντα τὰ σώματα, ὅσα μετὰ τὴν γένεσιν ἠφάνισεν ἡ φθορὰ, ἀνελλιπῆ καὶ ἀκέραια δοθήσεται ἐκ τῆς γῆς, καὶ ὡς Παῦλος διδάσκει, ἐν ῥοπῇ ὀφθαλμοῦ τελεσθήσεται ἡ ἀνάστασις. Ῥοπὴ δὲ ὀφθαλμοῦ, ἐπίμυσις βλεφάρων ἐστί. Καὶ τούτου τοῦ τάχους οὐκ ἂν ἕτερον ὀξύτερον γένοιτο οὐδὲ ἀνθρωπικῶς κατὰ τὴν δύναμιν τὴν σαυτοῦ λογιζόμενος, πόσα διαστήματα χρόνων διαγράφεις ἐν τῇ ψυχῇ σου· πρῶτον, ἵνα τὰ διασαπέντα τῶν ὀστέων καὶ γεωθέντα εἰς τὴν σκληρότητα καὶ λειότητα συμπαγῇ, ἑνωθέντα δὲ ἐκ τῆς θρύψεως πάλιν εἰς ῥυθμὸν ἁρμονίας, καὶ τὴν φυσικὴν συνέλθῃ συνάφειαν. Εἶτα ἐπινοεῖς τὴν τῶν σαρκῶν περίπλασιν, καὶ νεύρων ἀποτεταμένας συνδέσεις, καὶ φλεβῶν καὶ ἀρτηριῶν λεπτοὺς ὀχετοὺς ὑφηπλωμένους τῷ δέρματι· ψυχῶν δὲ ἀμύθητον καὶ ἀναρίθμητον πλῆθος ἔκ τινων ἀποῤῥήτων οἰκήσεων· γνωρίζουσαν δὲ ἑκάστην ὡς ἱμάτιον ἐξαίρετον τὸ ἴδιον σῶμα, καὶ τούτῳ πάλιν ἐνοικοῦσαν ὀξέως, ἀπλανῆ δὲ ἔχουσαν τὴν διάκρισιν κατὰ πλήθους τοσούτου ὁμοφύλων πνευμάτων. Ἐννόησον γὰρ τὰς ἀπὸ ᾿Ἀδὰμ ψυχὰς, καὶ τὰ ἀπ᾿ ἐκείνου σώματα πλῆθος τοσούτων οἰκιῶν λυθεισῶν, καὶ οἰκοδεσποτῶν ἐκ μακρᾶς τῆς ἀποδημίας ὑποστρεφόντων, πάντα δὲ παραδόξως τελούμενα· οὔτε γὰρ οἰκία ἀνακτιζομένη βραδύνει, οὔτε ὁ ἕνοικος πλανᾶται καὶ θυραυλεῖ, ζητῶν

lypēn tōn thlibomenōn psychōn, hōs ho Kyrios tōn sōmatōn tēn nekrōsin; metamorphōsate tous atimous eis epitimian, tous thlibomenous eis charan, tous aparrhēsiastous, eis parrhēsian. Exagagete tēs gōnias tous rhiphentas, hōs taphōn; epanthēsatō to tēs heortēs kallos hōs anthos tois pasin. Ei gar basileōs anthrōpou genethlios hēmera anoigei desmōtērion, hē epinikios hēmera Christos anastas ouk aphēsei tous tethlimmenous Hoi ptōchoi, tēn hymeteran trophon aspasasthe hoi dierrhyēkotes kai lelōbēmenoi ta sōmata, tēn iōmenēn hymōn tas symphoras. Dia gar tēn apo tēs anastaseōs elpida kai aretē spoudazetai kai kakia miseitai, epei anastaseōs anę̄rēmenēs, heis para pasi kratōn heurethēsetai logos; Phagōmen kai piōmen; aurion gar apothnēskomen. Pros tautēn blepōn ho ᾿Apostolos tēn hēmeran, tēs zōēs tēs epikairou kataphronei; epithymei de tēs mellousēs, exeutelizōn de ta horōmena phēsin; Ei epi tę̄ zōę̄ tautę̄ hēlpikotes esmen, eleeinoteroi pantōn anthrōpōn esmen. Dia tautēn tēn hēmeran klēronomoi Theou anthrōpoi, kai synklēronomoi Christou. Dia tautēn tēn hēmeran hoper hoi sarkoboroi ornithes ephagon pro chiliōn eniautōn meros tou sōmatos, heurethēsetai mē leipon; kai hoper kētē, kai kynes, kai ta enalia zōa kateboskēthēsan, egeiromenǭ tǭ anthrōpǭ synanastēsetai; kai hoper diephlexe pyr, kai skōlēx en taphois katedapanēse, kai haplōs panta ta sōmata, hosa meta tēn genesin ēphanisen hē phthora, anellipē kai akeraia dothēsetai ek tēs gēs, kai hōs Paulos didaskei, en rhopę̄ ophthalmou telesthēsetai hē anastasis. Rhopē de ophthalmou, epimysis blepharōn esti. Kai toutou tou tachous ouk an heteron oxyteron genoito oude anthrōpikōs kata tēn dynamin tēn sautou logizomenos, posa diastēmata chronōn diagrapheis en tę̄ psychę̄ sou; prōton, hina ta diasapenta tōn osteōn kai geōthenta eis tēn sklērotēta kai leiotēta sympagę̄, henōthenta de ek tēs thrypseōs palin eis rhythmon harmonias, kai tēn physikēn synelthę̄ synapheian. Eita epinoeis tēn tōn sarkōn periplasin, kai neurōn apotetamenas syndeseis, kai phlebōn kai artēriōn leptous ochetous hyphēplōmenous tǭ dermati; psychōn de amythēton kai anarithmēton plēthos ek tinōn aporrhētōn oikēseōn; gnōrizousan de hekastēn hōs himation exaireton to idion sōma, kai toutǭ palin enoikousan oxeōs, aplanē de echousan tēn diakrisin kata plēthous tosoutou homophylōn pneumatōn. Ennoēson gar tas apo ᾿Adam psychas, kai ta ap᾿ ekeinou sōmata plēthos tosoutōn oikiōn lytheisōn, kai oikodespotōn ek makras tēs apodēmias hypostrephontōn, panta de paradoxōs teloumena; oute gar oikia anaktizomenē bradynei, oute ho henoikos planatai kai thyraulei, zētōn

grief of afflicted souls, as the Lord took away the deadness of bodies; change the dishonored into honor, the afflicted into joy, those without freedom of speech into freedom of speech. Bring out of their corner those who have been cast aside, as out of tombs; let the beauty of the feast blossom like a flower for all. For if the birthday of a human king opens the prison, will not the day of victory, the day of Christ's rising, release the afflicted? You poor, welcome your nourisher; you whose bodies are wasted and maimed, welcome the healer of your misfortunes. For it is because of the hope of the resurrection that virtue is pursued and vice hated; if the resurrection is done away with, one saying will be found to prevail among all: “Let us eat and drink, for tomorrow we die.” Looking to this day the Apostle despises the life of the moment and longs for the life to come; and belittling what is seen, he says: “If in this life we have hoped, we are of all people most to be pitied.” Because of this day human beings are heirs of God and fellow heirs with Christ. Because of this day, the part of the body that carrion birds ate a thousand years ago will be found not missing; and what sea monsters and dogs and the creatures of the sea fed on will rise again with the man when he is raised; and what fire burned up and the worm consumed in the tombs, in short, all bodies that corruption has destroyed since their making, will be given back from the earth entire and whole; and, as Paul teaches, the resurrection will be completed “in the twinkling of an eye.” The twinkling of an eye is the closing of the eyelids, and there could be no speed quicker than this. But you, reckoning in human fashion according to your own power, sketch out in your soul so many intervals of time: first, that the bones that have rotted and turned to earth may be compacted into hardness and smoothness, and, united again from their crumbling into a well-fitted order, come together in their natural joining. Then you think of the flesh molded around them, the stretched bonds of the sinews, and the fine channels of veins and arteries spread out beneath the skin; and of the untold and countless multitude of souls coming from certain unspeakable dwellings, each recognizing its own body as a garment that is its own, quickly dwelling in it again, and distinguishing it without error among so great a multitude of kindred spirits. Consider the souls from Adam on, and the bodies from him on: a multitude of so many houses dissolved, and of householders returning from a long journey abroad, and all accomplished wondrously. For neither is the house that is rebuilt slow, nor does the inhabitant wander and stay out of doors, looking

3.661PG 46:661–662

ποῦ τὰ ἴδια καὶ ἐξαίρετα· εὐθὺς δὲ ἐπ᾿ αὐτὴν χωρεῖ, ὡσεὶ περιστερὰ πρὸς τὸν ἴδιον πύργον, κἂν πολλοὶ καὶ συνεχεῖς περὶ τὸν αὐτὸν τόπον ὦσιν δι᾿ ὁμοίων σχημάτων ἐκλάμποντες. Πόθεν πάλιν ἡ ἀνάμνησις καὶ ὁ ἀναλογισμὸς τοῦ προτέρου βίου, καὶ ἑκάστης πράξεως ἔννοια, οὕτως ὀξέως συναπαρτιζομένη τῷ ζώῳ πρὸ τοσούτων αἰώνων διαλυθέντι; Καίτοι γε καὶ ἐξ ὕπνου ἄνθρωπος ἀνεγερθείς βαθυτέρου, ἐπ᾿ ὀλίγον ἀγνοεῖ ὅστις ἐστὶ καὶ ὅποι διάγει, καὶ τῶν συνήθων ἐπιλανθάνεται, μέχρις ἂν ἡ ἐγρήγορσις τὴν νάρκην ἀποσκεδάσασα, πάλιν τὸ μνημονικὸν καὶ ἐνεργὲς ἀναζωπυρήσῃ. Ταῦτα καὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα τοὺς λογισμοὺς τῶν πολλῶν ὑποτρέχοντα θαύματος ὑπερβάλλοντος πληροῖ τὴν διάνοιαν, συνεισάγει δὲ τὴν ἀπιστίαν τῷ θαύματι. Ἐπειδὴ γὰρ ὁ νοῦς οὐχ εὑρίσκει τῶν ἀπορουμένων καὶ ζητουμένων τὴν λύσιν, οὐδὲ δύναται τὴν ἑαυτοῦ πολυπραγμοσύνην εὑρήσει καὶ καταλύσει προσαναπαῦσαι, χωρεῖ πρὸς ἀπιστίαν λοιπὸν ἐν τῇ ἀσθενείᾳ τῶν ἰδίων λογισμῶν, ἐκβάλλων καὶ ἀθετῶν τὴν τῶν πραγμάτων ἀλήθειαν. Μᾶλλον δὲ ἐπειδὴ ὁδῷ προβαίνων ὁ λόγος πρὸς τὸ συνεχῶς λαλούμενον ἀφίκετο ζήτημα, καὶ τῆς παρούσης ἑορτῆς ὑπόθεσις οἰκεία καὶ συγγενής, φέρε μικρὸν εἰς ἀρχὴν πρέπουσαν ἀναγαγόντες τὸ προκείμενον, πληροφορίαν ἐμποιῆσαι πειραθῶμεν τοῖς πρὸς τὰ φανερὰ κακῶς ἀμφιβάλλουσιν. Ὁ τῶν ὅλων δημιουργός θελήσας κτίσαι τὸν ἄνθρωπον, οὐχ ὡς εὐκαταφρόνητον ζῶον, ἀλλ' ὡς τιμιώτερον πάντων εἰς τὸ εἶναι παρήγαγε, καὶ τῆς ὑπ᾿ οὐρανὸν κτίσεως ἀνέδειξε βασιλέα. Τοῦτο προελόμενος, καὶ τοιοῦτον ἀπαρτίσας σοφὸν καὶ θεοειδῆ, καὶ πολλῇ κατακοσμήσας τῇ χάριτι, ἆρα μετὰ γνώμης τοιαύτης εἰς τὸ εἶναι παρήγαγεν, ἵνα γεννηθεὶς φθαρῇ, καὶ τελείαν ὑποστῇ τὴν ἀπώλειαν; ᾿Αλλὰ μάταιος ὁ σκοπὸς, καὶ σφόδρα ἀνάξιον τὴν τοιαύτην ἔννοιαν εἰς Θεὸν ἀναφέρειν. Παιδίοις γὰρ οὕτως ἀπεικάζεται, οἰκοδομοῦσι σπουδῇ, καὶ λύουσι ταχέως τὸ κατασκεύασμα, πρὸς οὐδὲν πέρας εὔχρηστον τῆς διανοίας αὐτῶν καταληγούσης. Πᾶν δὲ τούναντίον ἐδιδάχθημεν· ὅτι τὸν πρωτόπλαστον ἀθάνατον ἔκτισεν. Ἐπισυμβάσης δὲ τῆς παραβάσεως καὶ τῆς ἁμαρτίας, εἰς δίκην τοῦ πλημμελήματος τῆς ἀθανασίας ἐστέρησεν· εἶτα ἡ πηγὴ τῆς ἀγαθότητος ὑπερβλύζουσα τὴν φιλανθρωπίαν, καὶ πρὸς τὸ ἔργον ἐπικλασθεῖσα τῶν ἰδίων χειρῶν, σοφίᾳ καὶ ἐπιστήμῃ κατεκόσμησεν, ὃς εἰς τὴν ἀρχαίαν ἡμᾶς εὐδόκησεν ἀνακαινίσαι κατάστασιν. Ταῦτα καὶ ἀληθῆ τυγχάνει, καὶ τῆς περὶ Θεοῦ ὑπολήψεως ἄξια. Προσμαρτυρεῖ γὰρ αὐτῷ μετὰ τῆς ἀγαθότητος καὶ τὴν δύναμιν. Τὸ δὲ ἀπαθῶς ἔχειν καὶ σκληρῶς πρὸς τὰ ἀρχόμενά τε καὶ ποιμαινόμενα, οὐδὲ ἀνθρώπων ἐστὶ χρηστῶν καὶ βελτίστων. Οὕτως ὁ ποιμὴν βούλεται ἐῤῥῶσθαι τὸ ποίμνιον αὐτῷ, καὶ

pou ta idia kai exaireta; euthys de ep᾿ autēn chōrei, hōsei peristera pros ton idion pyrgon, kan polloi kai synecheis peri ton auton topon ōsin di᾿ homoiōn schēmatōn eklampontes. Pothen palin hē anamnēsis kai ho analogismos tou proterou biou, kai hekastēs praxeōs ennoia, houtōs oxeōs synapartizomenē tǭ zōǭ pro tosoutōn aiōnōn dialythenti? Kaitoi ge kai ex hypnou anthrōpos anegertheis bathyterou, ep᾿ oligon agnoei hostis esti kai hopoi diagei, kai tōn synēthōn epilanthanetai, mechris an hē egrēgorsis tēn narkēn aposkedasasa, palin to mnēmonikon kai energes anazōpyrēsę̄. Tauta kai ta toiauta tous logismous tōn pollōn hypotrechonta thaumatos hyperballontos plēroi tēn dianoian, syneisagei de tēn apistian tǭ thaumati. Epeidē gar ho nous ouch heuriskei tōn aporoumenōn kai zētoumenōn tēn lysin, oude dynatai tēn heautou polypragmosynēn heurēsei kai katalysei prosanapausai, chōrei pros apistian loipon en tę̄ astheneią tōn idiōn logismōn, ekballōn kai athetōn tēn tōn pragmatōn alētheian. Mallon de epeidē hodǭ probainōn ho logos pros to synechōs laloumenon aphiketo zētēma, kai tēs parousēs heortēs hypothesis oikeia kai syngenēs, phere mikron eis archēn prepousan anagagontes to prokeimenon, plērophorian empoiēsai peirathōmen tois pros ta phanera kakōs amphiballousin. Ho tōn holōn dēmiourgos thelēsas ktisai ton anthrōpon, ouch hōs eukataphronēton zōon, all' hōs timiōteron pantōn eis to einai parēgage, kai tēs hyp᾿ ouranon ktiseōs anedeixe basilea. Touto proelomenos, kai toiouton apartisas sophon kai theoeidē, kai pollę̄ katakosmēsas tę̄ chariti, ara meta gnōmēs toiautēs eis to einai parēgagen, hina gennētheis phtharę̄, kai teleian hypostę̄ tēn apōleian? ᾿Alla mataios ho skopos, kai sphodra anaxion tēn toiautēn ennoian eis Theon anapherein. Paidiois gar houtōs apeikazetai, oikodomousi spoudę̄, kai lyousi tacheōs to kataskeuasma, pros ouden peras euchrēston tēs dianoias autōn katalēgousēs. Pan de tounantion edidachthēmen; hoti ton prōtoplaston athanaton ektisen. Episymbasēs de tēs parabaseōs kai tēs hamartias, eis dikēn tou plēmmelēmatos tēs athanasias esterēsen; eita hē pēgē tēs agathotētos hyperblyzousa tēn philanthrōpian, kai pros to ergon epiklastheisa tōn idiōn cheirōn, sophią kai epistēmę̄ katekosmēsen, hos eis tēn archaian hēmas eudokēsen anakainisai katastasin. Tauta kai alēthē tynchanei, kai tēs peri Theou hypolēpseōs axia. Prosmartyrei gar autǭ meta tēs agathotētos kai tēn dynamin. To de apathōs echein kai sklērōs pros ta archomena te kai poimainomena, oude anthrōpōn esti chrēstōn kai beltistōn. Houtōs ho poimēn bouletai errhōsthai to poimnion autǭ, kai

for where his own particular things are; rather it goes straight to it, like a dove to its own dovecote, even if there are many next to one another in the same place, gleaming with similar shapes. And again, whence comes the recollection and reckoning of the former life, and the thought of each deed, so quickly made complete along with the living being that was dissolved so many ages before? Yet even a man roused from a deeper sleep does not know for a little while who he is or where he is staying, and forgets familiar things, until wakefulness scatters the numbness and rekindles memory and activity. These and similar things, running through the reasonings of the many, fill the mind with surpassing wonder, but bring unbelief in along with the wonder. For since the mind does not find the solution of what perplexes it and is sought, and cannot bring its curiosity to rest by finding an answer and coming to an end, it finally turns to unbelief in the weakness of its own reasonings, casting out and rejecting the truth of things. But rather, since the sermon, advancing on its way, has come to a question that is continually discussed, and one proper and akin to the subject of the present feast, come, let us take the matter back a little to a fitting beginning and try to give full assurance to those who wrongly doubt what is plain. The Creator of all, wishing to make man, brought him into being not as a contemptible creature but as more honorable than all, and showed him to be king of the creation under heaven. Having chosen this, and having completed him as such, wise and godlike, and adorned him with much grace, did he bring him into being with the intention that, once born, he should be destroyed and undergo complete annihilation? That aim would be futile, and it is quite unworthy to attribute such a thought to God. For that would liken him to children, who build eagerly and quickly pull down what they have built, their thinking ending in no useful purpose. But we have been taught the complete opposite: that he made the first-formed man immortal; and when transgression and sin came in, he deprived him of immortality as the penalty for the offense; then the fountain of goodness, overflowing with love for humankind and moved with pity for the work of its own hands, ordered things with wisdom and knowledge, and was pleased to renew us to our ancient state. This is both true and worthy of our conception of God, for it bears witness to his power together with his goodness. To be unfeeling and harsh toward those one rules and shepherds is not the way even of good and excellent men. So the shepherd wants his flock to be healthy and

3.663PG 46:663–664

σχεδὸν ὑπάρχειν ἀθάνατον καὶ ὁ βουκόλος παντοδαπαῖς θεραπείαις αὔξει τὰς βοῦς· καὶ τὰς αἶγας διδυμοτόκους ὑπάρχειν ὁ αἰπόλος εὔχεται· καὶ πᾶς ἀγελάρχης ἁπλῶς διαμένειν αὐτῷ καὶ εὐθηνεῖσθαι ποθεῖ τὴν ἀγέλην, πρός τι τέλος εὔχρηστον ἀφορῶν. Τούτου δὲ οὕτως ἔχοντος, καὶ ἐκ τῶν ἀρτίως ἡμῖν εἰρημένων δειχθέντος πρεπωδέστατον ὑπάρχειν τῷ δημιουργῷ καὶ τεχνίτῃ τοῦ γένους ἡμῶν ἀναπλάσαι τὸ φθαρὲν ποίημα, πρόδηλον ὡς οἱ τοῖς ἑξῆς ἀπειθοῦντες οὐκ ἄλλοθέν ποθεν ἀπομάχονται, ἢ διὰ τὸ νομίζειν ἀδύνατον εἶναι τῷ Θεῷ τὸ τεθνηκὸς καὶ διαλυθὲν ἀνεγεῖραι. Νεκρῶν ἀληθῶς καὶ ἀναισθήτων τὸ φρόνημα, τὸ ἀδύνατον καὶ ἀμήχανον ἐπὶ Θεοῦ λογιζομένων, καὶ τὰ τῆς ἰδίας ἀσθενείας ἐπὶ τὴν παντοδύναμον φερόντων μεγαλοπρέπειαν. Ἵνα δὲ λόγοις ἐλεγκτικοῖς τῆς ἀνοίας αὐτῶν καθικώμεθα, ἐκ τῶν γεγονότων καὶ ὄντων ἀποδειχθήτω τὸ μέλλον καὶ ἀπιστούμενον. Ἤκουσας ὅτι ὁ χοῦς ἐπλάσθη, καὶ ἐγένετο ἄνθρωπος. Δίδαξον οὖν με, παρακαλῶ, ὁ πάντα ἀξιῶν τῇ σοφίᾳ τῇ ἑαυτοῦ περιδράσσεσθαι, πῶς ὁ λεπτὸς χοῦς ὁ ἐσκεδασμένος συνήχθη, πῶς ἡ γῆ σάρξ ἐγένετο, καὶ ἡ αὐτὴ ὕλη, καὶ ὀστέα ἐποίησε, καὶ δέρμα, καὶ πιμελὴν, καὶ τρίχας· πῶς μιᾶς οὔσης τῆς σαρκὸς διάφοροι αἱ ἰδέαι τῶν μελῶν καὶ αἱ ποιότητες καὶ ἀφαί· πῶς ὁ πνεύμων ἀπαλὸς τὴν ἀφὴν, πελιδνὸς τὴν χρόαν· τὸ ἦπαρ στριφ[ν]ὸν καὶ ἐρυθρόν, ἡ καρδία πεπιλημένη καὶ σκληρότατον μόριον ἐν σαρκὶ, ὁ σπλὴν ἀραιὸς καὶ μέλας· ὁ ἐπίπλους λευκὸς, καὶ δίκτυον ἁλιευτικὸν συμπεπλεγμένον παρὰ τῆς φύσεως. Σκεψώμεθα κἀκεῖνα· πῶς ἡ πρώτη γυνή, ἀπὸ μικροῦ μέρους τῆς πλευρᾶς, ὑπέστη ζῶον ὁλόκληρον, ὅμοιον τῷ τελείῳ καὶ πρώτῳ, καὶ τὸ μέρος πρὸς πάντα διήρκεσε καὶ τὸ ὀλίγον τὸ πᾶν συνεστήσατο, ἡ πλευρά, ἐγένετο κεφαλή, χεῖρες καὶ πόδες, ἐγκάτων σκολιά καὶ ποικίλη διάπλασις, σάρξ, καὶ τρίχες, ὀφθαλμὸς, καὶ ῥὶς, καὶ στόμα, καὶ πάντα ἁπλῶς, ἵνα μὴ μακρὸν ἀπαγάγω τὸν λόγον, πάντα θαυμαστὰ καὶ παράδοξα ἡμῖν τοῖς ὀλίγοις, πρόχειροι δὲ παρὰ Θεῷ τῆς κατασκευῆς οἱ λόγοι καὶ λίαν ὁμολογούμενοι. Πῶς οὖν σωφρονεῖν δόξουσιν οἱ τὴν μὲν μίαν πλευρὰν συγχωροῦντες γενέσθαι ἄνθρωπον, ἀπὸ δὲ ὁλοκλήρου τῆς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ὕλης ἀπιστοῦντες τὸν αὐτὸν ἀνακτίζεσθαι; Οὐκ ἔστιν, οὐκ ἔστιν ἐπινοίαις ἀνθρωπικαῖς Θεοῦ πολυπραγμονεῖν ἐνεργείας. Εἰ γὰρ πάντα ἦν ἡμῖν καταληπτὰ, οὐκ ἂν κρείττων ἦν ἡμῶν ὁ κρείττων. Τί λέγω περὶ Θεοῦ; Οὐδὲ πρὸς τὰ ἄλογα τῶν ζώων ἐπί τινων δυνάμεων σύγκρισίν τινα ἔχομεν, ἀλλὰ κἀκείνων ἀπολειπόμεθα. Αὐτίκα δρόμῳ μὲν ἡμᾶς ὑπερβάλλονται ἵπποι, καὶ κύνες, καὶ ἄλλα πολλά· δυνάμει δὲ κάμηλοι καὶ ἡμίονοι· σημειώσει δὲ ὁδῶν, οἱ ὄνοι· καὶ τὸ τῆς δορκάδος ὀξυωπὸν ἐν ἡμετέροις ὀφθαλμοῖς οὐχ εὑρίσκεται.

schedon hyparchein athanaton kai ho boukolos pantodapais therapeiais auxei tas bous; kai tas aigas didymotokous hyparchein ho aipolos euchetai; kai pas agelarchēs haplōs diamenein autǭ kai euthēneisthai pothei tēn agelēn, pros ti telos euchrēston aphorōn. Toutou de houtōs echontos, kai ek tōn artiōs hēmin eirēmenōn deichthentos prepōdestaton hyparchein tǭ dēmiourgǭ kai technitę̄ tou genous hēmōn anaplasai to phtharen poiēma, prodēlon hōs hoi tois hexēs apeithountes ouk allothen pothen apomachontai, ē dia to nomizein adynaton einai tǭ Theǭ to tethnēkos kai dialythen anegeirai. Nekrōn alēthōs kai anaisthētōn to phronēma, to adynaton kai amēchanon epi Theou logizomenōn, kai ta tēs idias astheneias epi tēn pantodynamon pherontōn megaloprepeian. Hina de logois elenktikois tēs anoias autōn kathikōmetha, ek tōn gegonotōn kai ontōn apodeichthētō to mellon kai apistoumenon. Ēkousas hoti ho chous eplasthē, kai egeneto anthrōpos. Didaxon oun me, parakalō, ho panta axiōn tę̄ sophią tę̄ heautou peridrassesthai, pōs ho leptos chous ho eskedasmenos synēchthē, pōs hē gē sarx egeneto, kai hē autē hylē, kai ostea epoiēse, kai derma, kai pimelēn, kai trichas; pōs mias ousēs tēs sarkos diaphoroi hai ideai tōn melōn kai hai poiotētes kai aphai; pōs ho pneumōn apalos tēn aphēn, pelidnos tēn chroan; to ēpar striph[n]on kai erythron, hē kardia pepilēmenē kai sklērotaton morion en sarki, ho splēn araios kai melas; ho epiplous leukos, kai diktyon halieutikon sympeplegmenon para tēs physeōs. Skepsōmetha kakeina; pōs hē prōtē gynē, apo mikrou merous tēs pleuras, hypestē zōon holoklēron, homoion tǭ teleiǭ kai prōtǭ, kai to meros pros panta diērkese kai to oligon to pan synestēsato, hē pleura, egeneto kephalē, cheires kai podes, enkatōn skolia kai poikilē diaplasis, sarx, kai triches, ophthalmos, kai rhis, kai stoma, kai panta haplōs, hina mē makron apagagō ton logon, panta thaumasta kai paradoxa hēmin tois oligois, procheiroi de para Theǭ tēs kataskeuēs hoi logoi kai lian homologoumenoi. Pōs oun sōphronein doxousin hoi tēn men mian pleuran synchōrountes genesthai anthrōpon, apo de holoklērou tēs tou anthrōpou hylēs apistountes ton auton anaktizesthai? Ouk estin, ouk estin epinoiais anthrōpikais Theou polypragmonein energeias. Ei gar panta ēn hēmin katalēpta, ouk an kreittōn ēn hēmōn ho kreittōn. Ti legō peri Theou? Oude pros ta aloga tōn zōōn epi tinōn dynameōn synkrisin tina echomen, alla kakeinōn apoleipometha. Autika dromǭ men hēmas hyperballontai hippoi, kai kynes, kai alla polla; dynamei de kamēloi kai hēmionoi; sēmeiōsei de hodōn, hoi onoi; kai to tēs dorkados oxyōpon en hēmeterois ophthalmois ouch heurisketai.

almost immortal; and the cowherd increases his cattle with all kinds of care; the goatherd prays that his goats may bear twins; and, in short, every herdsman longs for his herd to survive and thrive for him, looking to some useful end. Since this is so, and it has been shown from what we have just said that it is most fitting for the Creator and Craftsman of our race to remold his work that was destroyed, it is plain that those who refuse to believe what follows fight against it for no other reason than that they think it impossible for God to raise what has died and been dissolved. Truly theirs is the mind of the dead and senseless, who reckon impossibility and helplessness in God and transfer the marks of their own weakness to his almighty majesty. But that we may strike at their folly with words of refutation, let what is to come and is disbelieved be proved from what has happened and exists. You have heard that dust was molded and became a man. Teach me, then, I beg you, you who think fit to grasp all things with your own wisdom: how the fine, scattered dust was gathered, how earth became flesh, and the same matter made bones and skin and fat and hair; how, though the flesh is one, the forms, qualities, and textures of the members are different; how the lung is soft to the touch and livid in color, the liver firm and red, the heart compact, the hardest part in the flesh, the spleen loose and dark, the omentum white, a fisherman's net woven by nature. Let us consider these things as well: how the first woman, from a small part of the rib, came to be a whole living being, like the first and complete one; and the part sufficed for everything, and the little made up the whole: the rib became head, hands and feet, the winding and varied structure of the entrails, flesh and hair, eye and nose and mouth, and simply everything (not to draw out the sermon), all wonderful and incredible to us of little power, but the principles of their construction ready at hand to God and fully agreed. How, then, will they seem sensible who grant that one rib became a human being, but do not believe that the same human being is remade from the whole of his own matter? It is not, it is not possible to pry into God's workings with human notions. For if all things were comprehensible to us, the greater would not be greater than we. Why do I speak of God? We cannot even compare with the irrational animals in some powers, but fall short of them. Horses and dogs and many others surpass us in running; camels and mules in strength; asses in finding their way; and the gazelle's sharpness of sight is not found in our eyes.

3.665PG 46:665–666

Διὸ εὐγνωμόνων καὶ σωφρονούντων ἐστὶ πιστεύειν τοῖς παρὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ λεγομένοις· τοὺς δὲ τρόπους καὶ τὰς αἰτίας τῶν ἐνεργειῶν, ὡς ὑπερβαινούσας, μὴ ἀπαιτεῖν. Ἐπεὶ λεχθήσεται ἑνὶ τῶν πολυπραγμόνων· Δεῖξόν μοι τῷ λόγῳ σου τὴν τῶν ὁρωμένων οὐσίωσιν. Εἰπὲ ποίᾳ τέχνῃ τὴν πολύμορφον ταύτην ἐργασίαν ἐδημιούργησεν. "Αν γὰρ ταῦτα ἐξεύρῃς, εἰκότως ἀμηχανεῖς καὶ ἀσχάλλεις, διότι τὴν τῆς παλιγγενεσίας μετακόσμησιν ἀγνοεῖς, ὁ τῆς γενέσεως τὸν λόγον εἰδώς. Εἰ δὲ ὄναρ σοι ἐκεῖνα καὶ φαντασία, καὶ πανταχόθεν ἡ ἐπίγνωσις ἄπορος, μὴ ἀγανάκτει, εἰ τὸν λόγον τῆς κατασκευῆς ἀγνοῶν, καὶ τὴν διόρθωσιν τοῦ φθαρέντος οὐ συνορᾷς. Ὁ αὐτὸς τεχνίτης ἐστὶ καὶ τῆς πρώτης κτίσεως, καὶ τῆς δευτέρας μετακοσμήσεως. Οἶδεν ὅπως τὸ ἴδιον ἔργον διάλυσιν ὑπομεῖναν συναρμόσει πάλιν εἰς τὴν ἀρχαίαν κατάστασιν. Εἰ σοφίας χρεία, ἡ πηγὴ τῆς σοφίας παρ' ἐκείνῳ· εἰ δυνάμεως, οὐ χρήζει συνεργοῦ καὶ συλλήπτορος. Οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ κατὰ τὴν φωνὴν τοῦ σοφωτάτου Προφήτου μετρήσας τῇ χειρὶ τὸ ὕδωρ, καὶ τὸν μέγαν καὶ ἄπλετον οὐρανὸν σπιθαμῇ, καὶ τὴν γῆν δρακί. θεώρησον εἰκόνας, ἐνεργείας σημεῖα παρεχομένας τῆς ἀῤῥήτου δυνάμεως, ἀπόγνωσιν ἐμποιούσας τοῖς λογισμοῖς ἡμῶν, τοῦ μηδὲν δύνασθαι ἄξιον τῆς τοῦ Θεοῦ φύσεως φαντασθῆναι. Παντοδύναμος καὶ ἔστι καὶ λέγεται. Τάχα γὰρ οὐ ζυγομαχήσεις πρὸς τοῦτο, ἀλλὰ δώσεις ὡς συγκεχωρημένον κρατεῖν. Τῷ δὲ πάντα δυναμένῳ, οὐδὲν ἄπορον ἢ ἀμήχανον. Ἔχεις πολλὰ τῆς πίστεως ἐνέχυρα ἀναγκαστικῶς σε συνελαύνοντα πρὸς τὸ συντίθεσθαι τοῖς παρ' ἡμῶν λεγομένοις· πρῶτον μὲν πᾶσαν τὴν ποικίλην καὶ πολυσύνθετον κτίσιν βοῶσαν παντὸς κηρύγματος εὐσημότερον, ὅτι ὁ μέγας καὶ σοφὸς τεχνίτης, ὁ πάντα τὰ βλεπόμενα τεχνησάμενος. Πρὸς δὲ ταύτην προμηθὴς ὢν ὁ Θεὸς, καὶ τὰ τῶν ἀπίστων ψυχάρια πόῤῥωθεν καθορῶν, ἔργῳ τὴν τῶν νεκρῶν ἔγερσιν ἐβεβαίωσεν, πολλὰ σώματα τῶν τετελευτηκότων ψυχώσας. Διὰ τοῦτο Λάζαρος τετραήμερος νεκρὸς τῆς θήκης ἐξήλατο καὶ τῆς χήρας ὁ μονογενὴς ἀπεδόθη τῇ μητρὶ, ἐκ τῆς κλίνης καὶ τῆς ἐκφορᾶς πρὸς τοὺς ζῶντας ἀναλυθεὶς, καὶ ἄλλοι μυρίοι οὓς ἀπαριθμεῖσθαι νῦν ὀχληρόν. Τί λέγω περὶ τοῦ Θεοῦ καὶ Σωτῆρος, ὁπότε, ἵνα ἐπιπλέον δυσωπηθῶσιν οἱ ἀμφιβάλλοντες, καὶ τοῖς δούλοις αὐτοῦ τοῖς ἀποστόλοις τὴν τοῦ ἐγείρειν νεκροὺς ἐχαρίσατο δύναμιν Ἔστιν οὖν ἡ ἀπόδειξις ἐναργής. Καὶ διὰ τί, οἱ φιλόνεικοι, πράγματα ἡμῖν παρέχετε, ὡς ἀναποδείκτων λόγων ἐξηγηταῖς; Ὡς εἷς ἡγέρθη, οὕτω καὶ δέκα· ὡς οἱ δέκα, καὶ τριακόσιοι ὡς τριακόσιοι, καὶ πολλοί. Ὁ γὰρ ἑνὸς ἀνδριάντος τεχνίτης, ἔσται ῥᾳδίως καὶ μυρίων δημιουργός. Οὐκ εἴδετε τοὺς μηχανικοὺς, ὅπως τῶν μεγάλων καὶ ἐξαισίων οἰκοδομημάτων ἐν ὀλίγῳ κηρῷ τὰς μορφὰς καὶ τοὺς τύπους προσαναπλάττουσιν; Καὶ ὁ ἐν τῷ μικρῷ λόγος τὴν αὐτὴν ἔχει δύναμιν ἐν ταῖς πολλαῖς καὶ μεγάλαις κατασκευαῖς. Μέγας ὁ οὐρανὸς, τεχνικὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ δημιούργημα. Ἐπειδὴ δὲ λογικὸν ζῶον ὁ Θεὸς τὸν ἄνθρωπον

Dio eugnōmonōn kai sōphronountōn esti pisteuein tois para tou Theou legomenois; tous de tropous kai tas aitias tōn energeiōn, hōs hyperbainousas, mē apaitein. Epei lechthēsetai heni tōn polypragmonōn; Deixon moi tǭ logǭ sou tēn tōn horōmenōn ousiōsin. Eipe poią technę̄ tēn polymorphon tautēn ergasian edēmiourgēsen. "An gar tauta exeurę̄s, eikotōs amēchaneis kai aschalleis, dioti tēn tēs palingenesias metakosmēsin agnoeis, ho tēs geneseōs ton logon eidōs. Ei de onar soi ekeina kai phantasia, kai pantachothen hē epignōsis aporos, mē aganaktei, ei ton logon tēs kataskeuēs agnoōn, kai tēn diorthōsin tou phtharentos ou synorąs. Ho autos technitēs esti kai tēs prōtēs ktiseōs, kai tēs deuteras metakosmēseōs. Oiden hopōs to idion ergon dialysin hypomeinan synarmosei palin eis tēn archaian katastasin. Ei sophias chreia, hē pēgē tēs sophias par' ekeinǭ; ei dynameōs, ou chrēzei synergou kai syllēptoros. Houtos estin ho kata tēn phōnēn tou sophōtatou Prophētou metrēsas tę̄ cheiri to hydōr, kai ton megan kai apleton ouranon spithamę̄, kai tēn gēn draki. theōrēson eikonas, energeias sēmeia parechomenas tēs arrhētou dynameōs, apognōsin empoiousas tois logismois hēmōn, tou mēden dynasthai axion tēs tou Theou physeōs phantasthēnai. Pantodynamos kai esti kai legetai. Tacha gar ou zygomachēseis pros touto, alla dōseis hōs synkechōrēmenon kratein. Tǭ de panta dynamenǭ, ouden aporon ē amēchanon. Echeis polla tēs pisteōs enechyra anankastikōs se synelaunonta pros to syntithesthai tois par' hēmōn legomenois; prōton men pasan tēn poikilēn kai polysyntheton ktisin boōsan pantos kērygmatos eusēmoteron, hoti ho megas kai sophos technitēs, ho panta ta blepomena technēsamenos. Pros de tautēn promēthēs ōn ho Theos, kai ta tōn apistōn psycharia porrhōthen kathorōn, ergǭ tēn tōn nekrōn egersin ebebaiōsen, polla sōmata tōn teteleutēkotōn psychōsas. Dia touto Lazaros tetraēmeros nekros tēs thēkēs exēlato kai tēs chēras ho monogenēs apedothē tę̄ mētri, ek tēs klinēs kai tēs ekphoras pros tous zōntas analytheis, kai alloi myrioi hous aparithmeisthai nyn ochlēron. Ti legō peri tou Theou kai Sōtēros, hopote, hina epipleon dysōpēthōsin hoi amphiballontes, kai tois doulois autou tois apostolois tēn tou egeirein nekrous echarisato dynamin Estin oun hē apodeixis enargēs. Kai dia ti, hoi philoneikoi, pragmata hēmin parechete, hōs anapodeiktōn logōn exēgētais? Hōs heis hēgerthē, houtō kai deka; hōs hoi deka, kai triakosioi hōs triakosioi, kai polloi. Ho gar henos andriantos technitēs, estai rhądiōs kai myriōn dēmiourgos. Ouk eidete tous mēchanikous, hopōs tōn megalōn kai exaisiōn oikodomēmatōn en oligǭ kērǭ tas morphas kai tous typous prosanaplattousin? Kai ho en tǭ mikrǭ logos tēn autēn echei dynamin en tais pollais kai megalais kataskeuais. Megas ho ouranos, technikon tou Theou dēmiourgēma. Epeidē de logikon zōon ho Theos ton anthrōpon

Therefore it belongs to the well-disposed and sensible to believe what God says, and not to demand the ways and causes of his works, since they surpass us. For one of the curious will be told: “Show me by your reasoning how the things we see came into being. Say by what art he crafted this many-formed work.” If you find these things out, you may reasonably be at a loss and vexed that you do not know the refashioning of the regeneration, while you know the principle of the generation. But if those things are a dream and a fantasy to you, and knowledge of them is impossible from every side, do not be indignant if, not knowing the principle of the construction, you also do not perceive the restoration of what was destroyed. The same craftsman is the maker of the first creation and of the second refashioning. He knows how to fit his own work, which has undergone dissolution, together again into its original state. If wisdom is needed, the fountain of wisdom is with him; if power, he needs no fellow worker or helper. He it is who, in the words of the wisest prophet, measured the water in his hand, the great and boundless heaven with a span, and the earth with a handful. Consider images that give signs of the working of his unspeakable power, and that make our reasonings despair of imagining anything worthy of God's nature. He both is and is called almighty. Perhaps you will not resist this, but will let it stand as agreed. To him who can do all things, nothing is impossible or beyond his means. You have many pledges of faith compelling you to assent to what we say: first, the whole varied and complex creation, which cries out more clearly than any preaching that there is a great and wise craftsman, who devised all that is seen. Besides this, God, being provident and seeing from afar the petty souls of the unbelievers, confirmed the raising of the dead by deed, giving life again to many bodies of the dead. For this reason Lazarus, four days dead, leapt out of the tomb, and the widow's only son was given back to his mother, released from the bier and the funeral procession to the living, and countless others whom it would be tedious to list now. Why speak of our God and Savior, when, to put the doubters to greater shame, he granted even to his servants the apostles the power to raise the dead? The proof, then, is plain. Why then, you quarrelsome people, do you make trouble for us, as though we were expounders of unproven doctrines? As one was raised, so too ten; as ten, so three hundred; as three hundred, so many. For the craftsman of one statue will easily be the maker of ten thousand. Have you not seen how builders model beforehand in a little wax the shapes and plans of great and extraordinary buildings? The principle in the small has the same force in the many great constructions. Great is the heaven, a skilful work of God. And since God [made] man a rational living being

3.667PG 46:667–668

ἐποίησεν, ἵνα τῇ καταλήψει τῶν ποιημάτων δοξάσῃ τὸν σοφὸν καὶ εὐμήχανον ποιητὴν, ὄψει τὸ τοῦ ἀστρονόμου σφαιρίον μικρὸν μὲν, ἐν δὲ τῇ χειρὶ κινούμενον τοῦ ἐπιστήμονος οὕτως ὡς οὐρανὸς παρὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ τὸ ἐλάχιστον κατασκεύασμα τοῦ μεγάλου δημιουργήματος εἰκὼν γίνεται καὶ ἐν τοῖς μικροῖς ὁ λόγος ἑρμηνεύει τὰ ὑπέροχα καὶ τὰ τὴν αἴσθησιν ἡμῶν ὑπερβαίνοντα. Ταῦτα δὲ πρὸς τί διῆλθον ἵνα γινώσκῃς ὅτι κἂν ἐρωτήσῃς με πῶς ἔσται τῶν ἀπ᾿ αἰῶνος σωμάτων ἡ ἀνάστασις, ἀντακούσῃ ταχέως, Πῶς ὁ τετραήμερος ἠγέρθη Λάζαρος Πρόδηλον γὰρ ὡς τὴν ἐπὶ τῷ ἑνὶ πληροφορίαν, κὰν τοῖς πολλοῖς ὁμοίως σωφρονῶν παραδέξεται. Θεὸν ὑποτιθέμενος τὸν ποιοῦντα, μηδὲν εἴπῃς ἀδύνατον, μηδὲ τῇ σαυτοῦ ἐννοίᾳ καταληπτὴν νομίσῃς τὴν τοῦ ἀκαταλήπτου σοφίαν. Οὔτε γὰρ ἐκείνῳ τι ἄπειρον, καὶ σοὶ τὰ τοῦ ἀπείρου ἀνεξερεύνητα Οψόμεθα δὲ τοῦτον τὸν λόγον καλῶς, ἂν πρὸς τοῖς εἰρημένοις καὶ τὸν τρόπον τῆς γενέσεως ἡμῶν δοκιμάσωμεν, οὐ τὸν πρῶτον καὶ πρεσβύτατον ἐκεῖνον τὸν παρὰ Θεοῦ, περὶ οὗ ἐν τοῖς ἔμπροσθεν εἴρηται ταῦτα, ἀλλὰ τὸν μέχρι νῦν ἀκολούθως παρὰ τῆς φύσεως ἐκτελούμενον. Ἄπορος γὰρ οὗτος καὶ λογισμῷ ἀνθρωπίνῳ ἀπρόσιτος. Πῶς γὰρ τὸ σπέρμα οὐσία οὖσα ὑγρὰ καὶ ἄπλαστος καὶ ἀνειδὴς, εἰς κεφαλὴν πήγνυται, καὶ εἰς ἀντικνήμια καὶ πλευρὰς στερεοῦται, καὶ ποιεῖ ἐγκέφαλον ἀπαλὸν καὶ μανὸν, καὶ τὸ περιέχον αὐτὸν ὀστέον οὕτω σκληρὸν καὶ ἀντιτυπὲς, καὶ τὴν ποικίλην τοῦ ζώου κατασκευὴν, ἵνα συντόμως εἴπω, καὶ μὴ παρέλκω λεπτομερῶς ἐπεξιὼν τοῖς καθέκαστα; Ὡς οὖν τὸ σπέρμα ὑπάρχον ἄμορφον ἐν ἀρχαῖς, εἰς σχῆμα τυποῦται, καὶ εἰς ὅγκους ἀδρύνεται, τῇ ἀποῤῥήτῳ τοῦ Θεοῦ κατασκευαζόμενον τέχνῃ· οὕτως οὐδὲν ἀπεικὸς, ἀλλὰ καὶ πάνυ ἀκόλουθον, τὴν ἐν τοῖς τάφοις ὕλην, τὴν ποτε οὖσαν ἐν εἴδει, αὖθις εἰς τὴν παλαιὰν ἀνακαινισθῆναι διάπλασιν, καὶ πάλιν γενέσθαι τὸν χοῦν ἄνθρωπον ὥσπερ δὴ καὶ τὸ πρῶτον ἐκεῖθεν ἔσχε τὴν γένεσιν. Συγχωρήσωμεν τῷ Θεῷ δύνασθαι τοσοῦτον, ὅσον ὁ κεραμεὺς ἰσχύει τί γὰρ οὗτος ποιεῖ, λογισώμεθα. Πηλὸν λαβὼν ἄμορφον, εἰς σκεῦος ὁδοποιεῖ, καὶ τοῦτο πρὸς τὴν ἀκτῖνα τὴν ἡλιακὴν προθέμενος ξηραίνει καὶ στερεὸν ἀπεργάζεται. Ἔστι δὲ ἀμφορίσκος, ἢ πίναξ, ἢ πίθος τὸ πλαττόμενον· ἀλλ' ἐμπεσόντος τινὸς ἀτάκτως καὶ ἀνατρέψαντος, συντρίβεται καταπεσὼν, καὶ γίνεται ἀμόρφωτος γῆ. Ὁ δὲ τεχνίτης βουληθεὶς ὀξέως ἐπανορθοῖ τὸ συμβάν, καὶ πάλιν πηλὸν σχηματίσας τῇ τέχνῃ, οὐδὲν χεῖρον τοῦ ποτε ὄντος ἀπεργάζεται τὸ σκεῦος. Καὶ ὁ μὲν κεραμεὺς οὗτος, μικρὸν τῆς τοῦ Θεοῦ δυνάμεως κτίσμα, ὁ δὲ Θεὸς ἀπιστεῖται ὑπισχνούμενος

epoiēsen, hina tę̄ katalēpsei tōn poiēmatōn doxasę̄ ton sophon kai eumēchanon poiētēn, opsei to tou astronomou sphairion mikron men, en de tę̄ cheiri kinoumenon tou epistēmonos houtōs hōs ouranos para tou Theou, kai to elachiston kataskeuasma tou megalou dēmiourgēmatos eikōn ginetai kai en tois mikrois ho logos hermēneuei ta hyperocha kai ta tēn aisthēsin hēmōn hyperbainonta. Tauta de pros ti diēlthon hina ginōskę̄s hoti kan erōtēsę̄s me pōs estai tōn ap᾿ aiōnos sōmatōn hē anastasis, antakousę̄ tacheōs, Pōs ho tetraēmeros ēgerthē Lazaros Prodēlon gar hōs tēn epi tǭ heni plērophorian, kan tois pollois homoiōs sōphronōn paradexetai. Theon hypotithemenos ton poiounta, mēden eipę̄s adynaton, mēde tę̄ sautou ennoią katalēptēn nomisę̄s tēn tou akatalēptou sophian. Oute gar ekeinǭ ti apeiron, kai soi ta tou apeirou anexereunēta Opsometha de touton ton logon kalōs, an pros tois eirēmenois kai ton tropon tēs geneseōs hēmōn dokimasōmen, ou ton prōton kai presbytaton ekeinon ton para Theou, peri hou en tois emprosthen eirētai tauta, alla ton mechri nyn akolouthōs para tēs physeōs ekteloumenon. Aporos gar houtos kai logismǭ anthrōpinǭ aprositos. Pōs gar to sperma ousia ousa hygra kai aplastos kai aneidēs, eis kephalēn pēgnytai, kai eis antiknēmia kai pleuras stereoutai, kai poiei enkephalon apalon kai manon, kai to periechon auton osteon houtō sklēron kai antitypes, kai tēn poikilēn tou zōou kataskeuēn, hina syntomōs eipō, kai mē parelkō leptomerōs epexiōn tois kathekasta? Hōs oun to sperma hyparchon amorphon en archais, eis schēma typoutai, kai eis honkous adrynetai, tę̄ aporrhētǭ tou Theou kataskeuazomenon technę̄; houtōs ouden apeikos, alla kai pany akolouthon, tēn en tois taphois hylēn, tēn pote ousan en eidei, authis eis tēn palaian anakainisthēnai diaplasin, kai palin genesthai ton choun anthrōpon hōsper dē kai to prōton ekeithen esche tēn genesin. Synchōrēsōmen tǭ Theǭ dynasthai tosouton, hoson ho kerameus ischyei ti gar houtos poiei, logisōmetha. Pēlon labōn amorphon, eis skeuos hodopoiei, kai touto pros tēn aktina tēn hēliakēn prothemenos xērainei kai stereon apergazetai. Esti de amphoriskos, ē pinax, ē pithos to plattomenon; all' empesontos tinos ataktōs kai anatrepsantos, syntribetai katapesōn, kai ginetai amorphōtos gē. Ho de technitēs boulētheis oxeōs epanorthoi to symban, kai palin pēlon schēmatisas tę̄ technę̄, ouden cheiron tou pote ontos apergazetai to skeuos. Kai ho men kerameus houtos, mikron tēs tou Theou dynameōs ktisma, ho de Theos apisteitai hypischnoumenos

made, so that by understanding his works he might glorify their wise and inventive Maker, you will see the astronomer's globe, small indeed, but turned in the expert's hand as the heaven is by God; the tiniest construction becomes an image of the great creation, and in small things the principle explains what is lofty and beyond our senses. Why have I gone through these things? So that you may know that, if you ask me how the resurrection of the bodies of all the ages will come about, you will quickly hear in reply: How was Lazarus raised on the fourth day? For it is plain that anyone of sound mind will accept the assurance given in one case equally for the many. Supposing God to be the one who acts, say that nothing is impossible, and do not think that the wisdom of the incomprehensible can be grasped by your own thought. For nothing is beyond his reach, while the things of the boundless are unsearchable to you. We shall see this argument well if, besides what has been said, we also examine the manner of our birth: not that first and oldest one, from God, of which we spoke earlier, but the one carried out by nature in succession to this day. For this is baffling and inaccessible to human reasoning. How does the seed, a fluid substance, unformed and shapeless, solidify into a head and harden into shins and ribs, and make a soft and porous brain, and the bone that encloses it so hard and resistant, and the varied structure of the living being, to speak briefly and not drag on by going through each detail minutely? As, then, the seed, shapeless at first, is molded into form and grows into bulk, fashioned by the unspeakable art of God, so it is not unlikely but entirely consistent that the matter in the tombs, which once had form, should be renewed again to its old shape, and the dust become a man again, just as at first it had its origin from there. Let us grant God as much power as the potter has. Let us consider what he does. He takes shapeless clay and works it into a vessel, and setting it out in the sun's rays, dries it and makes it firm. What is molded is a jar, or a dish, or a cask; but if someone falls against it clumsily and overturns it, it is broken in falling and becomes shapeless earth. But the craftsman, if he wishes, quickly repairs what has happened, and shaping the clay again by his art makes the vessel no worse than it was before. This potter is a small creature of God's power; and yet God is disbelieved when he promises

3.669PG 46:669–670

ἀνακαινίζειν τὸν τεθνηκότα Πολλῆς ταῦτα τῆς ἀνοίας ἐστί. Θεωρήσωμεν καὶ τὸ τοῦ σίτου ὑπόδειγμα, ᾧ Παῦλος ὁ πάνσοφος παιδεύει τοὺς ἄφρονας, λέγων, Ἄφρον, σὺ ὁ σπείρεις, οὐ τὸ σῶμα τὸ γενησόμενον σπείρεις, ἀλλὰ γυμνὸν κόκκον, εἰ τύχοι, σίτου, ἤ τινος τῶν λοιπῶν σπερμάτων· ὁ δὲ Θεὸς δίδωσιν αὐτῷ σῶμα, καθὼς ἠθέλησεν. Ακριβῶς προσέχωμεν τῇ γενέσει τοῦ σίτου, καὶ τάχα τὸν ἀναστάσεως λόγον διδαχθησόμεθα· Ὁ σῖτος ῥίπτεται εἰς τὴν γῆν. Διασαπεὶς δὲ ἐν τῇ νοτίδι, καὶ ὡς ἂν εἴποι τις τελευτήσας, ἀπολήγει εἴς τινα γαλακτώδη οὐσίαν, ἥτις παγεῖσα μικρὸν, ὀξὺ καὶ λευκὸν γίνεται κέντρον, αὐξηθεῖσα δὲ ὅσον προκύψαι τῆς γῆς, ἐκ τοῦ λευκοῦ πρὸς ἡρέμα χλοαινόμενον μεταβάλλεται. Εἶτα, γίνεται πόα καὶ κόμη τῶν βώλων· ἐφαπλωθεῖσα δὲ αὐτοῖς καὶ σκεδασθεῖσα μετρίως, πολυσχιδή κάτωθεν ὑποτρέφει τὴν ῥίζαν, τῷ μέλλοντι βάρει τὴν ὑποβάθραν προευτρεπίζουσα. Καὶ ὥσπερ οἱ ἱστοὶ τῶν πλοίων πλείστοις πανταχόθεν διατείνονται κάλοις, ἵνα πάγιοι μένωσιν ἰσοῤῥόποις ταῖς ὁλκαῖς ἀντισπώμενοι, οὕτως αἱ σχοινοειδεῖς ἀποφύσεις τῆς ῥίζης, ἀντιλαβαὶ τῶν ἀσταχύων γίνονται καὶ ἐρείσματα. Ἐπειδὰν εἰς κάλαμον ὁ σῖτος διαναστῇ, καὶ πρὸς τὸ ὕψος ἐπείγηται, γόνασιν αὐτὸν καὶ κόμβοις ὁ Θεὸς ὑπερείδει, οἷον οἰκίαν τινὰ συνδέσμοις ἀσφαλιζόμενος διὰ τὴν προσδοκωμένην τῆς κόμης βαρύτητα. Εἶτα, τῆς ἰσχύος ἑτοιμασθείσης, τὴν κάλυκα σχίσας, προσάγει τὸν ἄσταχυν. Καὶ πάλιν ἐκεῖ θαύματα κρείττονα. Στοιχηδὸν γὰρ ὁ σῖτος αὐτῷ περιφύεται, καὶ τῶν κόκκων ἕκαστος ἐξαίρετον ἔχει τὴν ἀποθήκην· καὶ τελευταῖοι προβέβληνται οἱ ἀνθέρικες ὀξεῖς καὶ λεπτοὶ, ὅπλα, οἶμαι, κατὰ τῶν σπερμολόγων ὀρνίθων, ἵνα ταῖς ἐκείνων ἀκμαῖς νυττόμενοι, τῷ καρπῷ μὴ λυμαίνωνται. Ὁρᾶς ὅσην εἷς κόκκος διασαπεὶς θαυματουργίαν ἔχει, καὶ μόνος πεσὼν μεθ᾽ ὅσων ἐγείρεται; "Ανθρωπος δὲ οὐδὲν προσλαμβάνει πλέον ὃ δὲ εἶχεν ἀπολαμβάνει, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο τῆς γεωργίας τοῦ σίτου, ὁ ἡμέτερος ἀνακαινισμὸς εὐκολώτερος ἀναφαίνεται. Ἐντεῦθεν μετάβηθι πρὸς τὴν ἔννοιαν τῶν δένδρων, ὅπως ὁ χειμὼν αὐτοῖς καθ᾿ ἕκαστον ἔτος ἀντὶ θανάτου γίνεται. Αποῤῥύεται γὰρ ἡ ὁπώρα, καὶ τὸ φύλλον πίπτει, καὶ ξηρὰ μένει τὰ ξύλα πάσης χάριτος ἐστερημένα. Ἐπειδὰν δὲ τοῦ ἔαρος ὁ καιρὸς ἐπιλάβοι, ἄνθος αὐτοῖς χαριέστατον ὑπερφύεται, καὶ μετὰ τὸ ἄνθος ἐπιγίνεται τῶν φύλλων ἡ σκέπη, καὶ τότε ὡς εὐειδὲς θέαμα ἀνθρώπων τε τὰς ὄψεις ἐφέλκεται, καὶ ὀρνίθων ᾠδικῶν ἐργαστήρια γίνεται, τοῖς πετάλοις ἐγκαθημένων, καὶ θαυμαστή τις περὶ αὐτὰ χάρις ἐκλάμπει· ὥστε πολλοὶ καὶ οἶκον ἀφῆκαν χρυσῷ κεκοσμημένον, καὶ λίθῳ τῷ Θεσσαλῷ καὶ Λάκωνι, τερπνὴν δὲ μᾶλλον ἑαυτοῖς ἔθεντο τὴν ὑπὸ δένδρα διαγωγήν. Διὸ καὶ ὁ πατριάρχης Ἀβραὰμ ὑπὸ δρυῖ τὴν σκηνὴν ἐπήξατο, οὐκ οἰκίας πάντως ἀπορῶν, ἀλλὰ τῆς ἐπὶ τῶν κλάδων ἐπαγαλλόμενος τέρψεως.

anakainizein ton tethnēkota Pollēs tauta tēs anoias esti. Theōrēsōmen kai to tou sitou hypodeigma, hǭ Paulos ho pansophos paideuei tous aphronas, legōn, Aphron, sy ho speireis, ou to sōma to genēsomenon speireis, alla gymnon kokkon, ei tychoi, sitou, ē tinos tōn loipōn spermatōn; ho de Theos didōsin autǭ sōma, kathōs ēthelēsen. Akribōs prosechōmen tę̄ genesei tou sitou, kai tacha ton anastaseōs logon didachthēsometha; Ho sitos rhiptetai eis tēn gēn. Diasapeis de en tę̄ notidi, kai hōs an eipoi tis teleutēsas, apolēgei eis tina galaktōdē ousian, hētis pageisa mikron, oxy kai leukon ginetai kentron, auxētheisa de hoson prokypsai tēs gēs, ek tou leukou pros hērema chloainomenon metaballetai. Eita, ginetai poa kai komē tōn bōlōn; ephaplōtheisa de autois kai skedastheisa metriōs, polyschidē katōthen hypotrephei tēn rhizan, tǭ mellonti barei tēn hypobathran proeutrepizousa. Kai hōsper hoi histoi tōn ploiōn pleistois pantachothen diateinontai kalois, hina pagioi menōsin isorrhopois tais holkais antispōmenoi, houtōs hai schoinoeideis apophyseis tēs rhizēs, antilabai tōn astachyōn ginontai kai ereismata. Epeidan eis kalamon ho sitos dianastę̄, kai pros to hypsos epeigētai, gonasin auton kai kombois ho Theos hypereidei, hoion oikian tina syndesmois asphalizomenos dia tēn prosdokōmenēn tēs komēs barytēta. Eita, tēs ischyos hetoimastheisēs, tēn kalyka schisas, prosagei ton astachyn. Kai palin ekei thaumata kreittona. Stoichēdon gar ho sitos autǭ periphyetai, kai tōn kokkōn hekastos exaireton echei tēn apothēkēn; kai teleutaioi probeblēntai hoi antherikes oxeis kai leptoi, hopla, oimai, kata tōn spermologōn ornithōn, hina tais ekeinōn akmais nyttomenoi, tǭ karpǭ mē lymainōntai. Horas hosēn heis kokkos diasapeis thaumatourgian echei, kai monos pesōn meth᾽ hosōn egeiretai? "Anthrōpos de ouden proslambanei pleon ho de eichen apolambanei, kai dia touto tēs geōrgias tou sitou, ho hēmeteros anakainismos eukolōteros anaphainetai. Enteuthen metabēthi pros tēn ennoian tōn dendrōn, hopōs ho cheimōn autois kath᾿ hekaston etos anti thanatou ginetai. Aporrhyetai gar hē hopōra, kai to phyllon piptei, kai xēra menei ta xyla pasēs charitos esterēmena. Epeidan de tou earos ho kairos epilaboi, anthos autois chariestaton hyperphyetai, kai meta to anthos epiginetai tōn phyllōn hē skepē, kai tote hōs eueides theama anthrōpōn te tas opseis ephelketai, kai ornithōn ǭdikōn ergastēria ginetai, tois petalois enkathēmenōn, kai thaumastē tis peri auta charis eklampei; hōste polloi kai oikon aphēkan chrysǭ kekosmēmenon, kai lithǭ tǭ Thessalǭ kai Lakōni, terpnēn de mallon heautois ethento tēn hypo dendra diagōgēn. Dio kai ho patriarchēs Abraam hypo drui tēn skēnēn epēxato, ouk oikias pantōs aporōn, alla tēs epi tōn kladōn epagallomenos terpseōs.

to renew the dead. This is great folly. Let us consider also the example of the grain, by which the all-wise Paul teaches the foolish, saying: “Fool, what you sow is not the body that is to be; you sow a bare kernel, perhaps of wheat or of some other seed; but God gives it a body as he has chosen.” Let us attend closely to the growth of the wheat, and perhaps we shall be taught the principle of the resurrection. The grain is cast into the earth. Rotting in the moisture, and, as one might say, dying, it ends in a kind of milky substance, which, thickening a little, becomes a sharp white point; and growing until it peeps out of the earth, it changes from white to a color gradually turning green. Then it becomes grass and a head of hair for the clods; spreading over them and scattering moderately, it nourishes beneath it a root with many branches, preparing a foundation in advance for the weight to come. And just as the masts of ships are stretched on every side with many ropes, so that they stay firm, held by balanced pulls, so the ropelike offshoots of the root become holds and props for the ears. When the wheat rises into a stalk and presses upward, God supports it with joints and knots, as one secures a house with tie-beams, because of the expected weight of the head. Then, when the strength is ready, he splits the sheath and brings forth the ear. And there again are greater wonders. For the grain grows around it in rows, and each kernel has its own storehouse; and at the very end the beards stand out in front, sharp and fine, weapons, I suppose, against the seed-picking birds, so that, pricked by their points, they may not harm the fruit. Do you see what wonder-working a single rotted grain has, and with how many it rises after falling alone? But a man receives nothing more; he takes back what he had; and for this reason our renewal appears easier than the growing of the wheat. From here pass on to consider the trees, how winter becomes for them each year a kind of death. For the fruit drops off, the leaf falls, and the wood remains dry, stripped of all grace. But when spring comes on, a most delightful blossom springs up on them, and after the blossom comes the covering of leaves; and then, as a beautiful sight, the tree draws the eyes of men and becomes a workshop of songbirds sitting among the leaves, and a wonderful grace shines around it, so that many have even left a house adorned with gold and with Thessalian and Laconian marble, and have chosen instead the pleasant life under the trees. That is why the patriarch Abraham pitched his tent under an oak, not because he altogether lacked a house, but because he delighted in the pleasure of the branches.

3.671PG 46:671–672

Οδηγεῖ με πρὸς συγκατάθεσιν τοῦ προκειμένου λόγου καὶ τῶν ἑρπετῶν ἡ ζωή. Νεκροῦται γὰρ ἐκείνων ὥρᾳ χειμῶνος ἡ ζώπυρος δύναμις, καὶ τὸν χρόνον τῶν ἓξ μηνῶν ἐν τοῖς φωλεοῖς κατάκειται, παντελῶς ἀκίνητα. Ἐπειδὰν δὲ ὁ τεταγμένος ἔλθῃ καιρὸς, καὶ βροντή κατηχηθῇ τοῦ κόσμου, ὥσπερ τι σύνθημα τῆς ζωῆς τὸν κτύπον δεχόμενα ὀξέως ἀναπηδᾷ, καὶ διὰ μακροῦ τοῦ χρόνου ἐνεργεῖ τὰ συνήθη. Τίς ὁ λόγος οὗτος; Λεγέτω μοι ὁ τῶν πράξεων τοῦ Θεοῦ βασανιστὴς καὶ ἐπιγνώμων, καὶ διδασκέτω με, πῶς βροντή μὲν τοὺς ὄφεις διεγείρεσθαι συγχωρεῖ νεκροὺς ὑπάρχοντας, ἀνθρώπους δὲ οὐ δίδωσι ψυχοῦσθαι, τῆς τοῦ Θεοῦ σάλπιγγος ἐξ οὐρανῶν ἐπηχούσης, καθὼς ὁ θεῖος λόγος φησί Σαλπίσει γὰρ, καὶ οἱ νεκροὶ ἀναστήσονται. Καὶ ἀλλαχοῦ πάλιν σαφέστερον, Καὶ ἀποστελεῖ τοὺς ἀγγέλους αὐτοῦ μετὰ σάλπιγγος φωνῆς μεγάλης, καὶ ἐπισυνάξει τοὺς ἐκλεκτοὺς αὐτοῦ. Μὴ τοίνυν ταῖς ἀλλοιώσεσι καὶ τοῖς ἀνακαινισμοῖς ἀπιστῶμεν. Καὶ γὰρ φυτῶν καὶ ζώων διαφόρων ὁ βίος, καὶ αὐτῶν γε τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἡμᾶς ἐκπαιδεύει, ὡς οὐδὲν ἐν ταὐτότητι τῶν ἐν φθορᾷ, καὶ γενέσει, ἐν ἀλλοιώσει δὲ καὶ τροπῇ. Καὶ πρῶτόν γε, εἰ δοκεῖ, τὴν ἐν ταῖς ἡλικίαις ἡμῶν μεταβολὴν καταμάθωμεν· Τὸ παιδίον τὸ ὑπομάζιον, οἷόν ἐστι γνωρίζομεν. Ὀλίγου χρόνου παρελθόντος, τὴν ἑρπυστικὴν λαμβάνει δύναμιν, καὶ οὐδὲν διαφέρει τῶν μικρῶν σκυλάκων, τέταρσιν ἐρειδόμενον βάσεσιν. Περὶ τὸν τρίτον ἐνιαυτὸν ὄρθιον γίνεται, καὶ φωνὴν ὑποτραυλιζομένην καὶ ψελλιζομένην προΐεται· εἶτα διαρθροῖ τὸν λόγον, καὶ χαρίεν ἀποτελεῖται μειράκιον· ἀπ᾿ ἐκείνης τῆς ἡλικίας πρὸς τὸν ἔφηβον καὶ νεανίσκον ἐκβαίνει· ἱούλου δὲ τὴν παρειάν καλύψαντος, γενειάς λάσιος μετ' ὀλίγον, καὶ ἄλλος ἐξ ἄλλου· εἶτα, ἀνὴρ ἀκμάζων, τραχὺς καὶ τληπαθής. Ἑπειδὰν δὲ παρέλθωσι τέσσαρες δεκάδες ἐνιαυτῶν, ἀρχὴ τῆς ὑποστροφῆς λευκαίνει τὴν κεφαλὴν, καὶ ἡ ῥώμη πρὸς ἀσθένειαν ἀποκλίνει, καὶ παραγίνεται τελευταῖον τὸ γῆρας, τέλειος ἀφανισμὸς τῆς ἰσχύος. Κλίνεται δὲ τὸ σῶμα καὶ κυρτοῦται πρὸς γῆν, ὡς οἱ λίαν ὑπερξηρανθέντες τῶν ἀσταχύων, καὶ τὸ λεῖον ἀποτελεῖται ῥυσὸν, καὶ πάλιν βρέφος ὁ ποτε νεανίσκος καὶ ἀριστεὺς, ψελλιζόμενος, ἀνοηταίνων, ἐπὶ χειρῶν καὶ ποδῶν ὁμοίως ἕρπων, ὡς πάλαι. Ταῦτα πάντα τί σοι δοκεῖ; Οὐκ ἀλλοίωσις; Οὐ μεταβολαὶ πολύτροποι; Οὐ διάφοροι καινότητες τὸ θνητὸν ζῶον μεταμορφοῦσαι καὶ πρὸ θανάτου; Ὁ δὲ ὕπνος ἡμῶν καὶ ἡ ἐγρήγορσις, πῶς οὐκ ἂν τῷ σοφῷ γένοιτο διδασκάλιον τοῦ ζητουμένου Ὁ μὲν γὰρ, εἰκών ἐστι τοῦ θανάτου· ἡ δὲ, τῆς ἀναστάσεως μίμημα. Διὸ καὶ τινες τῶν ἔξωθεν σοφῶν, ἀδελφὸν προσεῖπον τοῦ θανάτου τὸν ὕπνον, διὰ τὴν ὁμοιότητα τῶν ἀφ' ἑκατέρου συμβαινόντων παθῶν. Λήθη γὰρ ὁμοίως ἐπ᾿ ἀμφοτέρων καὶ ἄγνοια τῶν

Odēgei me pros synkatathesin tou prokeimenou logou kai tōn herpetōn hē zōē. Nekroutai gar ekeinōn hōrą cheimōnos hē zōpyros dynamis, kai ton chronon tōn hex mēnōn en tois phōleois katakeitai, pantelōs akinēta. Epeidan de ho tetagmenos elthę̄ kairos, kai brontē katēchēthę̄ tou kosmou, hōsper ti synthēma tēs zōēs ton ktypon dechomena oxeōs anapēdą, kai dia makrou tou chronou energei ta synēthē. Tis ho logos houtos? Legetō moi ho tōn praxeōn tou Theou basanistēs kai epignōmōn, kai didasketō me, pōs brontē men tous opheis diegeiresthai synchōrei nekrous hyparchontas, anthrōpous de ou didōsi psychousthai, tēs tou Theou salpingos ex ouranōn epēchousēs, kathōs ho theios logos phēsi Salpisei gar, kai hoi nekroi anastēsontai. Kai allachou palin saphesteron, Kai apostelei tous angelous autou meta salpingos phōnēs megalēs, kai episynaxei tous eklektous autou. Mē toinyn tais alloiōsesi kai tois anakainismois apistōmen. Kai gar phytōn kai zōōn diaphorōn ho bios, kai autōn ge tōn anthrōpōn hēmas ekpaideuei, hōs ouden en tautotēti tōn en phthorą, kai genesei, en alloiōsei de kai tropę̄. Kai prōton ge, ei dokei, tēn en tais hēlikiais hēmōn metabolēn katamathōmen; To paidion to hypomazion, hoion esti gnōrizomen. Oligou chronou parelthontos, tēn herpystikēn lambanei dynamin, kai ouden diapherei tōn mikrōn skylakōn, tetarsin ereidomenon basesin. Peri ton triton eniauton orthion ginetai, kai phōnēn hypotraulizomenēn kai psellizomenēn proïetai; eita diarthroi ton logon, kai charien apoteleitai meirakion; ap᾿ ekeinēs tēs hēlikias pros ton ephēbon kai neaniskon ekbainei; hioulou de tēn pareian kalypsantos, geneias lasios met' oligon, kai allos ex allou; eita, anēr akmazōn, trachys kai tlēpathēs. Hepeidan de parelthōsi tessares dekades eniautōn, archē tēs hypostrophēs leukainei tēn kephalēn, kai hē rhōmē pros astheneian apoklinei, kai paraginetai teleutaion to gēras, teleios aphanismos tēs ischyos. Klinetai de to sōma kai kyrtoutai pros gēn, hōs hoi lian hyperxēranthentes tōn astachyōn, kai to leion apoteleitai rhyson, kai palin brephos ho pote neaniskos kai aristeus, psellizomenos, anoētainōn, epi cheirōn kai podōn homoiōs herpōn, hōs palai. Tauta panta ti soi dokei? Ouk alloiōsis? Ou metabolai polytropoi? Ou diaphoroi kainotētes to thnēton zōon metamorphousai kai pro thanatou? Ho de hypnos hēmōn kai hē egrēgorsis, pōs ouk an tǭ sophǭ genoito didaskalion tou zētoumenou Ho men gar, eikōn esti tou thanatou; hē de, tēs anastaseōs mimēma. Dio kai tines tōn exōthen sophōn, adelphon proseipon tou thanatou ton hypnon, dia tēn homoiotēta tōn aph' hekaterou symbainontōn pathōn. Lēthē gar homoiōs ep᾿ amphoterōn kai agnoia tōn

The life of reptiles too leads me to assent to the argument before us. For in winter their life-giving power is deadened, and for the space of six months they lie in their holes, entirely motionless. But when the appointed time comes and thunder has echoed through the world, they take the crash as a kind of signal of life, quickly leap up, and after a long time resume their usual activities. What is the reason for this? Let him who scrutinizes and passes judgment on the acts of God tell me and teach me how thunder lets snakes be roused, though they are dead, yet does not allow men to receive life when the trumpet of God sounds from heaven, as the divine word says: “For the trumpet will sound, and the dead will be raised”; and elsewhere still more clearly: “And he will send his angels with a great sound of a trumpet, and they will gather his elect.” Let us not, then, disbelieve the changes and renewals. For the life of plants and of various animals, and of men themselves, teaches us that nothing among things subject to corruption and coming to be remains the same, but all is in alteration and change. First, if you like, let us observe the change in our ages. We know what the nursing infant is like. A little time passes, and it gains the power to crawl, and is no different from little puppies, supported on four feet. About the third year it stands upright and utters a lisping, stammering voice; then it articulates speech and becomes a charming boy; from that age it passes to adolescence and young manhood; when down has covered the cheek, soon a shaggy beard, and one form after another; then a man in his prime, rough and enduring. When four decades of years have passed, the beginning of decline whitens the head, strength turns to weakness, and finally old age arrives, the complete disappearance of strength. The body bends and stoops toward the ground like ears of wheat that have dried too much, the smooth becomes wrinkled, and the man who was once a youth and a champion is a baby again, lisping, witless, crawling on hands and feet as long ago. What do you think of all these? Is this not alteration? Not manifold changes? Not various novelties transforming the mortal living being even before death? And our sleep and waking, how should they not teach the wise what we are seeking? For the one is an image of death, the other an imitation of the resurrection. That is why some of the wise men outside called sleep the brother of death, because of the likeness of the effects that come from each. For in both alike there is forgetfulness and ignorance of

3.673PG 46:673–674

παρελθόντων καὶ τῶν μελλόντων, καὶ τὸ σῶμα κεῖται ἀναίσθητον, φίλον οὐκ εἰδὸς, ἐχθρὸν οὐ γινῶσκον, τοὺς περιεστῶτας καὶ θεωροῦντας μὴ βλέπον, παρειμένον, νεκρὸν, πάσης ἀμοιροῦν ἐνεργείας, οὐδὲν διαφέρον τῶν ἀποκειμένων ἐν τάφοις καὶ θήκαις. Οὕτω τοι συλᾷς ὡς νεκρὸν, εἰ θέλοις, τὸν καθεύδοντα, κενοῖς τὴν οἰκίαν, δεσμὰ προσάγεις, καὶ οὐδεμία τῶν πραττομένων αἴσθησις ἐπιγίνεται. Ὀλίγον δὲ ὕστερον, ὅταν ἀνοχή τις καὶ λώφησις γένηται τοῦ πάθους, ὥσπερ ἄρτι ζωοποιηθεὶς ὁ ἄνθρωπος διανίσταται, κατὰ μικρὸν εἰς συναίσθησιν ἑαυτοῦ καὶ τῶν πραγμάτων ἐρχόμενος, καὶ σχολῇ τὰς ἐνεργείας ἀναλαμβάνων, καὶ οἷον ψυχούμενος τῇ ζωπυρήσει τῆς ἐγρηγόρσεως. Εἰ δὲ ὑφεστῶτος ἔτι τοῦ ζώου καὶ περιόντος τοσαῦται νύκτωρ καὶ μεθ' ἡμέραν ἐκστάσεις, ἀλλοιώσεις, μεταβολαὶ, λῆθαι καὶ μνῆμαι τῷ βίῳ παραπεπήγασι, λίαν ἀνόητον καὶ φιλόνεικον, Θεῷ μὴ πιστεύειν τὸν ἔσχατον ἀνακαινισμὸν ἐπαγγελλομένῳ, τῷ καὶ τὴν πρώτην πλάσιν δημιουργήσαντι. Ὁ δὲ μάλιστα φράττει τοὺς ἀντιλέγοντας, καὶ ἀπιστεῖν παρασκευάζει, τοῦτο πρὸ πάντων, ὡς οἶμαι, τὸ νομίζειν ἀφανισμὸν παντελῆ γίνεσθαι τῶν σωμάτων. Ἔχει δὲ οὐχ οὕτως. Οὐ γὰρ τέλεον ἀφανίζεται, ἀλλὰ διαλύεται εἰς τὰ ἐξ ὧν συνετέθη· καὶ ἔστιν ἐν ὕδατι, καὶ ἀέρι, καὶ γῇ, καὶ πυρί. Τῶν δὲ πρωτοτύπων στοιχείων μενόντων, καὶ τῶν ἀπ' ἐκείνων μετὰ τὴν διάλυσιν ἐκείνοις προσχωρησάντων, ἐν οἷς καθόλου σώζεται καὶ τὰ μέρη· Θεῷ δὲ μάλιστα μὲν εὔπορον ἐξ οὐκ ὄντων δημιουργεῖν (καὶ γὰρ οὕτως ἐν ἀρχαῖς ἔλαβε τὰ πάντα τὴν γένεσιν)· τὸ δὲ ἐξ ἀρχῶν τῶν οὐσῶν γενεσιουργεῖν πολλῷ δήπου ῥᾷστον καὶ εὐκολώτατον. Μὴ τοίνυν τὴν καλὴν ἐλπίδα τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἀνέλωμεν, τὴν ἐπανόρθωσιν τῆς ἀσθενείας ἡμῶν, καὶ τὴν δευτέραν, ὡς ἂν εἴποι τις, γένεσιν τὴν ἐλευθέραν θανάτου, μηδὲ φιληδονίας ὑπερβολῇ τὴν ἀγαθὴν καὶ φιλάνθρωπον τοῦ Θεοῦ ὑπόσχεσιν καθυβρίσωμεν. Ἐμοὶ γὰρ δοκοῦσιν οἱ τῆς προκειμένης ὑποθέσεως ἐναντίοι, ἄνδρες εἶναι κακίας ἑταῖροι καὶ ἀρετῆς ἐχθροὶ, λάγνοι καὶ πλεονέκται, καὶ ἀκρατεῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς, καὶ ἀκοῇ καὶ ὀσφρήσει, καὶ πάσαις ταῖς αἰσθήσεσιν ῥέουσαν ἐπ᾿ αὐτοῖς τὴν ἡδονὴν εἰσδεχόμενοι. Ἐπειδὴ δὲ ὁ τῆς ἀναστάσεως λόγος προκειμένην ἔχει τὴν κρίσιν, καὶ τῶν ἱερῶν βίβλων ἀκούουσι λεγουσῶν διαῤῥήδην, ὡς οὐκ ἀνεύθυνος ἡμῶν ὁ βίος· ἀλλ᾽ ὅταν πρὸς τὴν δευτέραν ἀνακαινισθῶμεν ζωήν, πάντες παραστησόμεθα τῷ βήματι τοῦ Χριστοῦ, ὡς ὑπ᾿ ἐκείνῳ κριτῇ τὰς πρὸς ἀξίαν ἀμοιβὰς τῶν βεβιωμένων κομίσασθαι· συνειδότες ἑαυτοῖς πράξεις αἰσχίστας, πολλῶν ἀξίας τιμωριῶν, μίσει τῆς κρίσεως ἀναιροῦσι καὶ τὴν ἀνάστασιν. "Ωσπερ οἱ πονηροὶ τῶν δούλων, οἱ τὴν οὐσίαν τοῦ κυρίου δαπανήσαντες, θανάτου δὲ τοῦ δεσπότου καὶ ἀπωλείας ἑαυτοῖς ὑπογράφοντες, καὶ πρὸς τὴν ἰδίαν ἐπιθυμίαν διακένους

parelthontōn kai tōn mellontōn, kai to sōma keitai anaisthēton, philon ouk eidos, echthron ou ginōskon, tous periestōtas kai theōrountas mē blepon, pareimenon, nekron, pasēs amoiroun energeias, ouden diapheron tōn apokeimenōn en taphois kai thēkais. Houtō toi syląs hōs nekron, ei thelois, ton katheudonta, kenois tēn oikian, desma prosageis, kai oudemia tōn prattomenōn aisthēsis epiginetai. Oligon de hysteron, hotan anochē tis kai lōphēsis genētai tou pathous, hōsper arti zōopoiētheis ho anthrōpos dianistatai, kata mikron eis synaisthēsin heautou kai tōn pragmatōn erchomenos, kai scholę̄ tas energeias analambanōn, kai hoion psychoumenos tę̄ zōpyrēsei tēs egrēgorseōs. Ei de hyphestōtos eti tou zōou kai periontos tosautai nyktōr kai meth' hēmeran ekstaseis, alloiōseis, metabolai, lēthai kai mnēmai tǭ biǭ parapepēgasi, lian anoēton kai philoneikon, Theǭ mē pisteuein ton eschaton anakainismon epangellomenǭ, tǭ kai tēn prōtēn plasin dēmiourgēsanti. Ho de malista phrattei tous antilegontas, kai apistein paraskeuazei, touto pro pantōn, hōs oimai, to nomizein aphanismon pantelē ginesthai tōn sōmatōn. Echei de ouch houtōs. Ou gar teleon aphanizetai, alla dialyetai eis ta ex hōn synetethē; kai estin en hydati, kai aeri, kai gę̄, kai pyri. Tōn de prōtotypōn stoicheiōn menontōn, kai tōn ap' ekeinōn meta tēn dialysin ekeinois proschōrēsantōn, en hois katholou sōzetai kai ta merē; Theǭ de malista men euporon ex ouk ontōn dēmiourgein (kai gar houtōs en archais elabe ta panta tēn genesin); to de ex archōn tōn ousōn genesiourgein pollǭ dēpou rhąston kai eukolōtaton. Mē toinyn tēn kalēn elpida tōn anthrōpōn anelōmen, tēn epanorthōsin tēs astheneias hēmōn, kai tēn deuteran, hōs an eipoi tis, genesin tēn eleutheran thanatou, mēde philēdonias hyperbolę̄ tēn agathēn kai philanthrōpon tou Theou hyposchesin kathybrisōmen. Emoi gar dokousin hoi tēs prokeimenēs hypotheseōs enantioi, andres einai kakias hetairoi kai aretēs echthroi, lagnoi kai pleonektai, kai akrateis ophthalmois, kai akoę̄ kai osphrēsei, kai pasais tais aisthēsesin rheousan ep᾿ autois tēn hēdonēn eisdechomenoi. Epeidē de ho tēs anastaseōs logos prokeimenēn echei tēn krisin, kai tōn hierōn biblōn akouousi legousōn diarrhēdēn, hōs ouk aneuthynos hēmōn ho bios; all᾽ hotan pros tēn deuteran anakainisthōmen zōēn, pantes parastēsometha tǭ bēmati tou Christou, hōs hyp᾿ ekeinǭ kritę̄ tas pros axian amoibas tōn bebiōmenōn komisasthai; syneidotes heautois praxeis aischistas, pollōn axias timōriōn, misei tēs kriseōs anairousi kai tēn anastasin. "Ōsper hoi ponēroi tōn doulōn, hoi tēn ousian tou kyriou dapanēsantes, thanatou de tou despotou kai apōleias heautois hypographontes, kai pros tēn idian epithymian diakenous

the past and the future, and the body lies without sensation, not knowing a friend, not recognizing an enemy, not seeing those who stand around and watch, limp, dead, without any activity, no different from those laid in tombs and coffins. So you may rob the sleeper like a dead man, if you wish, empty his house, put chains on him, and he has no perception of what is being done. But a little later, when there is some respite and relief from that state, the man rises as if just brought to life, coming little by little to awareness of himself and of things, slowly resuming his activities, and as though given a soul again by the rekindling of wakefulness. If, then, while the living being still exists and survives, so many trances, alterations, changes, forgettings and rememberings by night and day are bound up with life, it is quite senseless and contentious not to believe God when he promises the final renewal, he who also crafted the first formation. But what most hems in the objectors and disposes them to unbelief is above all, I think, this: they suppose that a complete annihilation of bodies takes place. But it is not so. For the body is not completely annihilated, but is dissolved into the things from which it was composed; and it exists in water and air and earth and fire. Since the original elements remain, and what came from them returns to them after the dissolution, the parts too are preserved in the wholes. And although it is entirely easy for God to create out of things that do not exist (for so in the beginning all things received their origin), to produce from beginnings that exist is surely far easier and simpler. Let us not, then, take away the fair hope of mankind, the restoration of our weakness and, as one might say, the second birth, free from death; nor let us insult God's good and loving promise by excessive love of pleasure. For those who oppose the subject before us seem to me to be companions of vice and enemies of virtue, lustful and greedy, without restraint of eyes and hearing and smell, welcoming the pleasure that flows in on them through all the senses. Since the doctrine of the resurrection has the judgment before it, and they hear the sacred books say expressly that our life is not free of accountability, but that when we are renewed to the second life we shall all stand before the judgment seat of Christ, to receive under him as judge the due rewards for how we have lived, they, conscious of most shameful deeds deserving many punishments, abolish the resurrection out of hatred of the judgment. Like wicked slaves who have squandered their lord's property, and who picture to themselves the death and ruin of their master, and in vain toward their own desire

3.675PG 46:675–676

᾿Αλλ' οὐδεὶς οὕτω φρονήσει τῶν σωφρονούντων. Τί γὰρ ὄφελος δικαιοσύνης, καὶ ἀληθείας, καὶ χρηστότητος, καὶ παντὸς τοῦ καλοῦ; ὑπὲρ τίνος δὲ μοχθοῦσι καὶ φιλοσοφοῦσιν ἄνθρωποι, γαστρὸς ἡδονὴν δουλαγωγοῦντες, καὶ ἀγαπῶντες ἐγκράτειαν, καὶ ὕπνου πρὸς ὀλίγον μεταλαγχάνοντες, καὶ παραταττόμενοι πρὸς χειμῶνα καὶ πνίγος, εἰ ἀνάστασις οὐκ ἔστιν; Εἴπωμεν πρὸς αὐτὰ, τὰ ῥήματα Παύλου; Φάγωμεν καὶ πίωμεν· αὔριον γὰρ ἀποθνήσκομεν. Εἰ ἀνάστασις οὐκ ἔστιν, ἀλλὰ πέρας τοῦ βίου θάνατος, ἄνελέ μοι κατηγορίας καὶ ψόγους· δὸς ἀκώλυτον τῷ ἀνδροφόνῳ τὴν ἐξουσίαν· ἄφες τὸν μοιχὸν μετὰ παῤῥησίας ἐπιβουλεύειν τοῖς γάμοις, τρυφάτω κατὰ τῶν ἐναντίων πλεονέκτης, μηδεὶς ἐπικοπτέτω τὸν λοίδορον, ὀμνύτω συνεχῶς ὁ ἐπίορκος· μένει γὰρ θάνατος καὶ τὸν εὔορκον. Ψευδέσθω ἄλλος ὅσα βούλεται· οὐδεὶς γὰρ τῆς ἀληθείας καρπός. Μηδεὶς ἐλεείτω τὸν πένητα· ἄμισθος γάρ ἐστιν ὁ ἔλεος. Ταῦτα τὰ φρονήματα, χείρονα ποιεῖ τοῦ κατακλυσμοῦ σύγχυσιν καὶ πάντα μὲν ἐκβάλλει σώφρονα λόγον, πᾶν δὲ νόημα μανικὸν καὶ λῃστρικὸν ἐπιθήγει. Εἰ γὰρ ἀνάστασις οὐκ ἔστιν, οὐδὲ κρίσις· εἰ δὲ κρίσις ἀνήρηται, καὶ φόβος Θεοῦ συνεκβάλλεται. Ὅπου δὲ φόβος οὐ σωφρονίζει, ἐκεῖ χορεύει μετὰ τῆς ἁμαρτίας ὁ διάβολος. Καὶ λίαν ἁρμοδίως πρὸς τοιούτους ὁ Δαβίδ ἐκεῖνον ἀνέγραψε τὸν ψαλμόν· Εἶπεν ἄφρων ἐν καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ· Οὐκ ἔστι Θεός. Διεφθάρησαν καὶ ἐβδελύχθησαν ἐν ἐπιτηδεύμασιν. Εἰ ἀνάστασις οὐκ ἔστι, μῦθος ὁ Λάζαρος, καὶ ὁ πλούσιος, καὶ τὸ φρικῶδες χάσμα, καὶ ἡ τοῦ πυρὸς ἄσχετος φλόγωσις, καὶ ἡ διακαὴς γλῶσσα, καὶ ἡ ποθουμένη σταγὼν τοῦ ὕδατος, καὶ ὁ δάκτυλος τοῦ πτωχοῦ. Πρόδηλον γὰρ ὅτι ταῦτα πάντα, τὸ μέλλον ἐξεικονίζει τῆς ἀναστάσεως. Γλῶσσα γὰρ καὶ δάκτυλος, οὐ τῆς ἀσωμάτου μέλη ψυχῆς νοεῖται, ἀλλὰ μέρη τοῦ σώματος. Καὶ μηδεὶς οἰέσθω ταῦτα ἤδη πεπράχθαι, ἀλλὰ προαναφώνησιν εἶναι τοῦ μέλλοντος· ἔσται δὲ τότε, ὅταν ἡ μετακόσμησις, ψυχώσασα τοὺς νεκροὺς, πρὸς τὰς εὐθύνας ἕκαστον τῶν βεβιωμένων ἀναγάγῃ, σύνθετον ὄντα καθὼς πρότερον, καὶ διὰ ψυχῆς καὶ σώματος συνεστῶτα. Ὁ δὲ θεοφορούμενος Ἰεζεκιήλ, καὶ τῶν μεγάλων ὀπτασιῶν θεωρὸς, πρὸς ποίαν ἄρα διάνοιαν ἐδηγούμενος ἔβλεπε τὸ μέγα καὶ ἀνηπλωμένον ἐκεῖνο πεδίον, τὸ γέμον τῶν ἀνθρωπίνων ὀστέων, καθ' ὧν ἐκελεύετο προφητεύειν; Καὶ σάρκες μὲν ἐκείνοις εὐθὺς περιεφύοντο, τὰ δὲ λελυμένα καὶ ἀτάκτως διερριμμένα, εἰς τάξιν καὶ ἁρμονίαν ἀλλήλοις συνεκολλᾶτο. "Η πρόδηλον, ὡς διὰ τῶν τοιούτων λόγων τὴν τῆς σαρκὸς ταύτης ἀναβίωσιν ἡμῖν ἱκανῶς ὑποδείκνυσιν Ἐμοὶ δὲ δοκοῦσιν οἱ πρὸς τοῦτον τὸν λόγον ἐριστικῶς ἔχοντες, οὐ δυσσεβεῖς μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ παραπαίοντες εἶναι. ᾿Ανάστασις γὰρ καὶ ἀναβίωσις καὶ μετακόσμησις καὶ πάντα τὰ τοιαῦτα ὀνόματα, πρὸς τὸ σῶμα τὸ τῇ φθορᾷ ὑποκείμενον τοῦ ἀκροωμένου φέρει τὴν ἕννοιαν. Ὡς ἡ γε ψυχὴ αὐτὴ καθ'

᾿All' oudeis houtō phronēsei tōn sōphronountōn. Ti gar ophelos dikaiosynēs, kai alētheias, kai chrēstotētos, kai pantos tou kalou? hyper tinos de mochthousi kai philosophousin anthrōpoi, gastros hēdonēn doulagōgountes, kai agapōntes enkrateian, kai hypnou pros oligon metalanchanontes, kai paratattomenoi pros cheimōna kai pnigos, ei anastasis ouk estin? Eipōmen pros auta, ta rhēmata Paulou? Phagōmen kai piōmen; aurion gar apothnēskomen. Ei anastasis ouk estin, alla peras tou biou thanatos, anele moi katēgorias kai psogous; dos akōlyton tǭ androphonǭ tēn exousian; aphes ton moichon meta parrhēsias epibouleuein tois gamois, tryphatō kata tōn enantiōn pleonektēs, mēdeis epikoptetō ton loidoron, omnytō synechōs ho epiorkos; menei gar thanatos kai ton euorkon. Pseudesthō allos hosa bouletai; oudeis gar tēs alētheias karpos. Mēdeis eleeitō ton penēta; amisthos gar estin ho eleos. Tauta ta phronēmata, cheirona poiei tou kataklysmou synchysin kai panta men ekballei sōphrona logon, pan de noēma manikon kai lę̄strikon epithēgei. Ei gar anastasis ouk estin, oude krisis; ei de krisis anērētai, kai phobos Theou synekballetai. Hopou de phobos ou sōphronizei, ekei choreuei meta tēs hamartias ho diabolos. Kai lian harmodiōs pros toioutous ho Dabid ekeinon anegrapse ton psalmon; Eipen aphrōn en kardią autou; Ouk esti Theos. Diephtharēsan kai ebdelychthēsan en epitēdeumasin. Ei anastasis ouk esti, mythos ho Lazaros, kai ho plousios, kai to phrikōdes chasma, kai hē tou pyros aschetos phlogōsis, kai hē diakaēs glōssa, kai hē pothoumenē stagōn tou hydatos, kai ho daktylos tou ptōchou. Prodēlon gar hoti tauta panta, to mellon exeikonizei tēs anastaseōs. Glōssa gar kai daktylos, ou tēs asōmatou melē psychēs noeitai, alla merē tou sōmatos. Kai mēdeis oiesthō tauta ēdē peprachthai, alla proanaphōnēsin einai tou mellontos; estai de tote, hotan hē metakosmēsis, psychōsasa tous nekrous, pros tas euthynas hekaston tōn bebiōmenōn anagagę̄, syntheton onta kathōs proteron, kai dia psychēs kai sōmatos synestōta. Ho de theophoroumenos Iezekiēl, kai tōn megalōn optasiōn theōros, pros poian ara dianoian edēgoumenos eblepe to mega kai anēplōmenon ekeino pedion, to gemon tōn anthrōpinōn osteōn, kath' hōn ekeleueto prophēteuein? Kai sarkes men ekeinois euthys periephyonto, ta de lelymena kai ataktōs dierrimmena, eis taxin kai harmonian allēlois synekollato. "Ē prodēlon, hōs dia tōn toioutōn logōn tēn tēs sarkos tautēs anabiōsin hēmin hikanōs hypodeiknysin Emoi de dokousin hoi pros touton ton logon eristikōs echontes, ou dyssebeis monon, alla kai parapaiontes einai. ᾿Anastasis gar kai anabiōsis kai metakosmēsis kai panta ta toiauta onomata, pros to sōma to tę̄ phthorą hypokeimenon tou akroōmenou pherei tēn hennoian. Hōs hē ge psychē autē kath'

But no one of sound mind will think this way. For what is the use of justice and truth and kindness and every good? For what do people toil and practice philosophy, enslaving the pleasure of the belly, loving self-control, taking only a little sleep, and setting themselves against cold and stifling heat, if there is no resurrection? Shall we say to them the words of Paul: “Let us eat and drink, for tomorrow we die”? If there is no resurrection, but death is the end of life, take away accusations and reproaches; give the murderer unhindered license; let the adulterer plot against marriages openly; let the greedy man live in luxury at the expense of his opponents; let no one rebuke the slanderer; let the perjurer swear continually, for death awaits the man who keeps his oath as well. Let another lie as much as he likes, for there is no fruit of truth. Let no one pity the poor, for mercy goes unrewarded. These notions produce a confusion worse than the flood; they drive out every sober word and sharpen every mad and murderous thought. For if there is no resurrection, there is no judgment either; and if judgment is abolished, the fear of God is cast out with it. And where fear does not bring sobriety, there the devil dances with sin. Very fittingly David wrote that psalm against such people: “The fool has said in his heart, There is no God. They are corrupt and have become abominable in their ways.” If there is no resurrection, Lazarus is a fable, and the rich man, and the dreadful chasm, and the unquenchable burning of the fire, and the burning tongue, and the longed-for drop of water, and the poor man's finger. For it is plain that all these depict the resurrection to come. For tongue and finger are understood not as limbs of the bodiless soul, but as parts of the body. And let no one think that these things have already happened; they are a proclamation beforehand of what is to come. It will be then, when the refashioning, giving life to the dead, brings each to account for how he has lived, composite as before, made up of soul and body. And the God-inspired Ezekiel, beholder of great visions, toward what meaning was he led when he saw that great, wide plain full of human bones, over which he was commanded to prophesy? At once flesh grew round them, and the bones, loosened and scattered in disorder, were joined to one another in order and harmony. Is it not plain that by such words he sufficiently shows us the return to life of this flesh? Those who are contentious against this doctrine seem to me not only impious but deranged. For “resurrection” and “return to life” and “refashioning” and all such names carry the hearer's thought to the body that is subject to corruption. For the soul itself, considered by

3.677PG 46:677–678

ἑαυτὴν ἐξεταζομένη, οὔποτε ἀναστήσεται, ἐπειδὴ μὴ τελευτᾷ, ἀλλ᾽ ἄφθαρτός ἐστι καὶ ἀνώλεθρος. ᾿Αθάνατος δὲ ὑπάρχουσα, θνητὸν ἔχει τὸ κοινωνὸν τῶν πραγμάτων· καὶ διὰ τοῦτο παρὰ τῷ δικαίῳ κριτῇ ἐν τῷ καιρῷ τῶν εὐθυνῶν ἐνοικήσει πάλιν τῷ συνεργῷ, ἵνα μετ' ἐκείνου κοινὰς δέξηται τὰς κολάσεις ἢ τὰς τιμάς. Μᾶλλον δὲ ἵνα καὶ πλέον ἡμῖν ὁ λόγος ἀκολουθότερος γένηται, οὕτω σκοπήσωμεν· Τὸν ἄνθρωπον τί φαμεν τὸ συναμφότερον, ἢ τὸ ἕτερον; ᾿Αλλὰ πρόδηλον ὡς ἡ συζυγία τῶν δύο χαρακτηρίζει τὸ ζῶον. Οὐ γὰρ προσῆκεν ἐν τοῖς ἀναμφισβητήτοις καὶ γνωρίμοις παρέλκειν. Τούτου δὲ οὕτως ἔχοντος, κάκεῖνο προσλογισώμεθα, πότερον, ἃ πράττουσιν ἄνθρωποι, οἷον μοιχείαν, φόνον, κλοπὴν, καὶ πᾶν εἴ τι τούτοις ἑπόμενον, ἢ τοὐναντίον, σωφροσύνην, ἐγκράτειαν, καὶ πᾶσαν τὴν ἀντίθετον τῆς κακίας ἐνέργειαν. τῶν δύο φαμὲν ὑπάρχειν ἀποτελέσματα, ἢ τῇ ψυχῇ μόνῃ τὰς πράξεις περιορίζομεν Ἀλλὰ κἂν οὕτω πρόδηλος ἡ ἀλήθεια. Οὐδαμοῦ γὰρ ἀποσχίζουσα τοῦ σώματος ἡ ψυχή, ἢ τὴν κλοπὴν ἐπιτηδεύει, ἢ τὴν τοιχωρυχίαν ἐργάζεται· οὐδ᾽ αὖ μόνη τῷ πεινῶντι τὸν ἄρτον δίδωσιν, ἢ ποτίζει τὸν διψῶντα, ἢ πρὸς τὸ δεσμωτήριον ἀόκνως ἐπείγεται, ἵνα θεραπεύσῃ τὸν δεσμωτηρίῳ κεκακωμένον· ἀλλ᾿ ἐπὶ πάσης πράξεως ἀλλήλοις ἀμφότερα συνεφάπτεται καὶ συναποτελεῖ τὰ γινόμενα. Πῶς τοίνυν τούτων οὕτως ἐχόντων, καὶ κρίσιν τῶν βεβιωμένων ἔσεσθαι συγχωρῶν, ἀποσπᾷς τοῦ ἑτέρου τὸ ἕτερον; Καὶ κοινῶν ὄντων τῶν εἰργασμένων, τῇ ψυχῇ μόνῃ περιορίζεις τὸ δικαστήριον; Εἰ δὲ τις ἀκριβὴς γένοιτο δικαστὴς τῶν ἀνθρωπίνων πλημμελημάτων, καὶ σκοπήσειεν ἐπιμελῶς, πόθεν φύονται αἱ πρῶται τῆς ἁμαρτίας αἰτίαι, τάχα πρῶτον ἀτακτοῦν ἐν τοῖς ἐγκλήμασιν εὑρήσει τὸ σῶμα. Ἠρεμούσης γὰρ πολλάκις τῆς ψυχῆς, καὶ γαλήνην ἐχούσης ἀτάραχον, εἶδεν ὁ ὀφθαλμὸς ἐμπαθῶς ἃ μὴ θεάσασθαι βέλτιον ἦν, καὶ τῇ ψυχῇ παραπέμψας τὴν νόσον, εἰς χειμῶνα καὶ κλύδωνα τὴν ἡσυχίαν μετέβαλεν. Ὁμοίως αἱ ἀκοαὶ ἀσχημόνων τινῶν ἢ παροξυντικῶν ἐπακούσασαι λόγων, οἷον διά τινων σωλήνων ἑαυτῶν τὸν τῆς ταραχῆς, ἢ τὸν τῆς ἀκοσμίας βόρβορον τοῖς λογισμοῖς ἐπεισρέουσιν. Ἔστι δὲ ὅτε καὶ ἡ ῥὶς διὰ τῆς αἰσθήσεως καὶ τῶν ἀτμῶν μεγάλα τε καὶ ἀνείκαστα κακὰ διατίθησι τὸν ἔσωθεν ἄνθρωπον. Οἴδασι καὶ χεῖρες διὰ τῆς ἐπαφῆς καρτερᾶς ψυχῆς ἐκθηλύνειν στεῤῥότητα. Καί μοι κατὰ μικρὸν οὕτως ἐπιόντι καὶ σκοπουμένῳ ὑπαίτιον εὑρίσκεται τῶν πολλῶν ἁμαρτιῶν τὸ σωμάτιον. Φέρει δὲ καὶ τοὺς ὑπὲρ ἀρετῆς πόνους, καὶ τοῖς ἀγῶσιν ἐμμοχθεῖ τῶν καλῶν, τεμνόμενον σιδήρῳ, καὶ πυρὶ φλεγόμενον, καὶ ξαινόμενον μάστιξι, καὶ βαρυνόμενον ἀργαλέοις δεσμοῖς, καὶ πᾶσαν ὑπομένον λώβην, ἵνα μὴ προδῷ τὴν ἱερὰν φιλοσοφίαν, ὥσπερ τινὰ πόλιν καλίπυργον κεκυκλωμένην τῷ τῆς κακίας πολέμῳ. Εἰ τοίνυν ἐν κατορθώμασι συμμοχθεῖ τῇ ψυχῇ, καὶ

heautēn exetazomenē, oupote anastēsetai, epeidē mē teleutą, all᾽ aphthartos esti kai anōlethros. ᾿Athanatos de hyparchousa, thnēton echei to koinōnon tōn pragmatōn; kai dia touto para tǭ dikaiǭ kritę̄ en tǭ kairǭ tōn euthynōn enoikēsei palin tǭ synergǭ, hina met' ekeinou koinas dexētai tas kolaseis ē tas timas. Mallon de hina kai pleon hēmin ho logos akolouthoteros genētai, houtō skopēsōmen; Ton anthrōpon ti phamen to synamphoteron, ē to heteron? ᾿Alla prodēlon hōs hē syzygia tōn dyo charaktērizei to zōon. Ou gar prosēken en tois anamphisbētētois kai gnōrimois parelkein. Toutou de houtōs echontos, kakeino proslogisōmetha, poteron, ha prattousin anthrōpoi, hoion moicheian, phonon, klopēn, kai pan ei ti toutois hepomenon, ē tounantion, sōphrosynēn, enkrateian, kai pasan tēn antitheton tēs kakias energeian. tōn dyo phamen hyparchein apotelesmata, ē tę̄ psychę̄ monę̄ tas praxeis periorizomen Alla kan houtō prodēlos hē alētheia. Oudamou gar aposchizousa tou sōmatos hē psychē, ē tēn klopēn epitēdeuei, ē tēn toichōrychian ergazetai; oud᾽ au monē tǭ peinōnti ton arton didōsin, ē potizei ton dipsōnta, ē pros to desmōtērion aoknōs epeigetai, hina therapeusę̄ ton desmōtēriǭ kekakōmenon; all᾿ epi pasēs praxeōs allēlois amphotera synephaptetai kai synapotelei ta ginomena. Pōs toinyn toutōn houtōs echontōn, kai krisin tōn bebiōmenōn esesthai synchōrōn, apospąs tou heterou to heteron? Kai koinōn ontōn tōn eirgasmenōn, tę̄ psychę̄ monę̄ periorizeis to dikastērion? Ei de tis akribēs genoito dikastēs tōn anthrōpinōn plēmmelēmatōn, kai skopēseien epimelōs, pothen phyontai hai prōtai tēs hamartias aitiai, tacha prōton ataktoun en tois enklēmasin heurēsei to sōma. Ēremousēs gar pollakis tēs psychēs, kai galēnēn echousēs atarachon, eiden ho ophthalmos empathōs ha mē theasasthai beltion ēn, kai tę̄ psychę̄ parapempsas tēn noson, eis cheimōna kai klydōna tēn hēsychian metebalen. Homoiōs hai akoai aschēmonōn tinōn ē paroxyntikōn epakousasai logōn, hoion dia tinōn sōlēnōn heautōn ton tēs tarachēs, ē ton tēs akosmias borboron tois logismois epeisreousin. Esti de hote kai hē rhis dia tēs aisthēseōs kai tōn atmōn megala te kai aneikasta kaka diatithēsi ton esōthen anthrōpon. Oidasi kai cheires dia tēs epaphēs karteras psychēs ekthēlynein sterrhotēta. Kai moi kata mikron houtōs epionti kai skopoumenǭ hypaition heurisketai tōn pollōn hamartiōn to sōmation. Pherei de kai tous hyper aretēs ponous, kai tois agōsin emmochthei tōn kalōn, temnomenon sidērǭ, kai pyri phlegomenon, kai xainomenon mastixi, kai barynomenon argaleois desmois, kai pasan hypomenon lōbēn, hina mē prodǭ tēn hieran philosophian, hōsper tina polin kalipyrgon kekyklōmenēn tǭ tēs kakias polemǭ. Ei toinyn en katorthōmasi symmochthei tę̄ psychę̄, kai

itself, will never rise, since it does not die, but is incorruptible and indestructible. Being immortal, it has a mortal partner in its deeds; and for this reason, before the just Judge, at the time of the accounting, it will dwell again in its fellow worker, so as to receive with it shared punishments or honors. Or rather, so that the argument may follow still more closely, let us consider it thus. What do we call a man: the two together, or one of them? It is plain that the union of the two characterizes the living being; it is not right to linger on what is undisputed and well known. This being so, let us reckon this further: whether the things men do, such as adultery, murder, theft, and everything that goes with them, or on the contrary, sobriety, self-control, and every activity opposed to vice, we say are the work of both, or whether we restrict the deeds to the soul alone. But here too the truth is plain. For nowhere does the soul, cut off from the body, practice theft or commit burglary; nor again does it alone give bread to the hungry, or drink to the thirsty, or hasten readily to the prison to care for one suffering in prison. Rather, in every action both join with each other and accomplish together what is done. How, then, since this is so, while granting that there will be a judgment of how we have lived, do you tear the one from the other? And when the deeds are shared, do you restrict the court to the soul alone? If someone were an exact judge of human offenses, and considered carefully where the first causes of sin spring from, he would perhaps find the body first out of order in the charges. For often, while the soul is at rest and enjoys an untroubled calm, the eye has looked with passion on what it would have been better not to see, and passing the disease on to the soul has turned its stillness into storm and surge. Likewise the ears, hearing shameful or provoking words, pour into the thoughts, as through pipes, the mud of disturbance or of disorder. Sometimes the nose too, through its sense and the vapors, brings great and incalculable evils on the inner man. Hands also know how to soften by touch the firmness of a resolute soul. And as I go through it thus little by little and consider it, the poor body is found responsible for many sins. But it also bears the labors for virtue and toils in the contests for what is good: cut by iron, burned by fire, torn by scourges, weighed down by painful chains, enduring every outrage so as not to betray the sacred philosophy, like a city with fine towers surrounded by the war of vice. If, then, it toils with the soul in good deeds, and

3.679PG 46:679–680

ἐν ἁμαρτήμασιν οὐκ ἀπολιμπάνεται· πόθεν ὁρμώμενος μόνην τὴν ἀσώματον ἐπὶ τὸ δικαστήριον ἄγεις; ᾿Αλλ᾽ οὐκ ἔστιν οὔτε δίκαιος οὔτε σωφρονούντων ὁ λόγος. Εἰ μόνη καὶ γυμνή διήμαρτε, μόνην καὶ κολάσει· εἰ δὲ φανερὸν ἔχει τὸν συνεργὸν, οὐκ ἀφήσει τοῦτον ὁ κριτὴς δίκαιος ὧν. Ἐγὼ δὲ καὶ τοῦτο τῆς Γραφῆς ἀκούω λεγούσης, ὅτι τοῖς κατεγνωσμένοις ἐπιτεθήσονται δίκαιαι τιμωρίαι, πῦρ, καὶ σκότος, καὶ σκώληξ. πάντα τῶν συνθέτων καὶ ὑλικῶν σωμάτων κολάσεις εἰσίν· ψυχῆς δὲ καθ' ἑαυτὴν οὔποτ᾽ ἂν ἅψαιτο πῦρ· οὐδ᾽ ἂν σκότος αὐτὴν λυπήσειεν ἀμοιροῦσαν ὀφθαλμῶν καὶ τῶν βλεπτικῶν ὀργάνων. Τί δ' ἂν καὶ σκώληξ πράξειε, σωμάτων ὑπάρχων φθαρτικὸς, οὐ πνευμάτων; Καὶ διὰ τοῦτο τοῖς ἀκολούθοις λογισμοῖς πανταχόθεν συνελαυνόμεθα πρὸς συγκατάθεσιν τῆς ἐγέρσεως τῶν νεκρῶν, ἣν τοῖς καθήκουσι χρόνοις ἐκτελέσει ὁ Θεὸς, ἔργοις βεβαιῶν τὰς ἰδίας ἐπαγγελίας. Πιστεύσωμεν τοίνυν τῷ λέγοντι Σαλπίσει γὰρ, καὶ οἱ νεκροὶ ἀναστήσονται· καὶ πάλιν· Ἔρχεται ὥρα, ἐν ᾗ πάντες οἱ ἐν τοῖς μνημείοις ἀκούσονται τῆς φωνῆς αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐκπορεύσονται οἱ τὰ ἀγαθὰ ποιήσαντες εἰς ἀνάστασιν ζωῆς, οἱ δὲ τὰ φαῦλα πράσσοντες εἰς ἀνάστασιν κρίσεως. Οὐ γὰρ ὑπισχνείται μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ τοῖς ἔργοις, οἷς ἐκτελεῖ καθ' ἡμέραν, διδάσκει σαφῶς ὡς ἔστι παντοδύναμος. Οὔτε γὰρ ἐν ἀρχῇ δημιουργῶν ἔκαμεν, οὔτε μεταμορφῶν ἀπορήσει σοφίας. Τὰ παρόντα θεωρήσωμεν, καὶ τῷ μέλλοντι οὐκ ἀπιστήσομεν. Πάσης γὰρ ἐνεργείας τοῦ Θεοῦ ἀκόλουθον ἐχούσης τὴν ἔκπληξιν, καὶ διπολὺ τὸ θαῦμα καὶ ἄφραστον, ὅταν τὰς τῶν πατέρων καὶ προπάππων ὁμοιότητας κατίδωμεν μεταβαινούσας ἀκριβῶς εἰς τὰς τῶν ἀπογόνων μορφάς, καὶ ἐκμαγεῖα γινομένους τοὺς παῖδας ἀπὸ τῶν προπατόρων. Τότε δὴ τὴν πάνσοφον τέχνην τοῦ ἀριστοτέχνου Θεοῦ καὶ Σωτῆρος ὑπερεκπλήττομαι, πῶς τῶν μήτε ὄντων μήτε φαινομένων ἀρχετύπων αἱ μιμήσεις ἐν ἀποῤῥήτῳ μυστηρίῳ δημιουργοῦνται καὶ ἀναπλάσσονται, ἄλλους τινὰς τοὺς τεθνεῶτας διὰ τῆς ἐνεργείας τῶν τύπων ἐγείρουσαι. Πολλάκις δὲ καὶ πολλῶν ὁμοῦ προσώπων τὰ ἰδιώματα ἐν ἑνὶ ἐξεικονίζεται σώματι· τοῦ πατρὸς ἡ ῥὶς, τοῦ πάππου ὁ ὀφθαλμὸς, τοῦ θείου τὸ βάδισμα, τῆς μητρὸς τὸ φθέγμα· καὶ εἷς ἄνθρωπος θεωρεῖται καθάπερ τι φυτὸν πολλῶν δένδρων τὰς ἐπιβολὰς δεξάμενον, καὶ μυρία καρποφοροῦν γένη τοῖς ὀπωρίζουσιν. Ταῦτα πάντα θαυμαστὰ μὲν, καὶ ὅπως γίνεται ἡμῖν ἀγνοούμενα, πρόχειρα δὲ τῷ Δημιουργῷ καὶ μετὰ πολλῆς, ὡς ἴσμεν, τῆς ῥᾳστώνης ἐπιτελούμενα. Ἄτοπον δὲ λίαν καὶ ἀμαθὲς, τὰ μὲν τῶν σαπέντων καὶ φθαρέντων ἤδη σωμάτων γνωρίσματα ἐν τοῖς νῦν καθ' ἡμέραν φυομένοις ἐγείρεσθαι, καὶ τὰ ἀλλότρια μεταβαίνειν εἰς ἄλλους, τὰ δὲ ἴδια καὶ ἐξαίρετα, περὶ αὐτῶν τῶν ποτε κεκτημένων ἀνανεοῦσθαι καὶ ἀναβιώσκεσθαι μὴ συνομολογεῖν, ἀλλὰ τούναντίον ἀκυροῦν καὶ διαμάχεσθαι, καὶ μῦθον, οὐ λόγον τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν νομίζειν, τοῦ πᾶν τόδε τὸ ὁρώμενον συστησαμένου καὶ

en hamartēmasin ouk apolimpanetai; pothen hormōmenos monēn tēn asōmaton epi to dikastērion ageis? ᾿All᾽ ouk estin oute dikaios oute sōphronountōn ho logos. Ei monē kai gymnē diēmarte, monēn kai kolasei; ei de phaneron echei ton synergon, ouk aphēsei touton ho kritēs dikaios hōn. Egō de kai touto tēs Graphēs akouō legousēs, hoti tois kategnōsmenois epitethēsontai dikaiai timōriai, pyr, kai skotos, kai skōlēx. panta tōn synthetōn kai hylikōn sōmatōn kolaseis eisin; psychēs de kath' heautēn oupot᾽ an hapsaito pyr; oud᾽ an skotos autēn lypēseien amoirousan ophthalmōn kai tōn bleptikōn organōn. Ti d' an kai skōlēx praxeie, sōmatōn hyparchōn phthartikos, ou pneumatōn? Kai dia touto tois akolouthois logismois pantachothen synelaunometha pros synkatathesin tēs egerseōs tōn nekrōn, hēn tois kathēkousi chronois ektelesei ho Theos, ergois bebaiōn tas idias epangelias. Pisteusōmen toinyn tǭ legonti Salpisei gar, kai hoi nekroi anastēsontai; kai palin; Erchetai hōra, en hę̄ pantes hoi en tois mnēmeiois akousontai tēs phōnēs autou, kai ekporeusontai hoi ta agatha poiēsantes eis anastasin zōēs, hoi de ta phaula prassontes eis anastasin kriseōs. Ou gar hypischneitai monon, alla kai tois ergois, hois ektelei kath' hēmeran, didaskei saphōs hōs esti pantodynamos. Oute gar en archę̄ dēmiourgōn ekamen, oute metamorphōn aporēsei sophias. Ta paronta theōrēsōmen, kai tǭ mellonti ouk apistēsomen. Pasēs gar energeias tou Theou akolouthon echousēs tēn ekplēxin, kai dipoly to thauma kai aphraston, hotan tas tōn paterōn kai propappōn homoiotētas katidōmen metabainousas akribōs eis tas tōn apogonōn morphas, kai ekmageia ginomenous tous paidas apo tōn propatorōn. Tote dē tēn pansophon technēn tou aristotechnou Theou kai Sōtēros hyperekplēttomai, pōs tōn mēte ontōn mēte phainomenōn archetypōn hai mimēseis en aporrhētǭ mystēriǭ dēmiourgountai kai anaplassontai, allous tinas tous tethneōtas dia tēs energeias tōn typōn egeirousai. Pollakis de kai pollōn homou prosōpōn ta idiōmata en heni exeikonizetai sōmati; tou patros hē rhis, tou pappou ho ophthalmos, tou theiou to badisma, tēs mētros to phthegma; kai heis anthrōpos theōreitai kathaper ti phyton pollōn dendrōn tas epibolas dexamenon, kai myria karpophoroun genē tois opōrizousin. Tauta panta thaumasta men, kai hopōs ginetai hēmin agnooumena, procheira de tǭ Dēmiourgǭ kai meta pollēs, hōs ismen, tēs rhąstōnēs epiteloumena. Atopon de lian kai amathes, ta men tōn sapentōn kai phtharentōn ēdē sōmatōn gnōrismata en tois nyn kath' hēmeran phyomenois egeiresthai, kai ta allotria metabainein eis allous, ta de idia kai exaireta, peri autōn tōn pote kektēmenōn ananeousthai kai anabiōskesthai mē synomologein, alla tounantion akyroun kai diamachesthai, kai mython, ou logon tēn epangelian nomizein, tou pan tode to horōmenon systēsamenou kai

does not abandon it in sins, on what ground do you bring the bodiless soul alone before the court? That argument is neither just nor that of sensible people. If the soul sinned alone and naked, he will punish it alone; but if it plainly has a fellow worker, the judge, being just, will not let that partner go. I also hear Scripture saying that just punishments will be laid on the condemned: fire, darkness, and the worm. All these are punishments of composite and material bodies. Fire would never touch the soul by itself, nor would darkness grieve it, since it has no eyes or organs of sight. And what would a worm do, being destructive of bodies, not of spirits? For this reason we are driven from every side by consistent reasonings to assent to the raising of the dead, which God will accomplish at the appointed times, confirming his own promises by deeds. Let us believe, then, him who says: “For the trumpet will sound, and the dead will be raised”; and again: “The hour is coming in which all who are in the tombs will hear his voice and come out, those who have done good to the resurrection of life, and those who have done evil to the resurrection of judgment.” For he does not only promise, but also clearly teaches by the works he does every day that he is almighty. For neither did he grow weary when he created in the beginning, nor will he be at a loss for wisdom when he transforms. Let us look at present things, and we will not disbelieve what is to come. Every work of God is followed by amazement, and great and inexpressible is the wonder when we see the likenesses of fathers and great-grandfathers passing exactly into the forms of their descendants, and children becoming casts of their forefathers. Then I am utterly astonished at the all-wise art of God our Savior, the best of craftsmen: how imitations of archetypes that neither exist nor appear any longer are fashioned and molded again in an unspeakable mystery, raising up the dead in other persons by the working of the patterns. Often, too, the features of many persons together are portrayed in one body: the father's nose, the grandfather's eye, the uncle's walk, the mother's voice; and one man is seen like a plant that has received grafts from many trees and bears countless kinds of fruit for those who gather it. All these things are wonderful, and how they happen is unknown to us; but they are ready at hand for the Creator and, as we know, accomplished with great ease. It is quite absurd and ignorant to grant that the features of bodies already rotted and destroyed rise again in those born every day now, and that what belonged to some passes into others, yet not to agree that what is proper and peculiar to them is renewed and brought back to life in the very persons who once possessed it, but on the contrary to deny it and fight against it, and to think a fable, not a reasoned word, the promise of him who established this whole visible world and

3.681PG 46:681–682

κοσμήσαντος ὡς ἠθέλησεν. ᾿Αλλ᾿ ἡμεῖς μὲν πεπιστεύκαμεν τῇ ἀναστάσει, δόξαν ἀναπέμποντες τῷ Πατρὶ καὶ τῷ Υἱῷ καὶ τῷ ἁγίῳ Πνεύματι, νῦν καὶ ἀεὶ, καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων. Αμήν.

kosmēsantos hōs ēthelēsen. ᾿All᾿ hēmeis men pepisteukamen tę̄ anastasei, doxan anapempontes tǭ Patri kai tǭ Huiǭ kai tǭ hagiǭ Pneumati, nyn kai aei, kai eis tous aiōnas tōn aiōnōn. Amēn.

ordered it as he willed. But we have believed in the resurrection, sending up glory to the Father and the Son and the Holy Spirit, now and always and to the ages of ages. Amen.

Chapter 4

4.681PG 46:681–682

Εἰς τὸ ἅγιον καὶ σωτήριον Πάσχα. Ἡ μὲν ἀληθινὴ τοῦ Σαββάτου κατάπαυσις, ἡ τὴν εὐλογίαν τοῦ Θεοῦ δεξαμένη, ἐν ᾗ κατέπαυσεν ἀπὸ τῶν ἑαυτοῦ ἔργων ὁ Κύριος ὑπὲρ τῆς τοῦ κόσμου σωτηρίας τῇ ἀπραξίᾳ τοῦ θανάτου ἐνσαββατίσας, ἤδη πέρας ἔχει, καὶ τὴν ἰδίαν ἔδειξε χάριν καὶ ὀφθαλμοῖς καὶ ἀκοαῖς καὶ καρδίᾳ· διὰ πάντων τούτων τῆς ἑορτῆς ἡμῖν τελεσθείσης, οἷς εἴδομεν, οἷς ἠκούσαμεν, οἷς τῇ καρδίᾳ τὴν εὐφροσύνην ὑπεδεξάμεθα. Τὸ μὲν γὰρ ὀρώμενον τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς, φῶς ἦν τῇ τοῦ πυρὸς νεφέλῃ διὰ τῶν λαμπάδων ἡμῖν ἐν τῇ νυκτὶ δαδουχούμενον. Ὁ δὲ παννύχιος ταῖς ἀκοαῖς προσηχῶν λόγος ἐν ψαλμοῖς καὶ ὕμνοις καὶ ᾠδαῖς πνευματικαῖς, οἷόν ῥεῦμα χαρᾶς δι᾽ ἀκοῆς εἰς τὴν ψυχὴν εἰσρέων, πλήρεις ἡμᾶς τῶν ἀγαθῶν ἐλπίδων ἐποίησεν. Ἡ δὲ καρδία τοῖς λεγομένοις τε καὶ βλεπομένοις εὐφραινομένη, τὴν ἄφραστον ἐτυποῦτο μακαριότητα, διὰ τῶν φαινομένων χειραγωγουμένη πρὸς τὸ ἀόρατον. Ὥστε τῶν ἀγαθῶν ἐκείνων, ἃ οὔτε ὀφθαλμὸς εἶδεν, οὔτε οὖς ἤκουσεν, οὔτε ἐπὶ καρδίαν ἀνθρώπου ἀνέβη, εἰκόνα εἶναι τὰ τῆς καταπαύσεως ταύτης ἀγαθὰ, δι᾽ ἑαυτῶν τὴν ἀνεκφώνητον ἐλπίδα τῶν ἀποκειμένων πιστούμενα. Ἐπειδὴ τοίνυν φωτεινὴ νὺξ αὕτη, τὰς ἐκ τῶν λαμπάδων αὐγὰς ὀρθριναῖς ἀκτῖσι τοῦ ἡλίου συμμίξασα, μίαν κατὰ τὸ συνεχὲς ἡμέραν ἐποίησε, μὴ διαμερισθεῖσα τῇ παρενθήκῃ τοῦ σκότους, νοήσωμεν, ἀδελφοὶ, τὴν προφητείαν τὴν λέγουσαν, ὅτι Αὕτη ἐστὶν ἡ ἡμέρα, ἣν ἐποίησεν ὁ Κύριος. Ἐν ᾗ ἔργον ἐστὶν, οὐ βαρύ τι καὶ δυσκατόρθωτον, ἀλλὰ χαρὰ καὶ εὐφροσύνη καὶ ἀγαλλίαμα· οὕτως εἰπόντος τοῦ λόγου· ὅτι ᾿Αγαλλιασώμεθα καὶ εὐφρανθῶμεν ἐν αὐτῇ. Ἡ καλῶν πραγμάτων! ὦ γλυκείας νομοθεσίας Τίς ὑπερτίθεται πρὸς τὸ ὑπακοῦσαι τοιούτοις προστάγμασι; τίς δὲ οὐχὶ ζημίαν ἡγεῖται καὶ τὴν ἐν ὀλίγῳ τῶν πραγμάτων ἀναβολήν Εὐφροσύνη τὸ ἔργον, καὶ ἀγαλλίαμά ἐστι τὸ ἐπίταγμα· δι' ὧν ἀναλύεται ή ἐπὶ τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ κατάκρισις, καὶ εἰς χαρὰν τὰ λυπηρὰ μεθαρμόζεται. Τοῦτό ἐστι τὸ τῆς σοφίας ἀπόφθεγμα, ὅτι ἐν ἡμέρᾳ εὐφροσύνης, ἀμνηστία κακῶν. Λήθην ἐποίησε τῆς πρώτης καθ' ἡμῶν ἀποφάσεως, ἡ ἡμέρα αὕτη· μᾶλλον δὲ ἀφανισμὸν, οὐχὶ λήθην. Ἐξήλειψε γὰρ καθόλου πᾶν μνημόσυνον τῆς καθ' ἡμῶν κατακρίσεως. Τότε ἐν λύπαις ὁ τοκετός· νῦν χωρὶς ὠδίνων ἡ γέννησις. Τότε ἐκ σαρκὸς ἐγεννήθημεν σάρκες· νῦν τὸ γεννηθὲν πνεῦμά ἐστιν ἐκ πνεύματος. Τότε υἱοὶ ἀνθρώπου· νῦν τέκνα Θεοῦ ἐγεννήθημεν. Τότε εἰς γῆν ἀπ᾿

Eis to hagion kai sōtērion Pascha. Hē men alēthinē tou Sabbatou katapausis, hē tēn eulogian tou Theou dexamenē, en hę̄ katepausen apo tōn heautou ergōn ho Kyrios hyper tēs tou kosmou sōtērias tę̄ apraxią tou thanatou ensabbatisas, ēdē peras echei, kai tēn idian edeixe charin kai ophthalmois kai akoais kai kardią; dia pantōn toutōn tēs heortēs hēmin telestheisēs, hois eidomen, hois ēkousamen, hois tę̄ kardią tēn euphrosynēn hypedexametha. To men gar orōmenon tois ophthalmois, phōs ēn tę̄ tou pyros nephelę̄ dia tōn lampadōn hēmin en tę̄ nykti dadouchoumenon. Ho de pannychios tais akoais prosēchōn logos en psalmois kai hymnois kai ǭdais pneumatikais, hoion rheuma charas di᾽ akoēs eis tēn psychēn eisreōn, plēreis hēmas tōn agathōn elpidōn epoiēsen. Hē de kardia tois legomenois te kai blepomenois euphrainomenē, tēn aphraston etypouto makariotēta, dia tōn phainomenōn cheiragōgoumenē pros to aoraton. Hōste tōn agathōn ekeinōn, ha oute ophthalmos eiden, oute ous ēkousen, oute epi kardian anthrōpou anebē, eikona einai ta tēs katapauseōs tautēs agatha, di᾽ heautōn tēn anekphōnēton elpida tōn apokeimenōn pistoumena. Epeidē toinyn phōteinē nyx hautē, tas ek tōn lampadōn augas orthrinais aktisi tou hēliou symmixasa, mian kata to syneches hēmeran epoiēse, mē diameristheisa tę̄ parenthēkę̄ tou skotous, noēsōmen, adelphoi, tēn prophēteian tēn legousan, hoti Hautē estin hē hēmera, hēn epoiēsen ho Kyrios. En hę̄ ergon estin, ou bary ti kai dyskatorthōton, alla chara kai euphrosynē kai agalliama; houtōs eipontos tou logou; hoti ᾿Agalliasōmetha kai euphranthōmen en autę̄. Hē kalōn pragmatōn! ō glykeias nomothesias Tis hypertithetai pros to hypakousai toioutois prostagmasi? tis de ouchi zēmian hēgeitai kai tēn en oligǭ tōn pragmatōn anabolēn Euphrosynē to ergon, kai agalliama esti to epitagma; di' hōn analyetai ē epi tę̄ hamartią katakrisis, kai eis charan ta lypēra metharmozetai. Touto esti to tēs sophias apophthegma, hoti en hēmerą euphrosynēs, amnēstia kakōn. Lēthēn epoiēse tēs prōtēs kath' hēmōn apophaseōs, hē hēmera hautē; mallon de aphanismon, ouchi lēthēn. Exēleipse gar katholou pan mnēmosynon tēs kath' hēmōn katakriseōs. Tote en lypais ho toketos; nyn chōris ōdinōn hē gennēsis. Tote ek sarkos egennēthēmen sarkes; nyn to gennēthen pneuma estin ek pneumatos. Tote huioi anthrōpou; nyn tekna Theou egennēthēmen. Tote eis gēn ap᾿

On holy and saving Easter.

The true rest of the Sabbath, which received God's blessing, on which the Lord rested from his own works, keeping Sabbath for the salvation of the world in the stillness of death, has now come to its end, and has shown its own grace to eyes and ears and heart, since the feast has been celebrated for us through all of these: through what we saw, through what we heard, through the gladness we received in our hearts. What the eyes saw was light, carried before us through the night by the torches, as in a cloud of fire. The word that sounded in our ears all night long, in psalms and hymns and spiritual songs, flowing like a stream of joy through the hearing into the soul, filled us with good hopes. And the heart, gladdened by what was said and seen, was given the imprint of the inexpressible blessedness, led by the hand through what appears to what is invisible. So the good things of this rest are an image of those good things “which eye has not seen, nor ear heard, nor have entered into the heart of man,” confirming by themselves the unspeakable hope of what is laid up for us. Since, then, this night full of light, mingling the gleam of the torches with the morning rays of the sun, has made one continuous day, not divided by any intrusion of darkness, let us understand, brothers, the prophecy that says: “This is the day that the Lord has made.” On it the work to be done is nothing heavy or hard to accomplish, but joy and gladness and exultation, for so the word says: “Let us rejoice and be glad in it.” O fine things! O sweet lawgiving! Who delays to obey such commands? Who does not count even a short delay a loss? Gladness is the work, and exultation the command; through them the condemnation for sin is undone and sorrows are turned into joy. This is the saying of Wisdom: “In a day of gladness there is forgetting of evils.” This day has brought forgetfulness of the first sentence passed against us; or rather annihilation, not forgetfulness, for it has wiped out entirely every memory of our condemnation. Then childbirth was in sorrows; now the birth is without pangs. Then we were born flesh of flesh; now what is born is spirit of spirit. Then we were born sons of man; now we have been born children of God. Then we were sent away from

4.683PG 46:683–684

οὐρανῶν ἀπελύθημεν, νῦν ὁ ἐπουράνιος καὶ ἡμᾶς οὐρανίους ἐποίησε. Τότε διὰ τῆς ἁμαρτίας ὁ θάνατος ἐβασίλευσε· νῦν ἀντιμεταλαμβάνει διὰ τῆς ζωῆς ἡ δικαιοσύνη τὸ κράτος. Εἷς ἤνοιξε τότε τοῦ θανάτου τὴν εἴσοδον· δι᾽ ἑνὸς καὶ νῦν ἡ ζωὴ ἀντεισάγεται. Τότε διὰ τοῦ θανάτου τῆς ζωῆς ἐξεπέσαμεν· νῦν ὑπὸ τῆς ζωῆς ἀναιρεῖται ὁ θάνατος. Τότε ὑπ᾿ αἰσχύνης τῇ συκῇ ὑπεκρύβημεν· νῦν διὰ δόξης τὸ ξύλον τῆς ζωῆς προσεγγίζομεν. Τότε διὰ τῆς παρακοῆς τοῦ παραδείσου ἐξῳκίσθημεν· νῦν διὰ πίστεως τοῦ παραδείσου εἴσω γινόμεθα. Πάλιν ὁ καρπὸς τῆς ζωῆς εἰς τρυφὴν ἡμῖν πρόκειται κατ᾿ ἐξουσίαν. Πάλιν ἡ τοῦ παραδείσου πηγή, ἡ τετραχῆ διὰ τῶν εὐαγγελικῶν ποταμῶν μεριζομένη, ἅπαν ποτίζει τὸ πρόσωπον τῆς Ἑκκλησίας· ὡς καὶ μεθύσκειν ἡμῶν τὰς αὔλακας τῶν ψυχῶν, ἃς ὁ σπείρων τὸν λόγον τῷ ἀρότρῳ τῆς διδασκαλίας ἀνέτεμε, καὶ πληθύνειν τῆς ἀρετῆς τὰ γεννήματα. Τί οὖν ἐπὶ τούτοις προσήκει ποιεῖν; Τί ἄλλο, ἢ μιμεῖσθαι τὰ ὄρη τὰ προφητικὰ καὶ τοὺς βουνοὺς τοῖς σκιρτήμασι; Τὰ ὄρη γὰρ, φησὶν, ἐσκίρτησαν ὡσεὶ κριοί, καὶ οἱ βουνοὶ ὡς ἀρνία προβατων. Οὐκοῦν δεῦτε, ἀγαλλιασώμεθα τῷ Κυρίῳ, τῷ καθελόντι τοῦ πολεμίου τὴν δύναμιν, καὶ τὸ μέγα τρόπαιον τοῦ σταυροῦ ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν ἀναστήσαντι ἐν τῷ πτώματι τοῦ ἀντικειμένου, ᾿Αλαλάζωμεν. ᾿Αλαλαγμὸς δὲ ἐστιν ἐπινίκιος εὐφημία, παρὰ τῶν κεκρατηκότων ἐγειρομένη κατὰ τῶν ἡττημένων. Ἐπεὶ οὖν πέπτωκεν ἡ τοῦ πολεμίου παράταξις, καὶ αὐτὸς ἐκεῖνος ὁ τὸ κράτος ἔχων τῆς πονηρᾶς τῶν δαιμόνων στρατιᾶς οἴχεται καὶ ἠφάνισται, καὶ εἰς τὸ μὴ ὂν ἤδη μετακεχώρηκεν· εἴπωμεν, ὅτι Θεὸς μέγας Κύριος, καὶ βασιλεὺς μέγας ἐπὶ πᾶσαν τὴν γῆν, ὁ εὐλογήσας τὸν στέφανον τοῦ ἐνιαυτοῦ τῆς χρηστότητος αὐτοῦ· καὶ συναγάγὼν ἡμᾶς εἰς τὴν πνευματικὴν ταύτην χοροστασίαν, ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ τῷ Κυρίῳ, ᾧ ἡ δόξα εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας.

ouranōn apelythēmen, nyn ho epouranios kai hēmas ouranious epoiēse. Tote dia tēs hamartias ho thanatos ebasileuse; nyn antimetalambanei dia tēs zōēs hē dikaiosynē to kratos. Heis ēnoixe tote tou thanatou tēn eisodon; di᾽ henos kai nyn hē zōē anteisagetai. Tote dia tou thanatou tēs zōēs exepesamen; nyn hypo tēs zōēs anaireitai ho thanatos. Tote hyp᾿ aischynēs tę̄ sykę̄ hypekrybēmen; nyn dia doxēs to xylon tēs zōēs prosengizomen. Tote dia tēs parakoēs tou paradeisou exǭkisthēmen; nyn dia pisteōs tou paradeisou eisō ginometha. Palin ho karpos tēs zōēs eis tryphēn hēmin prokeitai kat᾿ exousian. Palin hē tou paradeisou pēgē, hē tetrachē dia tōn euangelikōn potamōn merizomenē, hapan potizei to prosōpon tēs Hekklēsias; hōs kai methyskein hēmōn tas aulakas tōn psychōn, has ho speirōn ton logon tǭ arotrǭ tēs didaskalias aneteme, kai plēthynein tēs aretēs ta gennēmata. Ti oun epi toutois prosēkei poiein? Ti allo, ē mimeisthai ta orē ta prophētika kai tous bounous tois skirtēmasi? Ta orē gar, phēsin, eskirtēsan hōsei krioi, kai hoi bounoi hōs arnia probatōn. Oukoun deute, agalliasōmetha tǭ Kyriǭ, tǭ kathelonti tou polemiou tēn dynamin, kai to mega tropaion tou staurou hyper hēmōn anastēsanti en tǭ ptōmati tou antikeimenou, ᾿Alalazōmen. ᾿Alalagmos de estin epinikios euphēmia, para tōn kekratēkotōn egeiromenē kata tōn hēttēmenōn. Epei oun peptōken hē tou polemiou parataxis, kai autos ekeinos ho to kratos echōn tēs ponēras tōn daimonōn stratias oichetai kai ēphanistai, kai eis to mē on ēdē metakechōrēken; eipōmen, hoti Theos megas Kyrios, kai basileus megas epi pasan tēn gēn, ho eulogēsas ton stephanon tou eniautou tēs chrēstotētos autou; kai synagagōn hēmas eis tēn pneumatikēn tautēn chorostasian, en Christǭ Iēsou tǭ Kyriǭ, hǭ hē doxa eis tous aiōnas.

heaven to earth; now he who is from heaven has made us heavenly too. Then death reigned through sin; now righteousness takes power in its place through life. Then one man opened the entrance of death; through one man life is now brought in its place. Then through death we fell from life; now death is destroyed by life. Then we hid under the fig tree from shame; now through glory we draw near to the tree of life. Then through disobedience we were driven out of paradise; now through faith we come to be inside paradise. Again the fruit of life is set before us, to enjoy as we will. Again the spring of paradise, divided fourfold through the rivers of the Gospels, waters the whole face of the church, so as to drench the furrows of our souls, which the sower of the word has cut with the plow of teaching, and to multiply the harvest of virtue. What, then, is fitting for us to do in return? What else but to imitate the prophetic mountains and hills with leaping? “The mountains,” he says, “skipped like rams, and the hills like lambs of the flock.” Come, then, let us rejoice in the Lord, who has destroyed the power of the enemy and has raised for us the great trophy of the cross over the fall of the adversary. Let us shout. A shout is the cry of victory raised by the conquerors over the conquered. Since, then, the enemy's battle line has fallen, and he himself who held power over the wicked army of demons is gone and has vanished and has now passed into nonexistence, let us say: “The Lord is a great God, and a great King over all the earth,” who “has blessed the crown of the year of his goodness” and has gathered us into this spiritual choir, in Christ Jesus our Lord, to whom be glory to the ages.

Chapter 5

5.683PG 46:683–684

Εἰς τὴν φωτοφόρον καὶ ἁγίαν ἀνάστασιν τοῦ Κυρίου καὶ Θεοῦ ἡμῶν. Εύλογητος ὁ Θεός. Εὐφημήσωμεν τήμερον τὸν Μονογενή Θεὸν, τὸν τῶν οὐρανίων γεννήτορα, τὸν τῶν κρυφίων λαγόνων τῆς γῆς ὑπερκύψαντα, καὶ ταῖς φαοσφόροις ἀκτῖσι τὴν ὅλην οἰκουμένην ἐπισκιάσαντα. Εὐφημήσωμεν τήμερον τὴν ταφὴν τοῦ Μονογενοῦς, τὴν ἀνάστασιν τοῦ νικητοῦ, τὴν χαρὰν τοῦ κόσμου, τὴν ζωὴν τῶν ἐθνῶν τοῦ κόσμου. Εὐφημήσωμεν τήμερον τὸν τὴν ἁμαρτίαν ἐνδυσάμενον. Εὐφημήσωμεν τήμερον τὸν Θεὸν Λόγον, ὃς τὴν τοῦ κόσμου σοφίαν ἤλεγξε· τῶν προφητῶν τὴν πρόῤῥησιν ἐκύρωσε· τῶν ἀποστόλων τὸν σύνδεσμον συνήθροισε· τῆς Ἐκκλησίας τὴν κλῆσιν, τοῦ Πνεύματος τὴν χάριν ἐφήπλωσε. Ἰδοὺ γὰρ ἡμεῖς οἱ ποτε ξένοι τῆς τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐπιγνώσεως, τὸν Θεὸν ἐπέγνωμεν· καὶ τὸ γεγραμμένον πεπλήρωται· Μνησθήσονται καὶ ἐπιστραφήσονται πρὸς Κύριον πάντα τὰ περατα τῆς γῆς,

Eis tēn phōtophoron kai hagian anastasin tou Kyriou kai Theou hēmōn. Eulogētos ho Theos. Euphēmēsōmen tēmeron ton Monogenē Theon, ton tōn ouraniōn gennētora, ton tōn kryphiōn lagonōn tēs gēs hyperkypsanta, kai tais phaosphorois aktisi tēn holēn oikoumenēn episkiasanta. Euphēmēsōmen tēmeron tēn taphēn tou Monogenous, tēn anastasin tou nikētou, tēn charan tou kosmou, tēn zōēn tōn ethnōn tou kosmou. Euphēmēsōmen tēmeron ton tēn hamartian endysamenon. Euphēmēsōmen tēmeron ton Theon Logon, hos tēn tou kosmou sophian ēlenxe; tōn prophētōn tēn prorrhēsin ekyrōse; tōn apostolōn ton syndesmon synēthroise; tēs Ekklēsias tēn klēsin, tou Pneumatos tēn charin ephēplōse. Idou gar hēmeis hoi pote xenoi tēs tou Theou epignōseōs, ton Theon epegnōmen; kai to gegrammenon peplērōtai; Mnēsthēsontai kai epistraphēsontai pros Kyrion panta ta perata tēs gēs,

On the light-bearing and holy resurrection of our Lord and God.

Blessed be God. Let us praise today the only-begotten God, the begetter of the things of heaven, who has risen up out of the hidden depths of the earth and has overshadowed the whole world with his light-bearing rays. Let us praise today the burial of the Only-begotten, the resurrection of the victor, the joy of the world, the life of the nations of the world. Let us praise today him who clothed himself with sin. Let us praise today God the Word, who refuted the wisdom of the world, ratified the foretelling of the prophets, gathered the band of the apostles, and spread abroad the calling of the church and the grace of the Spirit. For behold, we who were once strangers to the knowledge of God have come to know God; and what is written has been fulfilled: “All the ends of the earth shall remember and turn to the Lord,

5.685PG 46:685–686

καὶ προσκυνήσουσιν ἐνώπιον αὐτοῦ πᾶσαι αἱ πατριαὶ τῶν ἐθνῶν. Τί μνησθήσονται; Τὴν παλαιὰν πτῶσιν, τὴν νέαν ἀνάστασιν, τὴν ἀρχαίαν παράβασιν, καὶ τὴν ὕστερον διόρθωσιν· τὴν θνῆσιν τῆς Εὔας, τῆς Παρθένου τὴν γέννησιν, τῶν ἐθνῶν τὴν ἐπανόρθωσιν, τῶν ἁμαρτωλῶν τὴν ἄφεσιν, τῶν προφητῶν τὴν πρόῤῥησιν, τῶν ἀποστόλων τὸ κήρυγμα, τῆς κολυμβήθρας τὴν ἀναγέννησιν, τοῦ παραδείσου τὴν εἰσοίκησιν, τῶν οὐρανῶν τὴν ἐπάνοδον, τὸν Δημιουργὸν ἀνιστάμενον, τὸν τὴν ἀπρέπειαν ἀποδυσάμενον, τὸν τῇ θεϊκῇ μεγαλουργίᾳ τὸ φθαρτὸν εἰς ἀφθαρσίαν μεταλλάξαντα. Καὶ ποίαν ἀπρέπειαν ἀπέθετο; Ην Ἡσαΐας εἶπε, Καὶ εἴδομεν αὐτὸν, φησὶν, καὶ οὐκ εἶχεν εἶδος οὐδὲ κάλλος. ᾿Αλλὰ τὸ εἶδος αὐτοῦ ἄτιμον, ἐκλεῖπον παρὰ τοὺς υἱοὺς τῶν ἀνθρώπων. Πότε ἦν ἄτιμος; Ὅτε τοῖς ἀλιτηρίοις Ἰουδαίοις προσωμίλεις καὶ Σαμαρείτης, καὶ δαιμόνιον ἔχων έκαλεῖτο· ὅτε Ἰούδας ὁ Ἰσκαριώτης καὶ τὰ τοῦ σκότους γεννήματα, πρὸς φόνον ἐκράτουν τὸν ἀχώρητον. Οὐκ ἀσκόπως ἔλεγεν αὐτοῖς Ἰωάννης· Γεννήματα ἐχιδνῶν, τις ὑπέδειξεν ὑμῖν φυγεῖν ἀπὸ τῆς μελλούσης ὀργῆς; Οντως γὰρ ἡ ὀργὴ τοῦ Θεοῦ μενεῖ ἐπ᾿ αὐτούς. Πότε ἦν ἄτιμος; Ὅτε τὸ βλάστημα τῆς ἐπιεικείας ῥάπισμα διελάμβανεν, καὶ μεθ᾽ ὅρκων ἠρώτων τῶν ὄρκων δικαστὴν ὑπάρχοντα. Πότε ἦν ἄτιμος; Ὅτε ἐδικάζετο ὁ δικαστὴς, καὶ ἐκρίνετο ὁ κριτὴς τοῦ κόσμου· ὁ οἰκέτης ἠρώτα, δεσπότης ἐσιώπα, καὶ τὸ φῶς ἡσύχαζε, καὶ σκότος ἐγαυρία· τὸ πλάσμα ἐθρασύνετο, καὶ ὁ δημιουργός ἐκαρτέρει. Πότε ἦν ἄτιμος; Ὅτε οἱ ταῦροι ἐκεράτιζον, καὶ ὁ μόσχος παρίστατο· ὅτε ὁ λέων ὠρυᾶτο, καὶ οἱ ταῦροι ἐγαυρύνοντο, καθὼς γέγραπται· Περιεκύκλωσάν με μόσχοι πολλοὶ, ταῦροι πίονες περιέσχον με. "Ηνοιξαν ἐπ᾿ ἐμὲ τὸ στόμα αὐτῶν, ὡς λέων ἁρπάζων καὶ ὠρυόμενος. Πότε ἦν ἄτιμος; Ὅτε οἱ κύνες ὑλάκτουν, καὶ ὁ Δεσπότης ἠνείχετο· ὅτε οἱ λύκοι ἥρπαζον, καὶ τὸ πρόβατον παρίστατο ὅτε λῃστὴς εἰς ζωὴν ἐκαλεῖτο, ἡ δὲ ζωὴ τοῦ κόσμου εἰς θάνατον εἴλκετο· ὅτε ἐβόων ἐκείνην τὴν ἄτακτον καὶ ὀλέθριον φωνὴν, Αρον, ἆρον, σταύρωσον αὐτὸν. Τὸ αἷμα αὐτοῦ ἐφ᾽ ἡμᾶς καὶ ἐπὶ τὰ τέκνα ἡμῶν. Οἱ Κυριοκτόνοι, οἱ προφητοκτόνοι, οἱ θεομάχοι, οἱ μισόθεοι, οἱ τοῦ νόμου ὑβρισταὶ, οἱ τῆς χάριτος πολέμιοι, οἱ ἀλλότριοι τῆς πίστεως τῶν πατέρων, οἱ συνήγοροι τοῦ διαβόλου, τὰ γεννήματα τῶν ἐχιδνῶν, οἱ ψιθυρισταὶ, οἱ κατάλαλοι, οἱ ἐσκοτισμένοι τῇ διανοίᾳ, ἡ ζύμη τῶν Φαρισαίων, τὸ συνέδριον τῶν δαιμόνων, οἱ ἀλάστορες, οἱ πάμφαυλοι, οἱ λιθασταὶ, οἱ μισόκαλοι. Εἰκότως γὰρ ἔκραζον· "Αρον, ἆρον, σταύρωσον αὐτόν. Ἑβάρει γὰρ αὐτοὺς ἡ ἐπιδημία τῆς θεότητος μετὰ σαρκὸς, καὶ ἐλύπει τῶν ἐλέγχων ὁ τρόπος· ἔθος γὰρ ἁμαρτωλοῖς μισεῖν τὴν τῶν δικαίων συντυχίαν. Πότε ἦν ἄτιμος; Ὅτε αὐτὸν ἐφραγέλλωσαν, καὶ τὸ σῶμα αὐτοῦ τὸ ἅγιον ἐβασάνιζον, φέροντα έχουσίως πάθος, ἵνα τοὺς παλαιοὺς μώλωπας τῶν ἡμετέρων ἁμαρτημάτων θεραπεύσῃ· ὅτε τὸ ξύλον τοῦ

kai proskynēsousin enōpion autou pasai hai patriai tōn ethnōn. Ti mnēsthēsontai? Tēn palaian ptōsin, tēn nean anastasin, tēn archaian parabasin, kai tēn hysteron diorthōsin; tēn thnēsin tēs Euas, tēs Parthenou tēn gennēsin, tōn ethnōn tēn epanorthōsin, tōn hamartōlōn tēn aphesin, tōn prophētōn tēn prorrhēsin, tōn apostolōn to kērygma, tēs kolymbēthras tēn anagennēsin, tou paradeisou tēn eisoikēsin, tōn ouranōn tēn epanodon, ton Dēmiourgon anistamenon, ton tēn aprepeian apodysamenon, ton tę̄ theïkę̄ megalourgią to phtharton eis aphtharsian metallaxanta. Kai poian aprepeian apetheto? Ēn Hēsaïas eipe, Kai eidomen auton, phēsin, kai ouk eichen eidos oude kallos. ᾿Alla to eidos autou atimon, ekleipon para tous huious tōn anthrōpōn. Pote ēn atimos? Hote tois alitēriois Ioudaiois prosōmileis kai Samareitēs, kai daimonion echōn ekaleito; hote Ioudas ho Iskariōtēs kai ta tou skotous gennēmata, pros phonon ekratoun ton achōrēton. Ouk askopōs elegen autois Iōannēs; Gennēmata echidnōn, tis hypedeixen hymin phygein apo tēs mellousēs orgēs? Ontōs gar hē orgē tou Theou menei ep᾿ autous. Pote ēn atimos? Hote to blastēma tēs epieikeias rhapisma dielambanen, kai meth᾽ horkōn ērōtōn tōn orkōn dikastēn hyparchonta. Pote ēn atimos? Hote edikazeto ho dikastēs, kai ekrineto ho kritēs tou kosmou; ho oiketēs ērōta, despotēs esiōpa, kai to phōs hēsychaze, kai skotos egauria; to plasma ethrasyneto, kai ho dēmiourgos ekarterei. Pote ēn atimos? Hote hoi tauroi ekeratizon, kai ho moschos paristato; hote ho leōn ōryato, kai hoi tauroi egaurynonto, kathōs gegraptai; Periekyklōsan me moschoi polloi, tauroi piones perieschon me. "Ēnoixan ep᾿ eme to stoma autōn, hōs leōn harpazōn kai ōryomenos. Pote ēn atimos? Hote hoi kynes hylaktoun, kai ho Despotēs ēneicheto; hote hoi lykoi hērpazon, kai to probaton paristato hote lę̄stēs eis zōēn ekaleito, hē de zōē tou kosmou eis thanaton eilketo; hote eboōn ekeinēn tēn atakton kai olethrion phōnēn, Aron, aron, staurōson auton. To haima autou eph᾽ hēmas kai epi ta tekna hēmōn. Hoi Kyrioktonoi, hoi prophētoktonoi, hoi theomachoi, hoi misotheoi, hoi tou nomou hybristai, hoi tēs charitos polemioi, hoi allotrioi tēs pisteōs tōn paterōn, hoi synēgoroi tou diabolou, ta gennēmata tōn echidnōn, hoi psithyristai, hoi katalaloi, hoi eskotismenoi tę̄ dianoią, hē zymē tōn Pharisaiōn, to synedrion tōn daimonōn, hoi alastores, hoi pamphauloi, hoi lithastai, hoi misokaloi. Eikotōs gar ekrazon; "Aron, aron, staurōson auton. Hebarei gar autous hē epidēmia tēs theotētos meta sarkos, kai elypei tōn elenchōn ho tropos; ethos gar hamartōlois misein tēn tōn dikaiōn syntychian. Pote ēn atimos? Hote auton ephragellōsan, kai to sōma autou to hagion ebasanizon, pheronta echousiōs pathos, hina tous palaious mōlōpas tōn hēmeterōn hamartēmatōn therapeusę̄; hote to xylon tou

and all the families of the nations shall worship before him.” What will they remember? The old fall and the new resurrection; the ancient transgression and the later correction; the death of Eve and the giving birth of the Virgin; the restoration of the nations, the forgiveness of sinners, the foretelling of the prophets, the preaching of the apostles, the rebirth of the font, the dwelling in paradise, the return to heaven; the Creator rising, he who put off his unsightliness, he who by his divine might changed the corruptible into incorruption. And what unsightliness did he put off? That of which Isaiah spoke: “And we saw him,” he says, “and he had no form or beauty; but his form was dishonored, falling short of the sons of men.” When was he dishonored? When you kept company with the accursed Jews and were called a Samaritan and one who has a demon; when Judas Iscariot and the offspring of darkness seized for murder him whom nothing can contain. Not without reason did John say to them: “Brood of vipers, who warned you to flee from the wrath to come?” For truly the wrath of God will remain on them. When was he dishonored? When the shoot of gentleness received a blow, and they questioned under oath him who is the judge of oaths. When was he dishonored? When the Judge was put on trial, and the Judge of the world was judged; the servant questioned, the Master was silent; the light was still, and the darkness exulted; the creature was insolent, and the Creator endured. When was he dishonored? When the bulls gored and the calf stood by; when the lion roared and the bulls exulted, as it is written: “Many calves surrounded me, fat bulls encircled me; they opened their mouth against me like a lion ravening and roaring.” When was he dishonored? When the dogs barked and the Master bore it; when the wolves snatched and the sheep stood by; when a robber was called to life, and the Life of the world was dragged to death; when they shouted that disorderly and destructive cry: “Away, away, crucify him! His blood be on us and on our children!”: the Lord-killers, the prophet-killers, the fighters against God, the God-haters, the outragers of the law, the enemies of grace, the strangers to the faith of their fathers, the advocates of the devil, the brood of vipers, the whisperers, the slanderers, darkened in understanding, the leaven of the Pharisees, the sanhedrin of demons, the accursed, the utterly wicked, the stoners, the haters of the good. Naturally they cried out, “Away, away, crucify him!” For the coming of the Godhead in the flesh weighed on them, and the manner of his reproofs grieved them; for it is the habit of sinners to hate meeting the righteous. When was he dishonored? When they scourged him and tortured his holy body, as he willingly bore suffering to heal the old bruises of our sins; when the wood of

5.687PG 46:687–688

σταυροῦ ἐπὶ τῶν ὤμων ἐβάστασε τὸ κατὰ τοῦ διαβόλου τρόπαιον· ὅτε στέφανον ἐξ ἀκανθῶν περιέβαλλον τῷ στεφανοῦντι τοὺς πεποιθότας ἐπ' αὐτόν· ὅτε πορφύραν ἐνέδυσαν τὸν ἀφθαρσίαν τοῖς ἀναγεννωμένοις δι' ὕδατος καὶ Πνεύματος ἁγίου χαριζόμενον· ὅτε προσήλωσαν τῷ ξύλῳ τὸν ζωῆς καὶ τοῦ θανάτου Κύριον ὑπάρχοντα. Πότε ἦν ἄτιμος; Ὅτε ἐθριάμβευον ἐμπαίζοντες οἱ στρατιῶται τὸν τῆς στρατιᾶς τῶν οὐρανῶν δεσπότην. Πότε ἦν ἄτιμος; Ὅτε καλάμῳ περιθέντες σπόγγον, ἐμπλήσαντες ὅξους ἐπότιζον αὐτὸν, καὶ χολὴν ἐδίδουν τὸν τὸ μάννα αὐτοῖς ἐπομβρήσαντα· ὅτε αἱ πέτραι ἐῤῥήγνυντο, καὶ τὸ καταπέτασμα τοῦ ναοῦ ἐσχίζετο, τῶν ἀλιτηρίων τὴν τόλμαν ἐκπληττόμενα· ὅτε ὁ ἥλιος ἐπένθει καὶ τὸ σκότος ὡς σάκκον ἐνεδύετο, πενθῶν τὴν τῶν Ἰουδαίων ἀπόπτωσιν. Ἐθρήνει γὰρ ἡ ἡμέρα τὰς Ἰουδαίων συμφοράς, ὅτε ἐν μέσῳ λῃστῶν ἡ ζωὴ ἐκρέματο τοῦ μὲν ὀνειδίζοντος καὶ καταλαλοῦντος, τοῦ δὲ τῇ μετανοίᾳ ληστεύοντος τὸν παράδεισον. Πότε ἦν ἄτιμος; Ὅτε τὸ σῶμα πρὸς ταφὴν ἐδίδοτο. Πότε ἦν ἄτιμος; Ὅτε στρατιῶται ἐφύλαττον, καὶ ἡ γῆ κατέκρυπτεν τὸν τὴν γῆν ἐπὶ τῶν ὑδάτων ἑδράσαντα· ὅτε οἱ ἀπόστολοι ἐκρύπτοντο, τῶν πειρασμῶν τὸν ὄγκον οὐ δυνάμενοι φέρειν. ᾿Αλλὰ ὅρα, ἀγαπητὲ, τοῦ Θεοῦ τὰ θαύματα, καὶ μετὰ τὸ πάθος τῆς χαρᾶς τὰ κατορθώματα. Ὁ ἄτιμος εἰς εὐδοξίαν μετεβάλλετο, καὶ ἡ τοῦ κόσμου χαρὰ ἄφθαρτος ἐγήγερται μετὰ τοῦ σώματος. Τότε ὤδινεν ἡ γῆ, καὶ ἐκυοφόρησεν ἡ ἡμέρα, καὶ ἀπέπτυσεν ὁ θάνατος τὴν πάντων ζωήν. Οὐ γὰρ ἦν δυνατὸν κρατεῖσθαι ὑπὸ τοῦ θανάτου τὸν πάντα λόγῳ κρατοῦντα. Ἑορτάσωμεν τοίνυν τριήμερον ἀνάστασιν, ζωῆς αἰωνίου πρόξενον. Ὥσπερ γὰρ Μαρία ἡ θεοτόκος, παρθενικὰς καὶ ἀνυμφεύτους ὠδῖνας οὐ λύσασα βουλήσει Θεοῦ καὶ Πνεύματος χάριτι ἐγέννησε τὸν τῶν αἰώνων ποιητὴν, τὸν ἐκ Θεοῦ Θεὸν Λόγον· οὕτως καὶ ἡ γῆ, ἐκ τῶν οἰκείων λαγόνων τὰς ὠδῖνας τοῦ θανάτου λύσασα, ἀπέπτυσε κελευσθεῖσα τὸν τῶν Ἰουδαίων δεσπότην· οὐ γὰρ ἡδύνατο κατέχειν σῶμα, φορεῖον ἀθανασίας γενόμενον. Σκοπῶν τοίνυν ὁ προφήτης Δαβὶδ τῆς εὐπρεπείας τὴν διόρθωσιν, τοῦ θανάτου τὴν λύσιν, τῶν ποτε δούλων τὴν ἐλευθερίαν, βοᾷ καὶ λέγει· ῾Ο Κύριος ἐβασίλευσεν, εὐπρέπειαν ἐνεδύσατο. Ποίαν εὐπρέπειαν ἐνεδύσατο; Τὴν ἀφθαρσίαν, τὴν ἀθανασίαν, τῶν ἀποστόλων τὴν σύγκλητον, τῆς Ἐκκλησίας τὸν στέφανον. Οὐκέτι Ἰούδας προδίδωσιν· οὐκέτι Καΐφας ἀπειλεῖ· οὐκέτι Πιλάτος δικάζει, οὔτε Ἰσραηλῖται κρατοῦσι. Τὸ γὰρ φθαρτὸν γέγονεν ἄφθαρτον, καὶ ὁ παρ᾿ αὐτοῖς νομιζόμενος ἄνθρωπος ψιλός, Θεὸς ἀποδέδεικται ἀληθινός. Διὸ καὶ ἡμεῖς βοῶμεν· Ποῦ σου, θάνατε, τὸ κέντρον; ποῦ σου, ᾄδη, τὸ νίκος; Ὁ Κύριος έβασίλευσεν, εὐπρέπειαν ἐνεδύσατο· ἐνεδύσατο Κύριος δύναμιν, καὶ περιεζώσατο. Δύναμιν λέγει τὴν διὰ σαρκὸς οϊκονομίαν. Ὅτε γὰρ ἐκείνης δυνατώτερον οὐδὲν, διὰ σώματος ὁ ἀσώματος δαίμονας κατέβαλε· διὰ σταυρὸν τὰς ἀντικειμένας δυνάμεις ἐξεπολιόρκησεν. Ἐπειδὴ γὰρ τὰ πρῶτα ἐκλόνει τὴν

staurou epi tōn ōmōn ebastase to kata tou diabolou tropaion; hote stephanon ex akanthōn perieballon tǭ stephanounti tous pepoithotas ep' auton; hote porphyran enedysan ton aphtharsian tois anagennōmenois di' hydatos kai Pneumatos hagiou charizomenon; hote prosēlōsan tǭ xylǭ ton zōēs kai tou thanatou Kyrion hyparchonta. Pote ēn atimos? Hote ethriambeuon empaizontes hoi stratiōtai ton tēs stratias tōn ouranōn despotēn. Pote ēn atimos? Hote kalamǭ perithentes spongon, emplēsantes hoxous epotizon auton, kai cholēn edidoun ton to manna autois epombrēsanta; hote hai petrai errhēgnynto, kai to katapetasma tou naou eschizeto, tōn alitēriōn tēn tolman ekplēttomena; hote ho hēlios epenthei kai to skotos hōs sakkon enedyeto, penthōn tēn tōn Ioudaiōn apoptōsin. Ethrēnei gar hē hēmera tas Ioudaiōn symphoras, hote en mesǭ lę̄stōn hē zōē ekremato tou men oneidizontos kai katalalountos, tou de tę̄ metanoią lēsteuontos ton paradeison. Pote ēn atimos? Hote to sōma pros taphēn edidoto. Pote ēn atimos? Hote stratiōtai ephylatton, kai hē gē katekrypten ton tēn gēn epi tōn hydatōn hedrasanta; hote hoi apostoloi ekryptonto, tōn peirasmōn ton onkon ou dynamenoi pherein. ᾿Alla hora, agapēte, tou Theou ta thaumata, kai meta to pathos tēs charas ta katorthōmata. Ho atimos eis eudoxian meteballeto, kai hē tou kosmou chara aphthartos egēgertai meta tou sōmatos. Tote ōdinen hē gē, kai ekyophorēsen hē hēmera, kai apeptysen ho thanatos tēn pantōn zōēn. Ou gar ēn dynaton krateisthai hypo tou thanatou ton panta logǭ kratounta. Heortasōmen toinyn triēmeron anastasin, zōēs aiōniou proxenon. Hōsper gar Maria hē theotokos, parthenikas kai anympheutous ōdinas ou lysasa boulēsei Theou kai Pneumatos chariti egennēse ton tōn aiōnōn poiētēn, ton ek Theou Theon Logon; houtōs kai hē gē, ek tōn oikeiōn lagonōn tas ōdinas tou thanatou lysasa, apeptyse keleustheisa ton tōn Ioudaiōn despotēn; ou gar hēdynato katechein sōma, phoreion athanasias genomenon. Skopōn toinyn ho prophētēs Dabid tēs euprepeias tēn diorthōsin, tou thanatou tēn lysin, tōn pote doulōn tēn eleutherian, boą kai legei; ῾O Kyrios ebasileusen, euprepeian enedysato. Poian euprepeian enedysato? Tēn aphtharsian, tēn athanasian, tōn apostolōn tēn synklēton, tēs Ekklēsias ton stephanon. Ouketi Ioudas prodidōsin; ouketi Kaïphas apeilei; ouketi Pilatos dikazei, oute Israēlitai kratousi. To gar phtharton gegonen aphtharton, kai ho par᾿ autois nomizomenos anthrōpos psilos, Theos apodedeiktai alēthinos. Dio kai hēmeis boōmen; Pou sou, thanate, to kentron? pou sou, ądē, to nikos? Ho Kyrios ebasileusen, euprepeian enedysato; enedysato Kyrios dynamin, kai periezōsato. Dynamin legei tēn dia sarkos oïkonomian. Hote gar ekeinēs dynatōteron ouden, dia sōmatos ho asōmatos daimonas katebale; dia stauron tas antikeimenas dynameis exepoliorkēsen. Epeidē gar ta prōta eklonei tēn

the cross, the trophy against the devil, he carried on his shoulders; when they put a crown of thorns on him who crowns those who trust in him; when they clothed in purple him who grants incorruption to those reborn through water and the Holy Spirit; when they nailed to the wood him who is Lord of life and death. When was he dishonored? When the soldiers in mockery made a show of the Master of the host of heaven. When was he dishonored? When they put a sponge on a reed, filled it with vinegar and gave it to him to drink, and gave gall to him who had rained down manna on them; when the rocks split and the veil of the temple was torn, struck with amazement at the daring of the accursed; when the sun mourned and put on darkness like sackcloth, mourning the falling away of the Jews (for the day lamented the calamities of the Jews); when the Life hung between robbers, one reviling and slandering, the other stealing paradise by repentance. When was he dishonored? When his body was given up for burial. When was he dishonored? When soldiers stood guard, and the earth hid him who founded the earth upon the waters; when the apostles hid, unable to bear the weight of the trials. But see, beloved, the wonders of God, and after the passion the triumphs of joy. The dishonored one was changed into glory, and the joy of the world has been raised incorruptible with the body. Then the earth was in labor, the day was pregnant, and death spat out the life of all. For it was not possible for him who rules all things by his word to be held by death. Let us celebrate, then, the resurrection on the third day, the source of eternal life. For just as Mary the Theotokos, in a virginal and unwedded travail that left her virginity intact, by the will of God and the grace of the Spirit gave birth to the Maker of the ages, God the Word from God, so too the earth, loosing the pangs of death from its own depths, at the command spat out the Master of the Jews; for it could not hold a body that had become a vehicle of immortality. So the prophet David, considering the restoration of comeliness, the loosing of death, the freedom of those who were once slaves, cries out and says: “The Lord has reigned; he has clothed himself with comeliness.” With what comeliness has he clothed himself? With incorruption, with immortality, with the assembly of the apostles, the crown of the church. No longer does Judas betray; no longer does Caiaphas threaten; no longer does Pilate judge, nor do the Israelites hold power. For the corruptible has become incorruptible, and he who was thought among them to be a mere man has been shown to be true God. So we too cry out: “Where, O death, is your sting? Where, O Hades, is your victory?” “The Lord has reigned, he has clothed himself with comeliness; the Lord has clothed himself with power and girded himself.” By “power” he means the dispensation through the flesh. For since nothing is mightier than that, the bodiless one cast down the demons through a body, and through the cross he reduced the opposing powers by siege. For since at first sin shook the

5.689PG 46:689–690

γῆν ἡ ἁμαρτία, ἀναστὰς ὁ Κύριος ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦς Χριστὸς, καθὼς προεῖπεν, ἐστερέωσεν αὐτὴν τῷ ξύλῳ τοῦ σταυροῦ, μηκέτι πρὸς ὅλισθον ἀπωλείας βαδίζειν, μήτε χειμῶσι τῆς πλάνης ῥιπίζεσθαι. Μάρτυρα δὲ τοῦ λόγου τὸν μακάριον Παῦλον ἀγάγωμεν, λέγοντα ἁπλῶς· Δεῖ γὰρ τὸ φθαρτὸν τοῦτο ἐνδύσασθαι ἀφθαρσίαν. Διὸ καὶ ὁ Ψαλμῳδὸς λέγει· Έτοιμος ὁ θρόνος σου ἀπὸ τότε· ἀπὸ τοῦ αἰῶνος σὺ εἶ· καὶ, Ἡ βασιλεία σου, βασιλεία αἰώνιος, ἥτις οὐ διαφθαρήσεται. Καὶ πάλιν· Ἡ βασιλεία σου, βασιλεία πάντων τῶν αἰώνων. Καὶ πάλιν· ῾Ο Κύριος ἐβασίλευσεν, ἀγαλλιασθήτω ἡ γῆ, εὐφρανθήτωσαν νῆσοι πολλαί. Ὅτι αὐτῷ ἡ δόξα καὶ τὸ κράτος. Αμήν.

gēn hē hamartia, anastas ho Kyrios hēmōn Iēsous Christos, kathōs proeipen, estereōsen autēn tǭ xylǭ tou staurou, mēketi pros holisthon apōleias badizein, mēte cheimōsi tēs planēs rhipizesthai. Martyra de tou logou ton makarion Paulon agagōmen, legonta haplōs; Dei gar to phtharton touto endysasthai aphtharsian. Dio kai ho Psalmǭdos legei; Etoimos ho thronos sou apo tote; apo tou aiōnos sy ei; kai, Hē basileia sou, basileia aiōnios, hētis ou diaphtharēsetai. Kai palin; Hē basileia sou, basileia pantōn tōn aiōnōn. Kai palin; ῾O Kyrios ebasileusen, agalliasthētō hē gē, euphranthētōsan nēsoi pollai. Hoti autǭ hē doxa kai to kratos. Amēn.

earth, our Lord Jesus Christ, rising as he had foretold, made it firm by the wood of the cross, so that it should no longer go toward the slippery fall of destruction nor be tossed by the storms of error. Let us bring the blessed Paul as witness to this word, who says simply: “For this corruptible must put on incorruption.” That is why the Psalmist too says: “Your throne is prepared from of old; you are from everlasting”; and, “Your kingdom is an everlasting kingdom, which will not be destroyed”; and again, “Your kingdom is a kingdom of all the ages”; and again, “The Lord has reigned; let the earth exult, let the many islands be glad.” For to him belong glory and power. Amen.